Skip to main content

Full text of "The blennioid fishes of Belize and Honduras, Central America, with comments on their systematics, ecology, and distribution (Blenniidae, Chaenopsidae, Labrisomidae, Tripterygiidae)"

See other formats


UNIVERSITY  OF 

ILLINOIS  LIBRARY 

AT  URBANA-CHAMPAIGN 

BIOLOGY 

MAR  2  6  198S 


FIELDIANA 
Zoology 


Published  by  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History 


New  Series,  No.  8 


THE  BLENNIOID  FISHES  OF  BELIZE  AND  HONDURAS, 
CENTRAL  AMERICA,  WITH  COMMENTS  ON  THEIR 
SYSTEMATICS,  ECOLOGY,  AND  DISTRIBUTION 
(BLENNIIDAE,  CHAENOPSIDAE,  LABRISOMIDAE, 
TRIPTERYGIIDAE) 


DAVID  W.  GREENFIELD 
ROBERT  KARL  JOHNSON 


BlOlOQy  um 
WlBUiJfiiu,^" 


JUN  1  0  1982, 


October  5,  1981 
Publication  1324 


THE  BLENNIOID  FISHES  OF  BELIZE  AND  HONDURAS, 

CENTRAL  AMERICA,  WITH  COMMENTS  ON  THEIR 

SYSTEMATICS,  ECOLOGY,  AND  DISTRIBUTION 

(BLENNIIDAE,  CHAENOPSIDAE,  LABRISOMIDAE, 

TRIPTERYGIIDAE) 


iy\  a 


FIELDIANA 
Zoology 

Published  by  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History 


New  Series,  No.  8 


THE  BLENNIOID  FISHES  OF  BELIZE  AND  HONDURAS, 
CENTRAL  AMERICA,  WITH  COMMENTS  ON  THEIR 
SYSTEMATICS,  ECOLOGY,  AND  DISTRIBUTION 
(BLENNIIDAE,  CHAENOPSIDAE,  LABRISOMIDAE, 
TRIPTERYGIIDAE) 

DAVID  W.  GREENFIELD 

Department  of  Biological  Sciences 
Northern  Illinois  University 

Research  Associate 

Division  of  Fishes 

Field  Museum  of  Natural  History 

ROBERT  KARL  JOHNSON 

Division  of  Fishes 

Field  Museum  of  Natural  History 

Department  of  Biological  Sciences 
Northern  Illinois  University 


Accepted  for  publication  October  2, 1978 
October  5, 1981 
Publication  1324 


Library  of  Congress  Catalog  Card  No.:  81-65060 

ISSN  0015-0754 

PRINTED  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA 


CONTENTS 

List  of  Illustrations vii 

List  of  Tables viii 

Abstract 1 

Acknowledgments 1 

Introduction 2 

Methods  6 

Descriptions 6 

Material  Examined 8 

Sampling  Effort 9 

Habitat  Categories 9 

Data  Analysis  11 

Species  Accounts 

Labrisomidae 14 

Labrisotnus 15 

(1)  L.  albigenys  15 

(2)  L.  bucciferus 15 

(3)  L.  gobio 19 

(4)  L.  guppyi 20 

(5)  L.  haitiensis 22 

(6)  L.  kalisherae 22 

(7)  L.  nigricinctus 23 

(8)  L.  nuchipinnis 23 

Malacoctenus 24 

(9)  M.  aurolineatus 24 

(10)  M.  boehlkei 25 

(11)  M.  delalandei 27 

(12)  M.  erdmani  27 

(13)  M.  gilli 28 

(14)  M.  macropus  28 

(15)  M.  triangulates 29 

Paraclinus  30 

(16)  P.  barbatus 30 

(17)  P.  cingulatus 32 

(18)  P.  fasciatus 33 

(19)  P.  infrons 33 

(20)  P.  marmoratus 35 

(21)  P.  nigripinnis 36 

Starksia  36 

(22)  S.  atlantica 37 

(23)  S.  elongata 40 

(24)  S.  hassi 41 

(25)  S.  lepicoelia   41 

(26)  S.  nanodes  42 

(27)  S.  occidentalis   42 

(28)  S.  sluiteri 43 

(29)  S.  starch  44 

Stathmonotus 44 

(30)  S.  gymnodermis 45 


vi       „  CONTENTS 

(31)  S.  hemphilli 45 

(32)  S.  stahli  tekla 46 

Tripterygiidae 46 

Enneanectes 46 

(33)  £.  altivelis   47 

(34)  E.  atrorus 49 

(35)  E.  boehlkei  49 

(36)  E.  jordani 50 

(37)  E.  pectoralis 50 

Chaenopsidae 51 

Acanthemblemaria 51 

(38)  A.  aspera  53 

(39)  A.  greenfieldi 55 

(40)  A.  maria 55 

(41)  A.  spinosa   55 

Coralliozetus   56 

(42)  C.  cardonae   56 

Emblemaria   57 

(43)  E.  caldwelli 57 

(44)  E.  hyltoni 58 

(45)  E.  pandionis 61 

Emblemariopsis 61 

(46)  E.  leptocirris 61 

(47)  E.  pricei  62 

(48)  E.  signifera 65 

Hemiemblemaria   65 

(49)  H.  simulus 66 

Lucayablennius   66 

(50)  L.  zingaro 66 

Blenniidae   66 

Entomacrodus   67 

(51)  E.  nigricans 67 

Hypleurochilus   69 

(52)  H.  aequipinnis 69 

(53)  H.  springeri 70 

Lupinoblennius   70 

(54)  L.  dispar 70 

Ophioblennius 71 

(55)  O.  atlanticus  macclurei 71 

Parablennius   72 

(56)  P.  marmoreus 72 

Scartella 72 

(57)  S.  cristata 72 

Discussion 73 

Comparisons  Between  Localities 73 

Recurrent  Group  Analysis 77 

Recurrent  Groups  Based  on  Belize  and  Honduras  Data   77 

Recurrent  Groups  Based  on  Belize  Data 82 

Recurrent  Groups  Based  on  Glovers  Reef  Data 83 

Summary  of  Composition  of  Recurrent  Groups 83 

Analyses  Based  on  Pooled  Data   84 

Zoogeographic  Implications 91 

Addendum 93 

Literature  Cited 102 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 

1.  Location  of  collecting  sites  in  Belize  4 

2.  Location  of  collecting  sites  in  Honduras 5 

3.  Starksia  atlantica  Longley,  1934,  female  and  male 39 

4.  Emblemaria  hyltoni  Johnson  &  Greenfield,  1976,  female  60 

5.  Emblemariopsis  pricei  Greenfield,  1975,  light  and  dark  morphs 64 

6.  Relationship  between  six  general  localities  in  Belize  and  Honduras  based  on 
number  of  shared  species 76 

7.  Composition  of  recurrent  groups  based  on  Belize  and  Honduras  data 78 

8.  Composition  of  recurrent  groups  based  on  Belize  data  only 79 

9.  Composition  of  recurrent  groups  based  on  Glovers  Reef  data  only 80 

10.  Starksia  starcki  Gilbert,  1971,  juvenile  and  female 96 

11.  Hypleurochilus  aequipinnis  (Giinther,  1861),  male   100 


Vll 


LIST  OF  TABLES 

1.  List  of  the  blennioid  fishes  taken  in  Belize  and  Honduras 7 

2.  Distribution  of  sampling  effort  by  depth  strata 10 

3.  Distribution  of  sampling  effort  by  geographic  locality   10 

4.  Distribution  of  sampling  effort  by  geographic  locality  and  habitat  category   12 

5.  Frequency  distribution  of  GMI  values  14 

6.  Depth  of  capture  records  for  27  blennioid  species 16 

7.  Meristic  and  morphometric  data  for  specimens  of  Labrisomus  albigenys 18 

8.  Co-occurrence  of  species  of  Labrisomus 19 

9.  Capture  of  Labrisomus  species  with  respect  to  habitat  categories   21 

10.  Co-occurrence  of  species  of  Malacoctenus 25 

11.  Capture  of  Malacoctenus  species  with  respect  to  habitat  categories 26 

12.  Co-occurrence  of  species  of  Paraclinus  30 

13.  Capture  of  species  of  Paraclinus,  Starksia,  and  Stathmonotus  with  respect 

to  habitat  categories 34 

14.  Meristic  and  morphometric  data  for  specimens  of  Paraclinus  infrons  35 

15.  Co-occurrence  of  species  of  Starksia   38 

16.  Comparison  of  certain  meristic  characters  in  Starksia  elongata  and  S.  nanodes 42 

17.  Comparison  of  certain  meristic  characters  in  Starksia  lepicoelia  and  S.  starcki  45 

18.  Co-occurrence  of  species  of  Stathmonotus 45 

19.  Co-occurrence  of  species  of  Enneanectes 47 

20.  Capture  of  Enneanectes  species  with  respect  to  habitat  categories 48 

21.  Depth  and  habitat  distribution  of  co-occurrence  records  for  four  species 

of  Enneanectes 49 

22.  Co-occurrence  of  chaenopsid  species 52 

23.  Capture  of  chaenopsid  species  with  respect  to  habitat  categories  54 

24.  Co-occurrence  of  blenniid  species 67 

25.  Capture  of  blenniid  species  with  respect  to  habitat  categories  68 

26.  Similarity  between  six  general  localities  in  Belize  and  Honduras  based  on 
numbers  of  shared  species  74 

27.  Correspondence  between  calculated  SI  values  and  sampling  effort 74 

28.  Recurrent  groups  of  blennioid  fishes  formed  at  higher  affinity  levels 81 

29.  Captures  of  recurrent  groups  with  respect  to  habitat  categories  and 

geographic  localities 85 

30.  Capture  records  for  members  of  five  recurrent  groups  at  six  general  localities 

in  Belize  and  Honduras 86 

31.  Capture  records  for  members  of  five  recurrent  groups  tabulated  for 

nine  habitat  categories 87 

32.  Concordance  in  capture  records  among  members  of  five  recurrent  groups 89 

33.  Pooled  capture  data  for  members  of  five  recurrent  groups  at  six  general 

localities  in  Belize  and  Honduras 90 

34.  Pooled  capture  data  for  members  of  five  recurrent  groups  tabulated  for 

nine  habitat  categories 91 


ABSTRACT 

A  total  of  57  species  of  blennioid  fishes  representing  four  families  (Blenniidae, 
Chaenopsidae,  Labrisomidae,  Tripterygiidae)  is  reported  from  collections  made 
by  the  authors  in  Belize  and  Honduras,  Central  America,  during  the  period  1970 
through  1978.  Twenty  of  these  species  are  reported  for  the  first  time  from  Belize, 
40  for  the  first  time  from  Honduras,  and  15  for  the  first  time  from  the  Caribbean 
coast  of  Central  America.  Species  accounts,  presented  for  each  species,  include 
available  information  on  habitat  association,  depth  distribution,  co-occurrence 
with  other  blennioid  species,  and  geographic  distribution.  Where  appropriate, 
other  information  relevant  to  the  systematics  and  biology  of  certain  species  is 
included.  Comparison  of  captures  of  blennioid  species  from  different  localities  in 
Belize  and  Honduras  reveals  an  inshore  to  offshore  gradient  in  species  rich- 
ness— many  more  blennioid  species  are  found  in  offshore  habitats  than  occur  at 
inshore  (and  especially  mainland)  habitats  in  areas  we  have  sampled — but  the 
analysis  also  reveals  changes  in  the  composition  of  assemblages  of  blennioid 
species  along  the  inshore  to  offshore  gradient.  Recurrent  group  analysis  resulted 
in  recognition  of  five  principal  groups  of  blennioid  fishes,  accounting  for  23  of 
the  57  species.  Group  I  species  are  associated  with  offshore,  shallow-water, 
coral-rich  habitats  and  especially  with  shallow,  windward  portions  of  fringing- 
reefs  and  the  Belize  Barrier  Reef.  Group  II  species  are  associated  with  offshore, 
relatively  deep-water  (greater  than  45  ft),  coral-rich  habitats  and  especially  with 
fore-reef  dropoff  zones.  Group  III  species  are  associated  with  offshore, 
shallow-water,  coral-rich  habitats  and  particularly  with  those  in  relatively  quiet 
water  such  as  patch  reefs  in  atoll  lagoons  and  patch-reef-like  formations  behind 
the  Belize  Barrier  Reef.  Group  IV  species  are  associated  with  offshore,  very 
shallow  water  sites  and  especially  with  reefcrest  intertidal  pools  or  areas  in  the 
immediately  adjacent  subtidal.  Group  V  species  are  associated  with  more  in- 
shore (but  not  mainland)  shallow-water  habitats,  typically  with  rock  and  cobble 
or  coarse  coral  rubble  predominating.  Captures  of  blennioid  species  from  the 
Caribbean  coast  of  Central  America  documented  in  this  paper  raise  serious  ques- 
tions regarding  the  validity  of  Briggs'  (1974)  recognition  of  an  entirely  insular 
West  Indian  Zoogeographic  Province  and,  more  importantly,  firmly  demon- 
strate the  need  for  additional  collecting  in  the  western  Caribbean. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  are  indebted  to  the  governments  of  Belize  and  of  the  Republic  of  Honduras 
for  permission  to  collect  fishes  in  those  countries.  We  are  especially  indebted 
to  Mr.  Winston  Miller,  Fisheries  Administrator,  Belize,  and  Lie.  Humberto 
Cabellero  L.,  Director  General  de  Recursos  Naturales  Renovables,  Republica  de 
Honduras,  C.  A.,  for  their  aid  in  providing  requisite  permits. 


2  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

We  were  assisted  in  collecting  specimens  by  numerous  persons  and  especially 
by  A.  Drew,  M.  Drew,  G.  Glodek,  T.  Greenfield,  N.  Hylton,  F.  Miller,  R.  Miller, 
J.  Russo,  J.  Thomerson,  D.  Wildrick,  R.  Williamson,  R.  Woods,  and  students 
enrolled  in  the  tropical  studies  program  of  the  Associated  Universities  for  Inter- 
national Education.  We  also  thank  Rev.  L.  Dieckman,  S.J.,  for  assistance  in 
arranging  field  work  in  Belize;  G.  and  M.  J.  Lomont  for  providing  accommoda- 
tions and  assistance  at  Glovers  Reef  Village;  and  N.  Hylton,  captain  of  the  MS 
Miss  Sabrina  for  invaluable  assistance  in  field  work  in  Honduras. 

The  following  curators  kindly  lent  or  made  available  material  for  study:  J.  E. 
Bohlke,  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia  (ANSP);  C.  R.  Gilbert, 
Florida  State  Museum,  University  of  Florida  (UF);  C.  R.  Robins,  Rosenstiel 
School  of  Marine  and  Atmospheric  Science,  University  of  Miami  (UMML);  R. 
Spieler,  Milwaukee  Public  Museum. 

The  Division  of  Photography,  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History,  provided 
photographs  of  the  charts  and  line  drawings.  Mr.  Z.  Jastrzebski,  Department  of 
Exhibition,  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History,  prepared  the  drawings.  G. 
Glodek,  B.  Peyton,  and  G.  Whitmire  aided  in  preparation  of  the  manuscript. 
Analysis  of  the  data  was  largely  done  using  the  facilities  of  the  Computation 
Center  of  the  University  of  Chicago.  Patricia  H.  Johnson  typed  both  rough  and 
final  versions  of  the  complete  manuscript. 

C  R.  Gilbert,  R.  F.  Inger,  and  the  late  L.  P.  Woods  read  the  manuscript  and 
offered  valuable  suggestions  for  its  improvement. 

Our  field  work  in  Belize  was  made  possible  in  part  through  the  support  of  the 
following  organizations:  National  Science  Foundation  (BMS75-08684,  D.  W. 
Greenfield);  American  Philosophical  Society,  Philadelphia  (Johnson  Fund, 
Grant  Number  982,  to  D.  W.  Greenfield);  Associated  Universities  for  Interna- 
tional Education;  Council  of  Academic  Deans,  Northern  Illinois  University;  Field 
Museum  of  Natural  History.  We  thank  Klaus  Ruetzler  (Smithsonian  Institution) 
for  arranging  for  field  work  at  Carrie  Bow  Cay  and  for  support  from  the  IMSWE 
Project  and  an  Exxon  grant  to  IMSWE.  This  report  constitutes  Contribution  No. 
35,  Investigations  of  Marine  Shallow  Water  Ecosystems  Project,  Smithsonian 
Institution. 

Our  field  work  in  Honduras  was  made  possible  in  part  through  the  support  of 
the  following  organizations:  American  Philosophical  Society,  Philadelphia 
(Johnson  Fund,  Grant  Number  1220,  to  R.  K.  Johnson);  Field  Museum  of  Natural 
History;  Northern  Illinois  University;  University  of  Michigan  at  Ann  Arbor; 
Wrigley  Fund  for  Marine  Biological  Research  (through  a  grant  to  R.  K.  Johnson). 

This  paper  is  based  in  part  on  the  results  of  the  Miskito  Coast  Expedition 
(1975)  to  Honduras  and  Nicaragua,  jointly  sponsored  by  Field  Museum  of 
Natural  History,  Northern  Illinois  University,  and  the  University  of  Michigan  at 
Ann  Arbor. 

We  are  especially  indebted  to  our  wives,  Teresa  A.  Greenfield  and  Patricia  H. 
Johnson,  whose  assistance  in  field,  laboratory,  or  office,  made  this  work  pos- 
sible. 


INTRODUCTION 

This  paper  is  an  annotated  checklist  of  the  blennioid  fishes  from  Belize  and 
Honduras,  Central  America.  The  following  families  are  treated:  Labrisomi- 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  3 

dae,1  Chaenopsidae,2  Tripterygiidae,2  and  Blenniidae.  Records  are  presented  for 
57  species:  Labrisomidae  (32),  Chaenopsidae  (13),  Tripterygiidae  (5),  Blenniidae 
(7)  (table  1).  Twenty  of  these  species  are  recorded  for  the  first  time  from  Belize, 
40  for  the  first  time  from  Honduras,  and  15  for  the  first  time  from  the  Caribbean 
coast  of  Central  America.  Available  information  on  habitat  association,  depth 
distribution,  co-occurrence  with  blennioid  species,  and  geographic  distribution 
is  presented  for  each  species,  and,  for  a  number  of  the  more  poorly  known 
species,  supplementary  descriptive  information  is  also  presented. 

Information  on  the  marine  fishes  of  the  Atlantic  coast  of  Central  America 
(Yucatan  Peninsula,  Mexico  to  Panama)  is  scant  and  scattered  (see  Caldwell, 
1963;  Gilbert  &  Kelso,  1971;  Robins,  1971b,  1972).  By  far  the  most  significant 
work  is  that  of  Meek  &  Hildebrand  (1923  to  1928)  for  Panama,  now  both  old  and 
of  limited  use  because  of  the  great  number  of  subsequent  taxonomic  studies  and 
because  greatest  attention  was  given  to  the  Pacific  side  of  Panama.  Additional 
reports  on  small  collections  of  fishes  from  Panama  include  those  of  Fowler  (1916, 
1917, 1930),  Breder  (1925),  Rubinoff  &  Rubinoff  (1962),  and  Caldwell  &  Caldwell 
(1964).  Reports  on  several  small  collections  of  marine  fishes  from  Costa  Rica  have 
been  presented  by  Fowler  (1916),  Caldwell  et  al.  (1959),  Caldwell  (1963),  and 
Gilbert  &  Kelso  (1971).  Reports  on  two  small  collections  from  mainland 
Nicaragua  are  given  by  Fowler  (1903,  1923).  Reports  on  collections  from  Cour- 
town  Cays  and  Albuquerque  Cays  are  also  presented  by  Fowler  (1944).  In  addi- 
tion, reports  have  been  presented  on  collections  from  San  Andres  (Fowler,  1944, 
1950)  and  Isla  Providencia  (Old  Providence)  (Schmitt  &  Schultz,  1940;  Fowler, 
1944,  1950;  Burgess,  1978).  Breder  (1927)  reported  on  the  first  collection  of  fishes 
from  Glovers  Reef,  Belize.  The  most  recent  report  on  the  fishes  of  the  Central 
American  coastal  area  is  that  of  Birdsong  &  Emery  (1968),  which  includes  records 
from  Yucatan,  Mexico,  Belize,  and  Courtown  and  Albuquerque  Cays  off  Nica- 
ragua. Burgess  (1978)  in  his  unpublished  master's  thesis  (University  of  Florida, 
Gainesville)  provides  valuable  information  on  the  geographic  range  and  vertical 
distribution  of  some  53  species  of  blennioid  fishes  taken  at  Grand  Cayman  and 
Isla  Providencia.  In  addition  to  these  general  references,  there  are  numerous 
references  to  specimens  from  the  Central  American  coast  in  taxonomic  studies  of 
various  fish  groups.  References  to  these  studies  appear  where  appropriate 
throughout  this  paper. 

The  information  on  the  blennioid  fishes  of  Belize  and  Honduras  presented  in 
this  paper  is  the  result  of  a  number  of  separate  expeditions.  D.  W.  and  T.  A. 
Greenfield,  along  with  several  collaborators,  conducted  a  survey  of  the  fishes  of 
Belize  from  1970  through  1978.  This  work  resulted  in  a  total  of  nearly  200  marine 
collections.  The  second  major  effort  was  made  during  the  Miskito  Coast  Expedi- 
tion in  1975.  This  expedition,  jointly  sponsored  by  Field  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  Northern  Illinois  University,  and  the  University  of  Michigan  Museum 
of  Zoology,  resulted  in  31  marine  collections  from  Honduras.  In  addition  to  the 
material  collected  by  us,  we  have  also  examined  Belize  specimens  deposited  at 
the  University  of  Miami  Rosenstiel  School  of  Marine  and  Atmospheric  Science 
[material  collected  mostly  by  W.  A.  Starck  II  and  reported  by  Birdsong  &  Emery 
(1968)].  An  additional  collection  of  fishes  made  in  Belize  by  Mr.  John  W.  Cooper 

'Usage  of  this  name  follows  George  &  Springer  (1980). 

2We  choose  to  follow  Rosenblatt  (1959),  Stephens  (1963),  and  George  &  Springer  (1980) 
in  recognizing  as  distinct  the  Chaenopsidae  and  the  Tripterygiidae. 


4  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

(JWC  station  numbers)  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  from  Carrie  Bow  and 
South  water  Cays,  was  also  examined. 

Collecting  sites  in  Belize  and  Honduras  are  indicated  in  Figures  1  and  2. 
Abbreviations  for  localities  in  Belize  are:  (AC)  Ambergris  Cay;  (BC)  Bugle  Cays; 
(BZC)  Belize  mainland,  sites  near  Belize  City;  (GPL)  Belize  mainland,  southern 
lagoon  at  Gales  Point;  (BRB)  Barrier  Reef,  1  km  south  of  Buttonwood  Cay;  (BRG) 
Barrier  Reef  at  Gallows  Point;  (BRT)  Barrier  Reef  at  Tom  Owens  Cay;  (CBC) 


Fig.  1.  Location  of  collecting  sites  in  Belize.  AC,  Ambergris  Cay;  BC,  Bugle  Cays;  BRB, 
Barrier  Reef,  1  km  S  of  Buttonwood  Cay;  BRG,  Barrier  Reef  at  Gallows  Point;  BRT,  Barrier 
Reef  at  Tom  Owens  Cay;  CBC,  Carrie  Bow  Cay;  FC,  Frenchman's  Cay;  GR,  Glovers  Reef; 
LR,  Lighthouse  Reef;  P,  Placentia;  SC,  Snake  Cays;  SWC,  South  Water  Cay;  TI,  Turneffe 
Island. 


V 

1 

01 

CO 

S" 

U 

0> 

o 

« 

ui 

& 

> 

o 

U 

o 

3 

5 

H 

K 


u 

3 

> 

u 

u 
u 

C  00 

8 

II 

EC 

,3 

c 

CO 

s 

2  e 

CO 

£ 

J 

cu 

3 

CO 

£ 

(0 

n 

7 

3 

ii 

TJ 

r 

U 

0 

^x 

x  is 

,g 

£ 

M 

-fi 

X; 

5 

M 

1 

i 

1 

1 

EL 

9 

8 

c 

c 

5 

o 

~ 

M 

i? 

| 

J 

5 

tN 

(J 

> 

uu 

0 

6  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

Carrie  Bow  Cay;  (FC)  Frenchman's  Cay;  (GR)  Glovers  Reef;  (LR)  Lighthouse 
Reef;  (P)  Belize  mainland  near  Placentia;  (SC)  Snake  Cays;  (SWC)  South  Water 
Cay;  (TC)  Tarpon  Cay  (just  north  of  FC  and  not  indicated  on  fig.  1);  (TI)  Turneffe 
Island.  Abbreviations  for  localities  in  Honduras  are:  (CC)  Hog  Islands  (Cayos 
Cochinos);  (BRL)  Honduras  mainland,  Cannon  Island,  Brus  Lagoon;  (TR)  Hon- 
duras mainland,  main  pier  at  Trujillo;  (IR)  Isla  Roatan. 

Habitats  represented  in  our  collections  are  varied,  ranging  from  mangrove 
swamps  to  well-developed  coral  atolls.  The  entire  coastal  area  of  Belize  is  bor- 
dered by  mangrove  swamps  that  often  connect  to  inland  lagoons,  providing  a 
gradation  from  brackish  water  to  freshwater.  Offshore,  between  the  mainland 
and  the  Barrier  Reef,  the  water  tends  to  be  clearer  and  more  saline  than  along  the 
coast;  however,  this  area  still  receives  a  large  amount  of  freshwater  runoff  from 
the  large  tropical  rivers  during  the  rainy  season,  and  the  water  is  more  turbid 
and  less  saline  than  more  offshore  locations.  In  this  zone  are  numerous 
mangrove-covered  cays,  often  with  shores  of  coral  rubble  covered  with  heavy 
algal  growth.  The  bottom  is  generally  characterized  by  wide  areas  of  sand  and 
Thalassia,  although  scattered  coral  heads  are  present  off  the  cays.  Toward  the 
Barrier  Reef  the  water  becomes  progressively  clearer,  more  saline,  and  coral 
development  increases. 

The  Barrier  Reef  of  Belize,  which  is  the  second  longest  in  the  world,  varies 
from  8  to  25  miles  offshore  and  stretches  southward  from  the  Yucatan  Peninsula, 
Mexico,  for  168  miles  into  the  Gulf  of  Honduras.  Oceanic  conditions  generally 
prevail  on  the  windward  side  of  this  reef;  however,  the  coral  development  does 
not  equal  that  of  the  offshore  atolls. 

There  are  three  atolls  in  Belize:  Turneffe  Island,  Lighthouse  Reef,  and  Glovers 
Reef.  Turneffe  is  closest  to  the  Barrier  Reef  and  has  the  most  extensive  land 
development,  including  mangrove  islands  within  its  lagoon.  Lighthouse  and 
Glovers  Reefs  are  farther  offshore  and  have  the  best  coral  development.  These 
atolls  lack  large  islands,  although  small  cays  are  present.  Their  lagoons  contain 
numerous  patch  reefs,  and  on  the  outside  of  the  reef  precipitous  dropoffs  are 
common.  The  conditions  at  these  atolls  are  definitely  oceanic  and  insular. 

The  habitats  sampled  in  Honduras  also  varied  widely.  Roatan,  a  high  island, 
has  areas  influenced  by  stream  runoff  that  support  mangrove  growth.  Rocky 
shores  drop  down  to  meet  coral  rubble  and  scattered  coral  heads  and  patch  reefs 
within  some  of  the  bays.  Offshore  are  well-developed  coral  reefs  with  precipi- 
tous dropoffs. 

The  Hog  Islands  (Cayos  Cochinos)  are  high  and  rocky.  The  rocky  cliffs  drop 
down  to  the  water's  edge  and  often  extend  out  into  the  water  as  points, 
separating  beaches  of  sand  and  gravel.  On  the  leeward  side  of  the  islands  algae- 
covered  rocks  extend  from  shore  down  to  meet  a  bottom  of  coral  rubble,  beyond 
which  are  found  scattered  coral  heads  that  farther  offshore  grade  into  well- 
developed  reefs  with  well-marked  dropoffs.  On  the  windward  side  of  the  is- 
lands beaches  of  coral-algal  sand  extend  into  areas  of  coral  rubble,  and  these  into 
areas  of  living  coral  in  the  form  of  fringing  reefs. 

METHODS 

Descriptions 

A  number  of  the  species  discussed  in  this  paper  are  known  from  very  few 
specimens  and/or  from  very  few  previously  reported  localities.  For  those  species 


Table  1.  List  of  the  blennioid  fishes  from  Belize  and  Honduras  discussed  in  this  paper. 
The  species  number  assigned  to  each  species  is  used  throughout  this  paper. 


Species 

New  to 

New  to 

Number  of 

Number  of 

No. 

Species 

Belize 

Honduras 

specimens 

lots 

Labrisomidae 

Labrisomus 

1 

2 
3 

albigenys 
bucciferus 
gobio 

— 

X 
X 
X 

7 
95 
48 

2 
18 
10 

4 
5 

guPW 
haitiensis 

— 

X 
X 

270 
70 

29 

18 

6 

kalisherae 

— 

X 

1% 

11 

7 
8 

nigricinctus 
nuchipinnis 

X 

X 

41 
71 

13 
16 

Malacoctenus 

9 

aurolineatus 

X 

X 

173 

12 

10 

boehlkei 

— 

X 

57 

12 

11 

delalandei 

— 

X 

22 

4 

12 

erdmani 

— 

X 

40 

9 

13 

gilli 

— 

— 

156 

23 

14 

15 

macropus 
triangulatus 

— 

X 
X 

166 

254 

21 
32 

Paraclinus 

16 

barbatus 

X 

— 

2 

1 

17 

cingulatus 

— 

X 

1 

1 

18 

19 

fasciatus 
infrons 

X 

X 

27 
7 

5 
6 

20 

marmoratus 

X 

— 

2 

2 

21 

nigripinnis 

— 

X 

121 

14 

Starksia 

22 

atlantica 

— 

X 

70 

22 

23 
24 

elongata 
hassi 

X 
X 

X 

4 
2 

3 
2 

25 
26 

lepicoelia 
nanodes 

— 

X 

103 

57 

24 
20 

27 

occidentalis 

— 

— 

53 

14 

28 

sluiteri 

X 

— 

6 

4 

29 

starcki 

— 

X 

1 

1 

Stathmonotui 

30 

31 
32 

gymnodermis 
hemphilli 
stahli  tekla 

X 

X 
X 

1 

1 

45 

1 

1 

13 

Tripteryghdae 

Enneanectes 

33 

altivelis 

— 

X 

113 

28 

34 

atrorus 

— 

X 

39 

17 

35 

boehlkei 

— 

X 

190 

30 

36 

37 

jordani 
pedoralis 

X 

X 
X 

9 
87 

4 
20 

Chaenopsidae 

Acanthemblemaria 

38 
39 
40 

aspera 

greenfieldi 

maria 

X 

X 

140 

106 

2 

25 

20 

2 

41 

spinosa 

— 

X 

50 

17 

Coralliozetus 

42 

cardonae 

X 

— 

2 

1 

FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 
Table  1.  Continued. 


Species 

New  to 

New  to 

Number  of 

Number  of 

No.                 Species 

Belize 

Honduras 

specimens 

lots 

Emblemaria 

43              caldwelli 

— 

— 

71 

17 

44              hyltoni 

— 

— 

6 

1 

45               pandionis 

— 

— 

25 

4 

Emblemariopsis 

46              leptocirris 

X 

X 

7 

6 

47              pricei 

— 

X 

10 

7 

48              signifera 

X 

X 

5 

5 

Hemiemblemaria 

49              simulus 

X 

X 

5 

3 

Lucayablennius 

50              zingaro 

— 

X 

78 

24 

Blenniidae 

Entomacrodus 

51              nigricans 

— 

X 

367 

21 

Hypleurochilus 

52              aequipinnis 

X 

X 

18 

3 

53              springeri 

X 

X 

9 

7 

Lupinoblennius 

54              d/spar 

X 

X 

19 

4 

Ophioblennius 

55              atlanticus 

macclurei 

— 

X 

377 

30 

Parablennius 

56              marmoreus 

X 

— 

1 

1 

Scartella 

57              cristata 

X 

X 

33 

7 

Totals 

20 

40 

3,939 

for  which  we  felt  that  information  obtained  from  Belize  and  Honduras  speci- 
mens added  substantially  to  our  knowledge  of  the  species  in  question,  we  pre- 
sent limited  descriptive  information.  The  methods  used  to  obtain  meristic,  mor- 
phometric,  and  other  quantitative  data  follow  those  used  by  the  most  recent 
revisor  of  the  taxon  being  considered.  All  measurements  are  straight-line, 
point-to-point  measurements  taken  to  the  nearest  0.1  mm  with  dial  calipers  or 
needle-point  dividers,  or  to  the  nearest  0.01  mm  with  an  ocular  micrometer  on  a 
Wild  M5  microscope.  Unless  otherwise  noted,  all  lengths  are  the  standard  length 
(SL)  in  mm. 


Material  Examined 

In  all  cases  material  taken  by  us  is  listed  first,  by  Field  Museum  of  Natural 
History  (FMNH)  catalogue  number,  with  the  total  number  of  specimens  indi- 
cated in  parentheses.  The  totals  given  for  number  of  lots  and  number  of  speci- 
mens examined  (table  1  and  under  each  species  account)  are  based  solely  on 
FMNH  material.  Only  material  collected  by  us  is  included  in  the  ecological 
analyses  for  each  species  and  group  of  species.  Representative  series  of  virtually 
all  species  collected  by  us  in  Honduras  will  be  deposited  at  the  Museum  of 
Zoology,  University  of  Michigan. 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  9 

Any  additional  Belize  material  examined  by  us  or  referred  to  by  previous 
authors  is  listed  following  the  list  of  FMNH  material.  Abbreviations  used  in 
reference  to  additional  material  examined  are:  JWC — material  obtained  by  John 
W.  Cooper  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  at  Carrie  Bow  and  South  Water  Cays 
(material  listed  by  original  field  number);  UMML — material  deposited  at  the 
Rosenstiel  School  of  Marine  and  Atmospheric  Science,  University  of  Miami,  and 
listed  by  UMML  catalogue  number. 

Sampling  Effort 

Of  more  than  230  marine  collections  taken  by  us  in  Belize  and  Honduras 
between  1970  and  1978,  127  collections  yielded  one  or  more  species  of  blennioid 
fish.  Techniques  utilized  in  obtaining  the  samples  were  varied,  including 
ichthyocide  (chemfish,  noxfish,  pronoxfish),  anaesthetic  (quinaldine),  seines, 
handnets,  and  various  combinations  of  these.  Equally  varied  were  the  number  of 
persons  involved  and  the  time  spent  in  obtaining  each  collection. 

Inspection  of  the  original  field  data  (on  file  at  Field  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory) allowed  division  of  the  collections  into  two  categories:  Class  1  collections 
were  made  utilizing  broadcast  collecting  techniques  (e.g.,  ichthyocide);  Class  2 
collections  were  much  more  biased  in  terms  of  sampling  technique,  e.g.,  the  use 
of  quinaldine  to  collect  a  particular  species  in  a  particular  location.  Obviously 
categorization  of  collections  into  one  class  or  the  other  is  partly  subjective.  Class 
1  collections  grade  from  those  with  partial  to  those  with  substantial  bias  in  terms 
of  the  probability  of  collecting  all  blennioid  species  present  at  a  given  site. 
Nonetheless  we  felt  it  imperative  to  eliminate  those  stations  clearly  identifiable 
as  Class  2  collections  from  certain  categories  of  data  analysis.  Some  23  Class  2 
stations  were  recognized,  leaving  104  Class  1  stations.  Where  appropriate,  this 
division  is  indicated  in  the  following  discussion. 

There  exist  severe  biases  in  our  data  with  respect  to  depth  of  collection  and  site 
of  collection — some  depth  intervals  and  localities  being  repeatedly  collected, 
others  represented  by  very  few  samples.  These  biases  reflect  solely  the  oppor- 
tunities (or  lack  thereof)  available  to  us  over  the  eight-year  period  of  this  study. 

In  this  paper  depth  intervals  are  reported  in  feet.  This  is  because  our  depth 
gauges  and  hence  all  original  field  data  were  recorded  in  feet.  We  feel  that  to 
change  all  of  these  values  to  meters  would  result  in  a  needless  proliferation  of 
decimal  points. 

We  have  tabulated  sampling  effort  vs.  depth  of  sampling  using  three  different 
bases  for  recording  depth  of  sampling  (table  2).  All  three  clearly  show  a  bimodal 
distribution  of  sampling  effort;  most  of  our  collections  were  taken  in  less  than  15 
ft  or  more  than  50  ft  of  water. 

Equally  severe  is  sampling  bias  with  respect  to  localities  sampled  (table  3). 
Although  we  have  collected  one  or  more  species  of  blennioid  fish  at  18  separate 
localities  in  Belize  and  Honduras,  three  localities,  Glovers  Reef  (64  stations), 
Carrie  Bow  Cay  (27  stations),  and  the  Hog  Islands  (11  stations),  account  for  80% 
of  the  total  effort  (127  stations). 

Habitat  Categories 

In  our  efforts  to  discern  a  pattern  in  the  distribution  of  individual  species  and 
groups  of  species,  we  have  attempted  to  categorize  stations  according  to 


Table  2.  Distribution  of  sampling  effort  (number  of  stations)  by  depth  of  capture.  Three 
different  ways  of  tallying  depth  of  capture  are  used.  The  shallowest  and  greatest  categories 
reflect  tallies  based  respectively  on  the  upper  or  lower  recorded  limits  of  sampling  for  a 
given  station.  The  "average"  depth  category  is  a  tally  based  on  adding  the  arithmetic  mean 
of  the  upper  and  lower  depth  limits  recorded  for  a  given  sample  added  to  the  upper 
(shallowest)  depth  limit  for  that  sample  (as  recorded  in  the  field). 


Depth 

Shallowest 

Average 

Greatest 

(feet) 

depth 

depth 

depth 

0  to  4 

80 

60 

50 

5  to  9 

2 

19 

13 

10  to  19 

2 

5 

20 

20  to  29 

2 

2 

2 

30  to  39 

3 

3 

4 

40  to  49 

3 

0 

0 

50  to  59 

7 

10 

7 

60  to  110 

28 

28 

31 

Totals 

127 

127 

127 

Table  3.  Distribution  of  sampling  effort  (number  of  stations)  by  locality  for  Belize  and 
Honduras. 


No.  of 


Total  no. 

of  stations 

(Class  1 

Locality 

stations) 

A.  Honduras — Offshore  Localities 

Hog  Islands  (CC) 
Isla  Roatan  (IR) 

11  (11) 
8    (8) 

Totals 

19  (19) 

B.   Belize  and  Honduras — Mainland  Localities 

Belize  City  (BZC) 
Placentia  (P) 
Gales  Point  (GPL) 
Brus  Lagoon  (BRL) 
Trujillo  (TR) 

3    (3) 
1    (1) 
1    (1) 
1    (1) 
1    (1) 

Totals 

7    (7) 

C.  Belize — Cays  inside  Barrier  Reef 

Frenchman's  Cay  (FC) 
Bugle  Cays  (BC) 
Snake  Cays  (SC) 
Tarpon  Cay  (TC) 

2    (2) 
1    (1) 
1    (1) 
1    (1) 

Totals 

5    (5) 

D.  Belize — Sites  on  Barrier  Reef 

Gallows  Point  (BRG) 
Ambergris  Cay  (AC) 
Buttonwood  Cay  (BRB) 
Tom  Owens  Cay  (BRT) 
Carrie  Bow  Cay  (CBC) 

3    (3) 
1    (1) 
1    (0) 
1    (1) 
21  (21) 

Totals 

27  (26) 

E.   Belize — Atolls 

Glovers  Reef  (GR) 
Lighthouse  Reef  (LR) 

64(42) 
5    (5) 

Totals 


69(47) 


species 
taken 


38 
25 

44 


7 
11 
10 
_9 

16 


12 
3 
6 

15 

34 

38 


39 
18 

39 


10 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  11 

"habitat."  Habitat  categories,  in  the  sense  used  in  this  paper,  represent  no  more 
than  an  effort  on  our  part  to  classify  stations  on  the  basis  of  dominant  substrate. 
The  categories  recognized  are  listed  and  defined  below  (the  number  in  brackets 
refers  to  total  number  of  stations  and  number  of  Class  I  stations,  respectively). 
The  distribution  of  sampling  effort  with  respect  to  locality  and  habitat  category  is 
given  in  Table  4. 

HI — extensive  live  coral:  well-developed  reef  formations  in  depths  exceeding  30  ft,  e.g., 

forereef  dropoff  areas  [38,  30). 
H2 — extensive  live  coral:  well-developed  reef  formations  in  depths  less  than  30  ft  and  in 

areas  of  relatively  high  wave  energy,  e.g.,  shallow,  fringing  reefs  [20,  19]. 
H3 — extensive  live  coral:  well-developed  reef  formations  in  depths  less  than  30  ft  and  in 

areas  of  relatively  low  wave  energy,  e.g.,  patch  reef  sites  in  atoll  lagoons  [28,  19]. 
H4 — rock:  areas  dominated  by  rocky  substrates  (ledges  and  cobble);  no  extensive  coral 

formations  [4,  4]. 
H5 — coral  rubble  (coarse):  areas  in  which  dominant  substrate  consists  of  coarse  coral 

rubble  and  sand,  often  with  extensive  development  of  algal  mats  [6,  6]. 
H6 — coral  rubble  (fine)  and  sand:  outer  reef  flat  pools  in  very  shallow  (less  than  2  ft) 

water  [7,  6]. 
H7 — grass  beds  and  sand:  areas  dominated  by  extensive  beds  of  marine  spermatophytes 

15,  5]. 
H8 — mainland  localities:  includes  all  mainland  locations  [7,  7]. 
H9 — other:  all  areas  not  appropriately  placed  on  one  of  above;  includes  stations  in 

mangrove  channels,  on  beaches  of  sand  and  mud,  on  pier  pilings,  and  stations 

representing  broad  mixtures  of  two  or  more  habitat  categories  [12,  8]. 

It  should  be  noted  that  categories  H8  (mainland  sites)  and  H9  ("other")  are 
catchall  categories,  allowing  the  classification  of  stations  not  appropriately 
placed  in  categories  HI  through  H7.  Although  this  is  artificial,  it  prevents  prolif- 
eration of  additional  categories,  each  of  which  would  be  represented  by  one  or 
two  stations.  Our  habitat  categories  are  comparable  with  similar  classifications 
produced  by  other  workers  (e.g.,  Clarke,  1977;  Gilbert  &  Kelso,  1971).  We  rec- 
ognize that  our  classification  is  oversimplified  and  expect  that  the  number  of 
habitat  categories  recognized  by  us  in  Belize  will  grow  as  we  continue  to  collect. 
But,  given  the  broadcast  nature  of  ichthyocide  collecting,  we  do  not  expect  the 
number  of  useful  categories  to  be  much  more  than  double  the  number  recog- 
nized here,  and  we  have  found  the  scheme  presented  herein  useful. 

Data  Analysis 

Final  tabulation  of  species  occurrence  by  station,  locality,  depth  interval,  and 
co-occurrence  with  other  blennioid  species  as  well  as  the  recurrent  group 
analysis  were  performed  using  Fortran  IV  programs  written  by  R.  K.  Johnson. 
Data  analyses  were  performed  using  the  IBM  360/370  computer  at  the  University 
of  Chicago  Computation  Center. 

We  attempted  to  estimate  resemblance  between  major  localities  in  Belize  and 
Honduras  (tables  3,  26,  viz.,  Hog  Islands,  Roatan,  mainland  localities,  localities 
at  cays  inside  the  Belize  Barrier  Reef,  localities  at  the  Belize  Barrier  Reef,  atolls) 
based  on  shared  species  of  blennioid  fishes.  Peters  (1968)  lists  a  number  of 
similarity  indices  useful  in  summarizing  the  relationship  (in  species  composi- 
tion) between  two  areas.  We  looked  at  data  for  six  major  areas  in  Belize  and 


2 
a, 

CO 

00 

o 
o> 

U 

o 

60 


SB    LO  U">  iH         (N  VD  \o 

z 


2    tsn 


Hrtin      N 


X  I  I 


c 

(0 

as 

1  N    1 

1    \m\ 

in 

fr 

3 

ra 

u 

o 

,—t 

vfi 

'-1    1     1 

1  Hinl 

1^ 

2 

X 

1    1 

1            | 

(X 

|! 

01    o 

in 

1  1  1 

<tf  CN      I 

vo 

2  ^ 

C 

u    re 

8J 

01 
cn 
0) 
s- 

cn  -O 
0)  ^ 

EC 

-*   1    1 

Mil 

■<* 

g 

in   m 

1     1 

III 

cn 

■C   Oi 

o> 

■c 

?  c 
^  5b 
52  "ffl 

c  cn 

m 

1  «-<    1 

1  m  cn  1 

00 

O 
00 

0) 

O    co 

X 

1        1 

1           CN  | 

CN 

(J 

'■S  a 

3     In 
cn    * 

"8  J 

CO 

<n 

CI  r-l      1 

|    CN  ■<*  1 

O 

M-l 

X 

1 

1     rH 

CN 

O 
1h 

3  — 

o> 

£ 

1| 

1 

+,    ra 
O  .9 

lH 

1-1    1-H        1 

1    tfiOl 

00 

c 

X 

1 

1        cn 

cn 

II 

<U    g 

X 

c5- 
a  2 

z 

l! 

z 

HOON 

Lf)N    O 

K 

3 

r-l 

CN  v£> 

CN 

0 

en    oi 

^1 

V 

•5« 

•£e2 

cn 

01 

2 

cn 

in 

0> 

cn        •'3. 

'cn 

O 
1-1 

in  VJ 

s-s 

.   <n 

m    cn 

u 

0 
-J 

T3         w 

£        "9 

-1   .-    C 
cn    C    « 

0  0  JS 

"2 

'35 

_g 

m 
>> 

ID  "q3 
01   01 

oSeS 

Oi    01    cn 
S   C    O 

0> 

c 
II 

H  S 

«   «   «  *j 

U  co  pa  < 

cn 
O 

z 

J5 

<co'U  Q 

W  U-, 

H 

12 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  13 

Honduras,  and  this  involved  15  pairwise  computations  for  each  index  em- 
ployed. We  calculated  values  for  four  of  the  indices  listed  by  Peters  (1968): 

(1)  Jaccard  Coefficient  (termed  "coefficient  of  community"  by  Peters,  1968;  see  Prentice 
&  Kain,  1976) 

Si  = c 

(N,  +  N2  -  C) 

(2)  Burt  Coefficient  (=  Sorenson's  Coefficient) 

2C 
Sl  = 


(N,  +  Ns) 
(3)  Otsuka  Coefficient 

a-      c 


VN,  X  N2 

(4)  Preston  Coefficient  (see  Preston,  1962,  p.  418) 

SI  =  1  -  Z 
where  Z  is  determined  by  solution  (for  Z)  of  the  following  expression 

N, \k  ,  /  N2  \| 


N,  +  N2  -  C J    '  \N,  +  N2  -  CJ  = 
In  each  case  the  following  symbols  apply: 

C  =  number  of  species  in  common  to  two  areas 
N,  =  number  of  species  in  the  area  with  fewer  species 
N2  =  number  of  species  in  the  area  with  more  species 

SI  =  calculated  index  (similarity  index) 

Each  of  these  indices  varies  between  a  minimum  value  of  zero  (C=0)  and  a 
maximum  value  of  one  (N,  =  C,  Nt  =  N2).  Values  calculated  for  the  15  pairwise 
comparisons  for  each  of  the  four  indices  considered  were  highly  concordant 
(Kendall's  Coefficient  of  Concordance,  W4>15  =  0.993,  p  <  <  .01,  see  Tate  & 
Clelland,  1957;  Downie  &  Heath,  1959),  and  we  have  chosen  the  Jaccard  Coeffi- 
cient for  the  comparisons  presented  in  Table  26.  This  coefficient  was  used  by 
Hagmeier  &  Stults  (1964)  in  their  analysis  of  North  American  mammal  pro- 
vinces. 

In  determining  the  composition  of  groups  of  associated  blennioid  species,  we 
have  used  the  recurrent  group  method  developed  by  Fager  (1957)  and  used  by 
Inger  &  Chin  (1962),  Fager  &  McGowan  (1963),  and  Fager  &  Longhurst  (1968), 
among  others.  In  this  method  a  dichotomous  index  of  relationship  is  calculated 
for  every  pair  of  species.  A  number  of  the  indices  listed  by  Peters  (1968)  could  be 
used  for  this  purpose,  but  we  follow  Inger  &  Chin  (1962),  Fager  &  McGowan 
(1963),  and  Fager  &  Longhurst  (1968)  in  using  an  index  that  calculates  the 
geometric  mean  of  the  proportion  of  joint  occurrences  (as  in  the  Otsuka  Coeffi- 
cient) but  applies  a  correction  for  sample  size.  The  formula  for  this  index,  here- 
after referred  to  as  GMI,  follows: 

GMI  =    ,    J         _  -4= 

v/NA-NB       2VNT 

NA  is  the  number  of  occurrences  of  species  A;  NB  is  the  number  of  occurrences  of 
species  B;  J  is  the  number  of  joint  occurrences;  and  species  are  assigned  to  letters 
such  that  NA  ^  NB.  Pairwise  values  of  GMI  were  calculated  for  all  57  species 
included  in  this  paper,  but  only  data  from  Class  I  stations  were  used  in  the 
recurrent  group  analysis. 


14  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

For  the  57  blennioid  species  included  in  this  paper,  the  largest  possible  GMI 
value  is  0.894  [(15)  Malacoctenus  triangulatus,  NB  =  31;  (55)  Ophioblennius  atlanticus 
macclurei,  NA  =  30;  actual  GMI  for  this  pair  (J =20)  is  0.566].  The  largest  observed 
GMI  for  species  included  in  this  paper  is  GMI  =  0.700  [(4)  Labrisomus  guppyi, 
NB  =  29,  (35)  Enneanectes  boehlkei,  NA  =  29;  J  =  23]. 

In  actual  determination  of  recurrent  groups  we  followed  closely  the  criteria 
and  methods  of  Fager  (1957,  pp.  589-591),  except  that  species  represented  in 
only  one  or  two  Class  I  collections  were  eliminated  from  the  analysis. 

Fager  &  McGowan  (1963)  and  Fager  &  Longhurst  (1968)  arbitrarily  chose  the 
value  GMI  s  0.500  as  the  breakpoint  for  deciding  whether  or  not  a  given  pair  of 
species  showed  "affinity."  The  reason  for  choosing  this  value  was  that  ".  .  .it 
was  felt  that  the  species  should  be  found  together  in  somewhat  more  than  half 
their  recorded  occurrences  if  they  are  to  be  grouped  together"  (Fager  &  McGo- 
wan, 1963).  Preliminary  runs  suggested  that  strict  application  of  the  0.500  break- 
point to  our  data  would  result  in  a  loss  of  information;  rather  few  (table  5)  of  the 
1,5%  species-pair  GMI  values  were  at  or  above  the  0.500  value  (due  in  part  we 
believe  to  biases  in  sampling  effort).  We  therefore  chose  to  perform  the  recurrent 
group  analysis  at  three  arbitrarily  chosen  predetermined  breakpoint  values: 
0.500,  0.400,  and  0.300. 

Recurrent  group  analyses  were  performed  for  data  based  on  Glovers  Reef 
samples  only,  Belize  samples  only,  and  Belize  and  Honduras  samples.  Unless 
otherwise  noted,  all  GMI  values  recorded  in  this  paper  are  based  on  all  Belize 
and  Honduras  (Class  I)  samples. 

LABRISOMIDAE 

The  family  Labrisomidae  is  represented  in  the  tropical  western  Atlantic  by 
seven  genera  and  45  described  species.  The  seven  genera  are  as  follows  (num- 
bers in  parentheses  refer  to  total  number  of  western  tropical  Atlantic  species, 
number  of  species  known  from  off  the  Central  American  coast,  number  of 
species  represented  in  our  material  from  Belize  and  Honduras):  Haptoclinus 
(1,1,0),  Labrisomus  (9,9,8),  Malacoctenus  (8,8,7),  Nemaclinus  (1,1,0),  Paraclinus 
(8,6,6),  Starksia  (15,9,8),  and  Stathmonotus  (3,3,3).  All  of  the  genera  and  37  of  the 
45  described  species  occur  off  the  Central  American  coast.  Of  these,  32  species 
are  represented  in  our  collections,  representing  all  but  the  deep-water  mono- 
typic  genera  Haptoclinus  Bohlke  &  Robins,  1974,  and  Nemaclinus  Bohlke  & 
Springer,  1975.  The  names  employed  for  labrisomid  taxa  treated  in  this  paper  are 

Table  5.  Frequency  distribution  of  GMI  values  based  on  all  57  species,  all  Class  I  Belize 
and  Honduras  stations  (see  text  for  additional  explanation). 


GMI  values 

Percent 

Cumulative 

No.  of  values 

(interval) 

Frequency 

total 

percent 

higher 

s  0.000 

1,013 

63.47 

63.47 

583 

0.001-0.100 

150 

9.40 

72.87 

433 

0.101-0.200 

189 

11.84 

84.71 

244 

0.201-0.300 

108 

6.77 

91.48 

136 

0.301-0.400 

68 

4.26 

95.74 

68 

0.401-0.500 

43 

2.69 

98.43 

25 

0.501-0.600 

18 

1.13 

99.56 

7 

0.601-0.700 

7 

0.44 

100.0 

0 

Totals  1,5%  100.00 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  15 

in  accord  with  Springer,  1955a,  1955b,  1959a,  1959b;  Bohlke,  1960;  Gilbert,  1971; 
Bohlke  &  Robins,  1974;  and  Bohlke  &  Springer,  1975. 


Labrisomus  Swainson,  1893 

The  genus  Labrisomus  contains  18  species,  nine  in  the  eastern  Pacific  and  nine 
in  the  western  Atlantic.  One  of  the  western  Atlantic  species,  L.  nuchipinnis,  also 
occurs  in  the  eastern  Atlantic.  The  Pacific  members  of  the  genus  were  revised  by 
Hubbs  (1953),  and  the  Atlantic  members  were  revised  by  Springer  (1959a).  Two 
additional  species,  one  in  the  western  Atlantic  (Springer,  1959b)  and  one  in  the 
eastern  Pacific  (Springer  &  Rosenblatt,  1965),  have  been  recognized  since 
Springer's  (1959a)  revision. 

All  known  western  Atlantic  species  of  Labrisomus  occur  off  the  Central  Ameri- 
can coast,  and  all  except  L.  filamentosus  Springer,  1959,  are  represented  in  our 
collections  from  Belize  and  Honduras.  The  latter  species  was  described  from  the 
western  Caribbean,  and  additional  specimens  have  been  reported  from  off 
Nicaragua  and  Hispaniola  (Springer,  1959b;  Springer  &  Rosenblatt,  1965);  all 
specimens  are  known  from  depths  in  excess  of  17  fathoms.  Only  one  species  of 
Labrisomus  represented  in  our  collections,  L.  haitiensis,  is  represented  in  samples 
taken  at  depths  exceeding  20  ft  (table  6). 

(1)  Labrisomus  albigenys  Beebe  &  Tee  Van,  1928 

This  species  has  been  reported  from  Haiti,  Venezuela,  the  Campeche  Banks 
off  Mexico,  and  Belize  (Springer,  1959a;  Birdsong  &  Emery,  1968;  Mago,  1970) 
and  also  from  Antigua  (C.  R.  Gilbert,  pers.  comm.).  This  constitutes  the  first 
record  for  Honduras. 

Springer's  (1959a,  pp.  437-438)  description  of  L.  albigenys  was  based  on  five 
specimens,  the  holotype  from  Haiti  and  four  specimens  (FMNH  59875)  from 
Cayos  Arcos,  Campeche  Banks,  Mexico.  We  present  meristic  and  morphometric 
data  for  the  seven  specimens  represented  in  our  collections  from  Honduras 
(table  7).  We  note  the  rather  high  degree  of  bilateral  asymmetry  in  pectoral-fin 
ray  counts  and  in  lateral  line  scale  counts. 

Ecological  data. — Labrisomus  albigenys  appears  to  be  the  rarest  species  of  Lab- 
risomus in  Belize  and  Honduras.  We  have  collected  L.  albigenys  only  at  the  Hog 
Islands  and  only  on  two  occasions.  Both  collections  were  in  shallow  water  (<  18 
ft),  in  areas  of  good  coral  development  (Habitat  =  H2)  and  strong  surge  at  the 
edge  of  the  windward  fringing  reef  on  Little  Hog  Island.  Species  of  Labrisomus 
taken  with  L.  albigenys  include L.  guppyi,  L.  kalisherae,  and  L.  nigricinctus  (table  8). 
We  have  no  detailed  information  on  the  single  collection  (UMML  9555)  from 
Lighthouse  Reef  reported  by  Birdsong  &  Emery  (1968).  Lighthouse  Reef  is  an 
area  of  good  coral  development. 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  seven  specimens  from  two  collections.  HON- 
DURAS: CC,  84432  (5),  84433  (2).  The  Belize  record  (Birdsong  &  Emery,  1968) 
was  based  on  a  single  collection  from  Lighthouse  Reef  (UMML  9555).  We  have 
not  had  the  opportunity  to  examine  this  material. 

(2)  Labrisomus  bucciferus  (Poey,  1868) 

This  species  is  known  from  Bermuda,  the  Bahamas,  Florida,  the  Greater  and 
Lesser  Antilles,  and  Central  America,  including  Belize,  Nicaragua,  and  Yucatan 


5  o^ 

2  g  2 

S3  °'£ 
o  c  c 

■Si'-* 

*-*% 
v  >  £ 
-a  >  a 


u 


in 


■as  & 

on    C  -t-" 

«n  *« 
3  .  «£ 
73  73  (fl 
C  .^73 

c  ^S  c 

a*  Cl,    .  ■£ 

N  «  a;  ■" 
^S  $ 

c  £  <2  fc 

g    O  S    O 

a»  >3  c  .** 


£'35  e  5 
«  -O  a,  oo 
73    C    H   C 

■go's 
JU  oj  o  " 

o  *i  •**  _ 
O 


•S   Sj  j=   oj 
_  T3  B  73 

■a  o  a)  £ 

si  si  «>  E 
c  c^3  -g 


1/3  C  7 

(5    S    01 

S-1  <«  ■£  ■£ 

(0    r-    C   *^ 
°    §"=-  JS 

^  -a  £  3 
<S  Q-x; 

•J3 
=1 

£    O 
£»TiO 

S  "  &-S 

«  §  1  § 

'    O    (fl    >- 

-T-(    73   "*" 

C   S   ?» 


c/5  w  (0 
§2  52 


t-c      Ifl 


o  K 


^  H     |  H     I    N     |    «     I 


\C  OO  ■<*  t}<  O  O  O  O 


in         (nqo        cNrooooo        o  o  t-<  *-h 


OOrHr- lOOHOOKHvOr I  H 


B «  OO  OOOOrHCO  OOOO  r-irHOOOOrHOOfNOOOOO 

4>     ■  rH 

4)  O 

r 

E 

9 

c  £ 

•St?         moo        i-hi-hoooo        oooo        t-hi-hoooocoonoooooo 

J=o  ^ 

V 

n         hn        oooooo        oooo        tNoooooocgincNOoooo 


if         OO        oooooo        oooo        oooooooooooooo 

o 


rHO        OOrHPlOO         oooo         oooooooooooooo 


t/5 


ui  «  5  S 

K  -Si  i=  ■* 

C  • ~  O     © 

-g  ^  3  o 

3!£  £c 


£ 

K    k- 

_^ 

fS    ^-v 

n 

i;  ^ 

t-i 

«. 


•a  ^      o 


7| 

9 


5 


16 


£      IS       I  2  I  £  I  S8       I3ISI8       |  £  I  *>  |  S       I  ^  I  S  I  ">       IS 


2      «-• 


i  s  i  s  i    jqisi^i    fe  i^  i«  i    *  |«^  |«  |    a  | 


SO  OO  t"x   tx   •»*  <-i  O   O 

All  "w 


•0  OO  n»r<NOO  iDrfOOOO  rft^OOOO  O  O  H  N  H  H  «  On 

©  '-'  H  tN 


—  ^  OO  «N  vO  i->  •"*«  O  O 


r-irlOOOO  OOrivOOO  t-h   i-h  O  O  O  O  MOO 


-    = 


ri\00000  r-crnOOOO  OOOOOO  OO 


OO  NITOOnrf  t-ciDOOOO  OOOOOO  O  O  i-i  ri  O  O  OO       C 


OO  OOOOOO  nrtHNOO  OOOOrivO  OOOOOO 


o 

O  O      u 
1 


e 


OO  OOOOOO 


c 

OO     2 

II 


cvi^<       nmooNoo        ■**  oo  as  s«  so  oo       ooooi-h<n        n  Tf  Tf  \o  ^  h 


o  o    o 


5.  §| 


ui  -~  .«J 


I 

9 
C 


B  A 


-       -  -^ 


II 


c        S  -S 

*-*        •*>  ^-~  *-^  *-*  -e>  ^-- 

g  cr>  3  in  g  so 

2^      uj  21-  ZS-  21-  uj  2!* 


5      "3 


•&> 


is   z 


17 


00 

•s 

a, 
en 

S 

o 


u     <B 


c 

CM         ^.^^     „ 


«       O 

Q    ~ 


S 


ig   a  s  a        O 

CO   «H   00   CO  rH 


"C 


6 

sO 

00  rH  00  C! 

o 

CO 

HHrif) 

X 

i— I 

fr 

o 

£ 

TJ 

o 

CO 

C 

^o 

00HQ0C 

(0 

CM 

rH  rH  rH  CO 

u 

rH 

'43 

ai 

"8 

s 

co  o  oo 


3 


CM  00  IT)  rH 

00 

\D  CO 

VO  CO  rH   00 

O 

■^  CM 

CO          rH 

r-t 

CM  rH 

CM  O 

CM  rn' 


2 

c     ' 


u 

><•£ 

5  o 

* 

>> 

(TJ 

JH 

*2    in 

X   o> 

V- 
RJ 

CM 

TJ 

th(bc 
eshy 

spine, 

TJ 

e    5 

H  -a 

(0 
l-c 

•  r-i     (TJ 
C     (J 

C 

0 

'5! 

* 

wid 
er(fl 
th* 
-fin: 

engt 
leng 

o  — , 

in 
en    u 

=>  .2 
O  TJ 

C  « 

a,  o 

nal,  II  + 
ectoral  (le: 
ateral  line 

5 

in 

(TJ 

u 

60 

•c 

o 

c 

X! 
(8 

Interorbital 
Eye  diamet 
Snout  lengl 
First  dorsal 

* 

X, 

c 

01 

elvic  fin,  1 
longest  s 
pper  jaw 

0)    3 

<  CQ 
O    O 

•j3  -a 

<tj   ns 

CD  CD 

<  Oh    hJ 

U 

X 

Ph      3 

Di  k 

£  ho 

60  en 

0)    3 

i-    '" 

1 2 

ffl    3 

rx  c 

to  C 
|    $ 

-C  0) 
in  ^ 

"o  gj 

f  g, 

60  5T 

C       >H 

a!  5 

(TJ    — 

-a  -a 
®  '5 
c  o 

%£ 

.    C    en 
hJ  «3  *C 

*    >  — 

+3  *o3  "s 
52  23  c 

rS    60+- 
g    O    60 

TJ  ^^ 
$    "     II 

£<CO 

X     m    "5 

r  KK 


18 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  19 


(Springer,  1959a,  1959b;  Birdsong  &  Emery,  1968;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968).  This 
constitutes  the  first  record  from  Honduras. 

Ecological  data. — Labrisomus  bucciferus  was  taken  in  collections  in  which  sam- 
pling extended  to  15  ft,  but  most  specimens  were  taken  in  less  than  4  ft.  Al- 
though L.  bucciferus  was  taken  in  a  wide  variety  of  habitats  in  Belize  and  Hon- 
duras (table  9),  most  (71%  of  94  specimens)  were  taken  in  shallow  water  (<  4  ft), 
high  wave  energy,  fore-reef  areas  (H2)  or  reef  crest  pools  (H6).  Labrisomus  buc- 
ciferus was  among  the  seven  blennioid  species  to  be  taken  in  areas  dominated  by 
sea  grass  beds  (H7).  In  Belize,  all  specimens  of  L.  bucciferus  were  taken  either  at 
Barrier  Reef  sites  (BRT,  CBC)  or  at  the  offshore  atolls  (GR,  LR).  Additional  Belize 
records  include  Turneffe  Island  and  one  Barrier  Reef  site  (SWC).  In  Honduras  L. 
bucciferus  was  taken  at  both  the  Hog  Islands  and  Roatan.  Labrisomus  bucciferus 
was  taken  with  all  other  species  of  Labrisomus  except  L.  albigenys  but  shared 
highest  affinity  (GMI)  values  with  Malacoctenus  gilli  and  Entomacrodus  nigricans 
(table  8). 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  95  specimens  from  18  collections.  HONDURAS: 
CC,  84443  (4),  84446  (1);  IR,  84442  (11),  84444  (1),  84445  (1).  BELIZE:  BRT,  89406 
(21);  CBC,  89281  (2),  89353  (1),  89393  (3);  GR,  39826  (1),  70989  (1),  71109  (1),  71147 
(1),  77601  (2),  86040  (34),  86174  (1),  89407  (5);  LR,  89409  (4).  Additional  Belize 
material  examined:  CBC,  JWC-7  (2),  JVVC-23  (3);  LR,  UMML  9977;  SWC,  JWC-9 
(2),  JWC-24  (1);  TI,  UMML  9861. 

(3)  Labrisomus  gobio  (Valenciennes,  1836) 

This  species  is  known  from  the  Bahamas,  Greater  and  Lesser  Antilles,  and 
Central  America,  including  Belize,  Nicaragua,  and  off  Yucatan  (Springer,  1959a, 

Table  8.  Co-occurrence  of  species  of  Labrisomus.  Values  in  upper  half  of  the  matrix 
(whole  numbers)  are  actual  number  of  records  (number  of  stations)  of  co-occurrence 
(based  on  all  stations).  Values  in  the  lower  half  of  the  matrix  are  calculated  GMI  values 
(based  on  Class  I  stations  only). 


Co-occurring  species 

Species 

NT 

N, 

1 

2            3            4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

1.  albigenys 

2 

2 

— 

0            0            2 

0 

1 

1 

0 

2.  bucciferus 

17 

16 

0 

3            5 

2 

1 

4 

7 

3.  gobio 

10 

10 

0 

.11          —          10 

2 

0 

6 

1 

4-  zuppy* 

29 

29 

.17 

.14         .49          — 

4 

5 

11 

5 

5.  haitiensis 

18 

17 

0 

0         .03         .09 

— 

1 

2 

1 

6.  kalisherae 

11 

11 

.06 

0           0         .19 

0 

— 

2 

8 

7.  nigricinctus 

13 

13 

.06 

.15         .39         .47 

.01 

.03 

— 

5 

8.  nuchipinnis 

16 

16 

0 

.31            0         .14 

0 

.48 

.22 

— 

Listing  of  species  sharing  highest  GMI  values  with  species 

of  Labrisomus  (five  highest 

values  only). 

1.  albigenys 

27  (.24), 

37  (.20), 

4  (.17), 

55  (.17),  15  (.16) 

2.  bucciferus 

13  (.60), 

51  (.34), 

8  (.31), 

14  (.27),  18  (.21) 

3.  gobio 

4  (.49), 

15  (.48), 

27  (.47), 

9  (.40),    7  (.39) 

4.  guppyi 

35  (.70), 

55  (.62), 

15  (.61), 

37  (.57),    3  (.49) 

5.  haitiensis 

33  (.41), 

10  (.30), 

38  (.23), 

22  (.20),  25  (.20) 

6.  kalisherae 

27  (.67), 

57  (.53), 

8  (.48), 

55  (.46),  15  (.45) 

7.  nigricinctus 

9  (.58), 

37  (.57), 

51  (.51), 

4  (.47),  35  (.42) 

8.  nuchipinnis 

21  (.54), 

57  (.54), 

13  (.49), 

6  (.48),    9  (.38) 

NT  =  total  number  of  stations;  N,  =  number  of  Class  I  stations. 


20  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

1959b;  Birdsong  &  Emery,  1968;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968).  This  constitutes  the 
first  record  for  Honduras. 

Ecological  data. — Labrisomus  gobio  was  taken  in  stations  in  which  sampling  ex- 
tended to  15  ft,  but  most  specimens  were  taken  in  less  than  4  ft.  All  specimens  of 
L.  gobio  were  taken  in  shallow-water  coral  reef  habitats  (H2,  H3),  with  94%  (of  48 
specimens)  from  H2  habitats  (table  9).  In  Honduras  L.  gobio  was  taken  at  only 
one  station,  a  rich  shallow-water  fringing  reef  on  Roatan.  In  Belize  L.  gobio  was 
taken  only  at  Barrier  Reef  sites  (BRG,  CBC)  or  at  the  atolls  (GR,  LR).  Additional 
Belize  records  are  from  Turneffe  Island. 

Labrisomus  gobio  has  been  taken  with  all  species  of  Labrisomus  except  L.  al- 
bigenys  and  L.  kalisherae.  Labrisomus  gobio  and  L.  kalisherae  are  very  similar  in 
appearance  but  differ  in  distribution — L.  gobio  has  been  taken  at  offshore,  coral- 
rich  habitats  in  Belize  and  Honduras,  L.  kalisherae  is  known  in  Belize  only  from 
cays  inside  the  Barrier  Reef  and  in  Honduras  only  from  the  Hog  Islands.  Lab- 
risomus gobio  shared  highest  affinity  (GMI)  values  with  Labrisomus  guppyi  and 
Malacoctenus  triangulatus  (table  8). 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  48  specimens  from  10  collections.  HONDURAS: 
IR,  84431  (2).  BELIZE:  BRG,  77605  (11),  77607  (2);  CBC,  89295  (6),  89321  (2),  89380 
(8);  GR,  77603  (7),  77604  (1);  LR,  77602  (4),  86041  (5).  Additional  Belize  material 
examined:  CBC,  JWC-8  (1),  JWC-11  (1),  JWC-16  (5),  JWC-19  (1),  JWC-23  (3). 
Additional  Belize  material  reported  by  Birdsong  &  Emery  1968:  LR,  UMML  9561, 
UMML  9984;  TI,  UMML  9484,  UMML  9836. 

(4)  Labrisomus  guppyi  (Norman,  1922) 

This  species  is  known  from  the  Bahamas,  Florida,  Greater  and  Lesser  Antilles, 
Fernando  de  Noronha  (off  Brazil),  Venezuela,  Curacao,  and  Central  America, 
including  Belize,  Nicaragua,  Panama,  and  the  Yucatan  (Springer,  1959a,  1959b; 
Cervigon,  1966;  Birdsong  &  Emery,  1968;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968;  Mago,  1970; 
Nagelkerken,  1974).  This  constitutes  the  first  record  for  Honduras. 

Ecological  data. — Labrisomus  guppyi  is  the  most  commonly  represented  species 
of  Labrisomus  in  our  collections  from  Belize  and  Honduras.  It  has  been  taken  in 
collections  in  which  sampling  extended  to  20  ft  but  was  most  commonly  taken  in 
depths  of  10  ft  or  less  (24  of  29  collections).  Most  specimens  of  L.  guppyi  (86%  of 
270  specimens)  were  taken  in  areas  of  rich  coral  (H2,  H3),  with  the  remaining 
specimens  (all  taken  at  the  Hog  Islands)  from  areas  of  rocky  ledges  (H4)  or  two 
sites  with  both  rock  and  coral  represented  in  exceptionally  broad  stations  (field 
numbers:  F75-47,  F75-51)  and  classified  as  H9  habitats  (table  9).  In  Belize  all 
specimens  of  L.  guppyi  were  taken  at  the  Barrier  Reef  (BRG,  BRT,  CBC)  or  atolls 
(GR,  LR).  Additional  Belize  records  include  Turneffe  Island  and  one  Barrier  Reef 
site  (SWC).  Labrisomus  guppyi  was  taken  with  every  other  species  of  Labrisomus 
represented  in  our  collections  but  was  taken  with  L.  albigenys  and  L.  kalisherae 
only  at  the  Hog  Islands  and  with  L.  nuchipinnis  only  at  the  Hog  Islands  and  two 
Barrier  Reef  sites  (BRT,  CBC).  In  cases  of  co-occurrence  L.  guppyi  was  virtually 
always  more  numerous  than  any  species  of  Labrisomus  taken  with  it  (true  for  36 
of  42  comparisons);  four  of  the  six  remaining  comparisons  were  ties,  and  in  only 
two  cases  (once  with  L.  bucciferus,  once  with  L.  gobio)  was  L.  guppyi  less  numer- 
ous than  a  co-occurring  species  of  Labrisomus.  Labrisomus  guppyi  shares  highest 
affinity  (GMI)  values  with  Enneanectes  boehlkei  and  Ophioblennius  atlanticus 
macclurei  (table  8). 


0\      CM  vO       I 

as     °  '  ' 


8 


C(N    rin 


I   I    I   I    I   I    I   I    I   I    I   I  -8 


r^     <N  CD 

s     H 


I  I    I  I    I  I    I  I    I  II 


■'S 


?,  I  I   I  I   '  I   I 


SS  ^S  I  I    II    I   I  *8   I   I 

2 


S   I   I 


I       I      Tf  O    (N  <N    •«*  (N 

rH  rH  CO 


8  °"S 


CTs  vO    ON  SO 


3 


I    I    I    I    I    I 


I    I    I    I    II 


S  « 


,_     NJ    OCO    J»p    00O    H*    rtn 


i 

a 

en 


:<c 


G 
C 
.& 

c 


21 


22  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  270  specimens  from  29  collections.  HON- 
DURAS: CC,  84461  (4),  84463  (11),  84464  (13),  84465  (2),  84466  (10),  84467  (13), 
84468  (7);  IR,  84462  (16),  84469  (15).  BELIZE:  BRG,  70921  (1),  77612  +  86047  (14), 
86025  (1);  BRT,  86046  (12);  CBC,  89286  (14),  89307  (1),  89325  (8),  89330  (4),  89337 
(3),  89351  (1),  89385  (3),  89396  (55);  GR,  70943  (1),  77606  (6),  77609  (3),  77611  (1), 
86045  (28),  86048  (1);  LR,  77608  (8),  77610  (14).  Additional  Belize  material  exam- 
ined: CBC,  JWC-11(3),  JWC-16  (5);  LR,  UMML  9409,  UMML  9501,  UMML  9998; 
TI,  UMML  9849,  UMML  10319. 

(5)  Labrisomus  haitiensis  Beebe  &  Tee  Van,  1928 

This  species  is  known  from  the  Bahamas,  Florida,  Greater  and  Lesser  Antilles, 
Gulf  of  Mexico  (Florida),  and  Central  America,  including  Lighthouse  Reef,  Be- 
lize, and  Banco  Chinchorro  off  Yucatan  (Springer,  1959a,  1959b;  Birdsong  & 
Emery,  1968;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968;  Smith,  1976).  This  constitutes  the  first 
record  for  Honduras. 

Ecological  data. — Labrisomus  haitiensis  has  been  taken  at  greater  depths  than  any 
other  species  of  Labrisomus  represented  in  our  collections  (table  6).  It  was  col- 
lected in  depths  as  deep  as  50  ft,  but  most  records  (12  of  18)  and  specimens  (52  of 
70)  are  from  depths  less  than  20  ft,  and  six  of  the  18  collections  containing  this 
species  were  in  depths  less  than  6  ft.  We  have  taken  L.  haitiensis  only  in  coral- 
rich  offshore  habitats  either  patch  reefs,  shallow  fringing  reefs,  or  the  top  of 
marked  dropoffs  (table  9),  with  the  majority  of  both  records  and  specimens  (56% 
of  70  specimens)  from  patch  reef  sites  (H3)  in  the  lagoon  at  Glovers  Reef.  In 
Belize  L.  haitiensis  was  taken  only  at  Barrier  Reef  sites  (BRG,  CBC)  and  the  atolls 
(GR,  LR),  with  the  majority  of  both  records  (12  of  14)  and  specimens  (49  of  52) 
from  atoll  localities.  Additional  Belize  records  include  Turneffe  Island  and  one 
Barrier  Reef  locality  (SWC).  In  Honduras  we  have  taken  L.  haitiensis  at  the  Hog 
Islands  and  at  Roatan.  Labrisomus  haitiensis  has  been  taken  with  all  species  of 
Labrisomus  except  L.  albigenys.  It  was  taken  with  L.  kalisherae  and  L.  nuchipinnis 
only  at  one  exceptionally  broad  station  (F75-51)  at  the  Hog  Islands.  Labrisomus 
haitiensis  shares  highest  affinity  (GMI)  values  with  Enneanectes  altivelis  and 
Malacoctenus  boehlkei  (table  8). 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  70  specimens  from  18  collections.  HONDURAS: 
CC,  84440  (2),  84441  (6);  IR,  84438  (2),  84439  (10).  BELIZE:  BRG,  77810  (1);  CBC, 
89292  (2);  GR,  70988  +  77613  (2),  71100  (2),  71112  (2),  71122  (1),  71123  (2),  71142 
(3),  71144  +  86042  (3),  77615  (2),  84553  (5),  86043  (4),  86044  (18);  LR,  77614  (3). 
Additional  Belize  material  examined:  LR,  UMML  9412  (3),  UMML  9492  (2). 

(6)  Labrisomus  kalisherae  (Jordan,  1904) 

This  species  has  been  reported  from  Florida,  Tobago,  Isla  Fernando  de 
Noronha  (Brazil),  Venezuela,  Belize,  Nicaragua,  Panama,  Campeche  Banks 
(Mexico),  and  Cabo  Rojo  (Veracruz,  Mexico)  (Springer,  1959a;  Rubinoff  & 
Rubinoff,  1962;  Caldwell  &  Caldwell,  1964;  Cervigon,  1966;  Birdsong  &  Emery, 
1968;  Mago,  1970).  This  constitutes  the  first  record  for  Honduras. 

Ecological  data. — Labrisomus  kalisherae  was  taken  in  stations  in  which  sampling 
extended  to  15  ft,  but  the  majority  of  both  records  (eight  of  11)  and  specimens 
(188  of  196)  were  taken  in  less  than  5  ft.  In  Belize  L.  kalisherae  was  taken  only  at 
cays  inside  the  Barrier  Reef  and  in  habitats  dominated  by  coarse  coral  rubble  and 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  23 

extensive  algal  mats  (H5).  In  Honduras  L.  kalisherae  was  collected  only  at  the  Hog 
Islands  in  areas  of  rocky  ledges  with  or  without  extensive  live  coral  (H2,  H4)  and 
in  one  exceptionally  broad  station  (F75-51)  classified  as  H9  (table  9).  Labrisomus 
kalisherae  was  taken  with  all  species  of  Labrisomus  represented  in  our  collections 
save  the  purely  insular  L.  gobio  (see  above),  but  all  records  of  co-occurrence  other 
than  with  L.  nuchipinnis  are  from  localities  in  the  Hog  Islands  where  a  number  of 
exceptionally  broad  collecting  stations,  including  habitats  (at  a  single  site)  rang- 
ing from  rock  and  algae,  to  coral  rubble  and  sand,  to  live  coral,  obscure  the 
possibility  of  habitat  separation  among  the  species  collected.  Labrisomus  kalisherae 
shares  highest  affinity  (GMI)  values  with  Starksia  occidentalis  and  Scartella  cristata 
(table  8). 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  196  specimens  from  11  collections.  HON- 
DURAS: CC,  84447  (7),  84448  (3),  84449  (2),  84450  (4),  84451  (5),  84452  (2),  84453 
(1).  BELIZE:  BC,  86051  (16);  FC,  86050  (22);  FC,  86052  (22);  TC,  86049  (112). 

(7)  Labrisomus  nigricinctus  Rivero,  1936 

This  species  is  known  from  the  Bahamas,  Florida,  Greater  and  Lesser  Antilles, 
Curacao,  Los  Roques  (Venezuela),  and  Central  America,  including  Courtown 
Cays  off  Nicaragua,  Panama,  and  Banco  Chinchorro  off  Yucatan  (Springer, 
1959a,  1959b;  Rubinoff  &  Rubinoff,  1962;  Birdsong  &  Emery,  1968;  Bohlke  & 
Chaplin,  1968;  Cervigon,  1968;  Nagelkerken,  1974).  This  constitutes  the  first 
record  for  Belize  and  for  Honduras. 

Ecological  data. — Labrisomus  nigricinctus  was  taken  in  collections  in  which  sam- 
pling extended  to  18  ft,  but  most  records  (11  of  13)  and  specimens  (36  of  41)  are 
from  stations  in  6  ft  of  water  or  less.  Although  L.  nigricinctus  was  taken  in  a 
variety  of  habitats  (table  9),  the  majority  of  both  records  (9  of  13)  and  specimens 
(78%  of  41)  are  from  rich  shallow- water  reefs  in  relatively  high  wave  energy  sites 
(H2).  In  Belize  L.  nigricinctus  was  taken  only  at  Barrier  Reef  sites  (BRG,  BRT, 
CBC)  and  at  Glovers  Reef.  In  Honduras  L.  nigricinctus  was  taken  at  Roatan  and  at 
the  Hog  Islands.  Labrisomus  nigricinctus  was  taken  with  all  other  species  of  Lab- 
risomus but  was  taken  with  L.  kalisherae  only  at  the  Hog  Islands.  Labrisomus 
nigricinctus  shares  highest  affinity  (GMI)  values  with  Malacoctenus  aurolineatus 
and  Enneanectes  pectoralis  (table  8). 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  41  specimens  from  13  collections.  HONDURAS: 
CC,  84434  (3),  84436  (1),  84437  (4);  IR,  84435  (1).  BELIZE:  BRG,  77616  (1),  86026 
(1),  86055  (1);  BRT,  86054  (4);  CBC,  89293  (9),  89320  (1),  89379  (1);  GR,  77617  (2), 
86053  (3). 

(8)  Labrisomus  nuchipinnis  (Quoy  &  Gaimard,  1824) 

This  species  is  known  from  both  sides  of  the  Atlantic:  eastern  Atlantic, 
Madeira  Islands  to  Annobon  Island;  western  Atlantic,  Bermuda,  the  Bahamas, 
Florida,  Greater  and  Lesser  Antilles,  Brazil,  Venezuela,  Curacao,  Colombia, 
Central  America,  including  Belize,  Honduras,  Nicaragua,  and  Panama;  and  Gulf 
of  Mexico,  including  Mexico  and  Texas  (Fowler,  1944;  Springer,  1959a,  1959b; 
Birdsong  &  Emery,  1968;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968;  Nagelkerken,  1974).  This 
constitutes  the  first  record  for  Honduras. 

Ecological  data. — All  of  our  records  for  L.  nuchipinnis  are  from  stations  in  less 
than  10  ft  of  water,  and  14  of  16  records  are  from  less  than  5  ft.  Although  L. 


24  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

nuchipinnis  was  taken  in  a  variety  of  shallow-water  habitats  (table  9),  the  great 
majority  of  specimens  (80%  of  71)  came  from  rocky  areas  (H4)  in  the  Hog  Islands 
or  from  coarse  coral  rubble  (H5)  at  cays  at  and  inside  of  the  Barrier  Reef  in  Belize. 
One  record  is  from  pier  pilings  at  Trujillo.  Labrisomus  nuchipinnis  is  known  from 
both  mainland  and  insular  localities,  in  Belize  from  cays  inside  the  Barrier  Reef 
(BC,  SC,  TC),  from  Barrier  Reef  sites  (BRT,  CBC),  and  from  Glovers  Reef;  in 
Honduras  from  mainland  sites  (Trujillo)  and  from  the  Hog  Islands.  Labrisomus 
nuchipinnis  was  taken  with  all  species  of  Labrisomus  except  L.  albigenys,  but  was 
taken  with  L.  haitiensis  only  at  one  exceptionally  broad  (F75-51)  station  at  the 
Hog  Islands.  Labrisomus  nuchipinnis  shares  highest  affinity  (GMI)  values  with 
Paraclinus  nigripinnis  and  Scartella  cristata. 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  71  specimens  from  16  collections.  HONDURAS: 
CC,  84455  (4),  84456  (1),  84457  (2),  84458  (3),  84459  (3),  84460  (14);  Mainland,  pier 
at  Trujillo,  84454  (4).  BELIZE:  BC,  86060  (4);  BRT,  86056  (1);  CBC,  89301  (3),  89355 
+  89413  (23),  89390  (1);  GR,  86057  (3),  86058  (1);  SC,  86061  (1);  TC,  86059  (3). 
Additional  Belize  material  examined:  SWC,  JWC-13  (1),  JWC-24  (1). 


Malacoctenus  Gill,  1860 

The  genus  Malacoctenus  contains  18  species,  one  species  (M.  africanus  Cadenat) 
in  the  eastern  Atlantic,  eight  species  in  the  western  Atlantic,  and  nine  species 
(four  of  which  have  two  recognized  subspecies)  in  the  eastern  Pacific.  The  latest 
revision  of  the  genus  is  that  of  Springer  (1959a). 

All  known  western  Atlantic  species  of  Malacoctenus  occur  off  the  Central 
American  coast,  and  all  except  M.  versicolor  (Poey)  are  represented  in  our  collec- 
tions from  Belize  and  Honduras.  Malacoctenus  versicolor,  known  from  the 
Bahamas,  Florida,  Greater  and  Lesser  Antilles,  was  reported  from  Belize 
(UMML  9996  (1),  Lighthouse  Reef)  by  Birdsong  &  Emery  (1968).  Co-occurrence 
data  for  species  of  Malacoctenus  is  presented  in  Table  10. 

(9)  Malacoctenus  aurolineatus  Smith,  1957 

This  species  is  known  from  the  Bahamas,  Florida,  Greater  and  Lesser  Antilles, 
Venezuela,  and  Central  America,  including  Yucatan  (Springer,  1959a,  1959b; 
Birdsong  &  Emery,  1968;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968;  Cervigon,  1968).  This  consti- 
tutes the  first  record  for  Belize  and  for  Honduras. 

Ecological  data. — Malacoctenus  aurolineatus  has  been  taken  in  stations  in  which 
sampling  extended  to  15  ft,  but  most  records  (11  of  12)  and  specimens  (171  of 
173)  are  from  less  than  10  ft,  and  the  majority  from  less  than  6  ft.  Except  for  one 
specimen  taken  in  a  reef-crest  pool  (H6)  at  Glovers  Reef,  all  records  and  speci- 
mens of  M.  aurolineatus  (table  11)  are  from  shallow,  rich  reef  habitats  (H2)  in 
Belize;  shallow  rocky  habitats  (H4)  in  Honduras;  or,  in  the  case  of  one  exception- 
ally broad  station  (F75-51)  in  Honduras,  both  rock  and  coral  (H9).  In  Belize  M. 
aurolineatus  was  taken  only  from  Barrier  Reef  sites  (BRG,  BRT,  CBC)  and  the 
atolls  (GR,  LR),  with  most  specimens  (27  of  32)  from  the  Barrier  Reef.  In  Hon- 
duras M.  aurolineatus  was  taken  only  at  the  Hog  Islands.  Malacoctenus  aurolineatus 
was  taken  with  all  species  of  Malacoctenus  (table  10)  except  M.  boehlkei  (appar- 
ently a  generally  deeper-living  species)  and  M.  delalandei  (most  specimens  of 
which  were  taken  at  more  inshore  localities).  Malacoctenus  aurolineatus  shares 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  25 

Table  10.  Co-occurrence  of  species  of  Malacoctcnus.  Values  in  upper  half  of  matrix 
(whole  numbers)  are  actual  number  of  records  (number  of  stations)  of  co-occurrence 
(based  on  all  stations).  Values  in  the  lower  half  of  matrix  are  calculated  GMI  values  (based 
on  Class  I  stations  only). 

Species  NT  N,  9  10  11  12  13  14  15 


9.  auroliiwatus 

12           12                            0             0             8 

5 

4 

10 

10.  boehlkei 

12           12              0                            0             0 

0 

2 

1 

11.  delalandei 

4             4              0             0                            0 

2 

2 

2 

12.  erdmani 

9             9           .62             0             0 

5 

5 

8 

13.  gilli 

21           21           .21             0          .11           .26 

— 

8 

9 

14.  macropus 

21           21           .14          .02          .11           .26 

.27 

— 

10 

15.  triangulatus 

32           31           .43             0          .09          .39 

.26 

.30 

— 

Listing  of  species  sharing  highest  GMI  values  with  species  of  Malacoctenus  (five  highest 

values  only). 

9.  auroliiwatus 

12  (.62),    7  (.58),  51  (.53),  37  (.47),    4  (.44) 

10.  boehlkei 

5  (.30),  20  (.26),  43  (.25),  25  (.20),  50  (.19) 

11.  delalaiidei 

21  (.27),    8  (.25),  55  (.18),    6  (.15),  32  (.14) 

12.  erdmani 

9  (.62),  57  (.46),    7  (.42),  49  (.41),  37  (.41) 

13.  gilli 

2  (.60),    8  (.49),  51  (.43),  21  (.42),    6  (.29) 

14.  macropus 

21  (.42),    6  (.35),    8  (.33),  57  (.30),  15  (.30) 

15.  triangulatus 

4  (.61),  35  (.58),  55  (.57),  37  (.51),  27  (.49) 

NT  =  total  number  of  stations;  N|  =  number  of  Class  I  stations. 

highest  affinity  (GMI)  values  with  Malacoctenus  erdmani  and  Labrisomus  nigri- 
cinctus. 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  173  specimens  from  12  collections.  HON- 
DURAS: CC,  84406  (29),  84407  (20),  84408  (44),  84486  (6).  BELIZE:  BRG,  77626 
(1),  77633  +  86068  (2);  BRT,  85987  (15);  CBC,  89283  (28),  89378  (22);  GR,  85988  (1), 
85989  (2);  LR,  77621  (3). 

(10)  Malacoctenus  boehlkei  Springer,  1959 

This  species  has  been  reported  from  the  Bahamas,  Virgin  Islands,  Albuquer- 
que Cays  off  Nicaragua,  and  Belize  (Springer,  1959a,  1959b;  Birdsong  &  Emery, 
1968;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968).  This  constitutes  the  first  record  for  Honduras. 

Ecological  data. — Malacoctenus  boehlkei  is  the  deepest-living  species  of  Malacoc- 
tenus represented  in  our  material.  Our  depth  records  for  this  species  include 
stations  at  90  to  100  ft,  and  six  of  the  12  stations  at  which  this  species  was  taken 
were  in  depths  exceeding  50  ft;  however,  most  specimens  of  this  species  (39  of 
57,  from  five  collections)  were  taken  at  depths  of  15  ft  or  less.  Two  habitats, 
fore-reef  dropoff  areas  (HI)  and  patch  reefs  (H3),  accounted  for  virtually  all  (98% 
of  57  specimens)  material  of  M.  boehlkei  (table  11).  In  Belize  this  species  was  taken 
at  the  Barrier  Reef  (CBC)  and  the  atolls  (GR,  LR)  and  has  been  reported  from 
Turneffe  Island.  One  apparently  anomalous  record  (G74-13,  one  specimen)  is 
from  Frenchman's  Cay,  inside  the  Barrier  Reef,  in  an  area  of  coarse  coral  rubble 
and  sand  (H5).  In  Honduras  we  have  only  one  record  of  this  species,  seven 
specimens  taken  in  50  ft  (F75-48)  at  the  Hog  Islands.  Examination  of  co- 
occurrence data  (table  10)  suggests  that  M.  boehlkei  exhibits  little  habitat  overlap 
with  other  species  of  Malacoctenus.  Malacoctenus  boehlkei  was  taken  with  M.  mac- 
ropus on  two  occasions,  both  stations  on  patch  reefs  in  the  lagoon  of  Glovers 
Reef.  Malacoctenus  boehlkei  was  taken  with  M.  triangulatus  only  at  the  apparently 


fc 


ON  <N       .       . 


IN        .     Tf        .      CO 


•o 


S 


I    I     I    I  ~ffi    I    I     I    I     I    I    I    I 


o    I  cr>       o      o 


*.* 


S  I    I    II    I   I  "fc  ^   I   I 


3 


O  rH  O 


«    W 


£    I    I  ^$5 


g  ^  Qj   |   |    |   l^s^g^ssfc 


fl    I  I  *-8  I  I    I  I    I  I    I  I 


__      NtO    (NN    *N    OvO    H^    H\D    M^ 
JJ     r-i  K    r-t  IT)  <N  ^    Nlft    wi    nin 


i 


11 


M 


26 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  27 

anomalous  (for  M.  boehlkei)  station  at  Frenchman's  Cay.  Malacoctenus  boehlkei 
shares  largest  affinity  (GMI)  values  with  Labrisomus  haitiensis,  Paraclinus  mar- 
moratus  (a  species  taken  at  only  two  stations),  and  Emblemaria  caldivelli  (table  11). 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  57  specimens  from  12  collections.  HONDURAS: 
CC,  84405  (7).  BELIZE:  CBC,  89311  (1);  FC,  86023  (1);  GR,  71084  (1),  71128  (1), 
71133  (1),  71138  (1),  85981  (22),  85982  (6),  85983  +  89404  (3),  86164  (12);  LR,  77622 
(1).  Additional  Belize  material  examined:  TI,  UMML  9865  (1). 

(11)  Malacoctenus  delalandei  (Valenciennes,  1836) 

This  species  has  been  reported  from  Puerto  Rico,  Tobago,  Natal  (Brazil),  Ven- 
ezuela, Panama,  Guatemala,  and  Belize  (Springer,  1959a;  Birdsong  &  Emery, 
1968).  This  constitutes  the  first  record  for  Honduras. 

Ecological  data. — Malacoctenus  delalandei  was  taken  by  us  on  only  four  occa- 
sions, twice  in  Belize  and  twice  in  Honduras.  The  Belize  records  are  from  cays 
inside  the  Barrier  Reef  (BC,  TC)  in  waters  less  than  4  ft,  over  coral  rubble  and 
algae  (H5).  Additional  Belize  records  are  from  the  mainland.  In  Honduras,  M. 
delalandei  was  collected  at  Roatan  in  less  than  5  ft  of  water,  in  an  area  of  sand  and 
Thalassia  adjacent  to  a  pier  (H7),  and  was  collected  on  pier  pilings  at  Trujillo  in 
less  than  5  ft  of  water  (H8).  Malacoctenus  delalandei  is  apparently  absent  in  areas  of 
rich  coral  development.  Malacoctenus  delalandei  was  taken  with  M.  gilli  (IR,  BC), 
M.  macropus  (IR,  TC),  and  M.  triangulatus  (IR,  BC)  (table  10).  Malacoctenus  delalan- 
dei shares  highest  affinity  (GMI)  values  with  Paraclinus  nigripinnis  and  Labrisomus 
nuchipinnis. 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  22  specimens  from  four  collections.  HON- 
DURAS: IR,  84403  (1);  Mainland,  pier  at  Trujillo,  84404  (12).  BELIZE:  BC,  85984 
(2);  TC,  85985  (7).  Additional  Belize  material  examined:  Mainland,  1.5  miles 
south-southwest  of  Belize  City,  UMML  9609;  2.5  miles  north  of  Belize  City  at 
southeast  corner  of  Peter's  Bluff,  UMML  9787. 

(12)  Malacoctenus  erdmani  Smith,  1957 

This  species  is  known  from  the  Bahamas,  Greater  and  Lesser  Antilles,  and 
Central  America,  including  Lighthouse  Reef  off  Belize,  Albuquerque  Cays  off 
Nicaragua,  and  Banco  Chinchorro  off  Yucatan  (Springer,  1959a,  1959b;  Birdsong 
&  Emery,  1968;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968).  This  constitutes  the  first  record  for 
Honduras. 

Ecological  data. — All  of  our  records  for  this  species  were  from  10  ft  of  water  or 
less,  and  most  records  (seven  of  nine)  and  specimens  (37  of  40)  were  from 
stations  in  6  ft  of  water  or  less.  All  specimens  were  taken  in  either  rich  reef 
formations  in  shallow  water  (H2,  all  Belize  records)  or  in  areas  of  rocky  ledges 
(H4,  Honduras  records)  except  for  one  record  from  an  exceptionally  broad  sta- 
tion (F75-51)  at  the  Hog  Islands  that  included  both  rock  formations  and  rich  coral 
formations  (H9;  see  table  11).  In  Belize  M.  erdmani  was  taken  only  at  Barrier  Reef 
sites  (BRG,  BRT,  CBC)  and  was  never  taken  at  Glovers  Reef  or  Lighthouse  Reef. 
Additional  Belize  material  includes  one  specimen  from  Turneffe  Island.  Because 
we  have  taken  M.  erdmani  on  only  four  occasions  in  Belize,  the  apparent  absence 
of  this  species  at  the  offshore  atolls  (GR,  LR)  may  well  reflect  inadequacies  in 
sampling  effort.  In  Honduras  M.  erdmani  was  taken  only  at  the  Hog  Islands. 


28  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

Malacoctenus  erdmani  was  taken  with  all  species  of  Malacoctenus  except  M.  boehlkei 
and  M.  delalandei.  Malacoctenus  erdmani  shares  highest  affinity  (GMI)  values  with 
Malacoctenus  aurolineatus  and  Scartella  cristata. 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  40  specimens  from  nine  collections.  HON- 
DURAS: CC,  84409  (1),  84410  (2),  84411  (9),  84412  (8),  84484  (2).  BELIZE:  BRG, 
77625  (1),  89411  (1);  BRT,  85990  (14);  CBC,  89285  (2).  Additional  Belize  material 
examined:  LR,  UMML  9467  (1). 

r 

(13)  Malacoctenus  gilli  (Steindachner,  1867) 

This  species  is  known  from  the  Bahamas,  Greater  and  Lesser  Antilles,  Ven- 
ezuela, Curacao,  Gulf  of  Mexico  off  Tampico  (Mexico),  and  Central  America, 
including  Belize,  Honduras,  Nicaragua,  and  Yucatan  (Springer,  1959a,  1959b; 
Cervigon,  1966;  Birdsong  &  Emery,  1968;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968;  Mago,  1970; 
Nagelkerken,  1974). 

Ecological  data. — All  specimens  of  Malacoctenus  gilli  were  taken  in  less  than  5  ft 
of  water.  Malacoctenus  gilli  was  taken  in  a  wide  variety  of  habitat  categories  (table 
11),  but  two  categories,  H6,  reef  crest  pools,  and  H7,  sea  grass  beds,  together 
accounted  for  69%  of  the  154  specimens  of  M.  gilli  represented  in  our  collections. 
Habitat  categories  H6  and  H7  were  represented  by  only  seven  stations  and  five 
stations,  respectively,  of  the  127  total.  In  Belize  M.  gilli  was  taken  at  cays  inside 
the  Barrier  Reef  (BC,  SC),  at  Barrier  Reef  sites  (BRT,  CBC),  and  at  the  atolls 
(GR,  LR).  Additional  records  from  Belize  include  Turneffe  Island  and  two  Barrier 
Reef  sites  (CBC,  SWC).  Records  from  Honduras  are  from  the  Hog  Islands  and 
from  Roatan.  Malacoctenus  gilli  has  been  taken  with  all  species  of  Malacoctenus 
represented  in  our  collections  except  M.  boehlkei,  from  which  it  apparently  differs 
substantially  in  both  depth  distribution  and  habitat  preference  (see  above). 
Malacoctenus  gilli  shares  highest  affinity  (GMI)  values  with  Labrisomus  bucciferus 
and  Labrisomus  nuchivinnis  (table  10). 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  156  specimens  from  23  collections.  HON- 
DURAS: CC,  84413  (5),  84416  (16),  84417  (2),  84418  (2),  84485  (20);  IR,  39843  (1), 
84414  (33),  84415  (16).  BELIZE:  BC,  85991  (4);  BRT,  85996  (2);  CBC,  89297  (3), 
89300  (1),  89309  (1),  89354  (3);  GR,  39822  (1),  71110  (9),  71124  (4),  77623  (1),  85992 
(25),  85993  (1),  85994  (3);  LR,  77624  (1);  SC,  85995  (2).  Additional  Belize  material 
examined:  CBC,  JWC-12  (1),  JWC-16  (1),  JWC-21  (1);  SWC,  JWC-19  (4),  JWC-20 
(5),  JWC-24  (2),  JWC-25  (1);  TI,  UMML  9860. 

(14)  Malacoctenus  macropus  (Poey,  1868) 

This  species  is  known  from  Bermuda,  the  Bahamas,  Florida,  Greater  and 
Lesser  Antilles,  Venezuela,  and  Central  America,  including  Belize,  Nicaragua, 
Panama,  and  Yucatan  (Springer,  1959a;  Caldwell  &  Caldwell,  1964;  Birdsong  & 
Emery,  1968;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968;  Cervigon,  1968).  This  constitutes  the  first 
record  for  Honduras. 

Ecological  data. — Malacoctenus  macropus  was  taken  in  collections  in  which  sam- 
pling extended  to  15  ft,  but  most  records  (17  of  21)  and  specimens  (142  of  166)  are 
from  less  than  6  ft.  Malacoctenus  macropus  was  taken  in  a  wide  variety  of 
shallow- water  habitats  (table  11).  The  geographic  extent  of  localities  at  which 
this  species  was  represented  was  also  broad,  excluding  only  mainland  sites.  In 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  29 


Belize  this  species  was  taken  at  cays  inside  of  the  Barrier  Reef  (SC,  TC),  at  Barrier 
Reef  sites  (BRT;  with  additional  records  from  CBC  and  SWC),  and  the  atolls  (GR, 
LR,  with  an  additional  record  from  TI).  In  Honduras  M.  macropus  was  taken  at 
the  Hog  Islands  and  at  Roatan.  Malacoctenus  macropus  was  taken  with  every  other 
species  of  Malacoctenus  represented  in  our  collections.  Malacoctenus  macropus 
shares  highest  affinity  (GMI)  values  with  Paraclinus  nigripinnis  and  Labrisomus 
kalisherae  (table  10). 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  166  specimens  from  21  collections.  HON- 
DURAS: CC,  84420  (28),  84421  (1),  84422  (5),  84423  (14),  84424  (49),  84428  (15);  IR, 
84419  (2),  84425  (2),  84426  (2),  84427  (6),  84429  (1),  84430  (3).  BELIZE:  BRT,  86002 
(4);  GR,  71129  +  86001  (3),  77618  (1),  77619  (2),  77620  (1),  86004  (3),  86006  (1);  SC, 
86003  (8);  TC,  86005  (16).  Additional  Belize  material  examined:  CBC,  JWC-3  (2), 
JWC-12  (25);  LR,  UMML  9986;  SWC,  JWC-9  (4),  JWC-13  (8),  JWC-20  (2),  JWC-25 
(1);  TI,  UMML  9800. 

(15)  Malacoctenus  triangulatus  Springer,  1959 

This  species  is  known  from  the  Bahamas,  Florida,  Greater  and  Lesser  Antilles, 
Fernando  de  Noronha  (Brazil),  Venezuela,  Curacao,  Colombia,  Central  America, 
including  Belize,  Nicaragua,  Panama,  and  Yucatan,  and  Gulf  of  Mexico  at  Cabo 
Roja,  Veracruz  (Springer,  1959a,  1959b;  Birdsong  &  Emery,  1968;  Bohlke  & 
Chaplin,  1968;  Nagelkerken,  1974;  Springer  &  Gomon,  1975).  This  constitutes 
the  first  record  for  Honduras. 

Ecological  data. — Malacoctenus  triangulatus  is  represented  in  our  collections  at 
more  stations  than  any  other  blennioid  species.  It  is  represented  by  more  speci- 
mens than  any  other  species  except  Labrisomus  guppyi,  Entomacrodus  nigricans, 
and  Ophioblennius  atlanticus  macclurei.  Malacoctenus  triangulatus  was  taken  at  one 
station  (F75-15)  in  which  sampling  was  conducted  between  45  and  60  ft.  All 
other  records  are  from  less  than  20  ft,  and  most  records  (27  of  32)  and  specimens 
(211  of  254)  are  from  stations  in  less  than  10  ft  of  water.  Malacoctenus  triangulatus 
was  taken  in  a  wide  variety  of  habitats  (table  11),  but  the  majority  of  records  (25 
of  32)  and  specimens  (95%  of  254)  are  from  rich  shallow-water  fringing  reefs  or 
patch  reefs  (H2,  H3),  areas  of  rocky  ledges  (H4),  or  from  two  exceptionally  broad 
Hog  Island  stations  (F75-47,  F75-51)  with  both  rock  and  coral  formations 
present  (H9).  The  geographic  extent  of  localities  at  which  M.  triangulatus  was 
taken  is  equally  broad,  excluding  only  the  mainland  stations.  In  Belize  M.  trian- 
gulatus was  taken  at  cays  behind  the  Barrier  Reef  (BC,  FC,  SC),  Barrier  Reef  sites 
(BRG,  CBC,  with  additional  records  from  SWC),  and  the  atolls  (GR,  LR,  with 
additional  records  from  Turneffe  Island).  Very  few  records  (three  of  18)  and 
specimens  (four  of  85)  are  from  cays  inside  of  the  Barrier  Reef.  In  Honduras  M. 
triangulatus  was  taken  at  Roatan  and  the  Hog  Islands.  Malacoctenus  triangulatus 
was  taken  with  all  other  species  of  Malacoctenus  represented  in  our  collections. 
Malacoctenus  triangulatus  shares  highest  affinity  (GMI)  values  with  Labrisomus 
guppyi  and  Enneanectes  boehlkei. 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  254  specimens  from  32  collections.  HON- 
DURAS: CC,  84391  (18),  84392  (37),  84393  (30),  84394  (10),  84395  (1),  84397  (20), 
84398  (1),  84399  (13),  84487  (3);  IR,  84390  (18),  84396  (2),  84400  (11),  84401  (3), 
84402  (2).  BELIZE:  BC,  85999  (2);  BRB,  86000  (1);  BRG,  70922  (1),  86065  (15);  CBC, 
89299  (16),  89319  (9),  89331  (1),  89338  (2),  89366  (4),  89392  (1);  FC,  85998  (1);  GR, 


30  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

85997  (2),  86062  (16),  86063  (1),  86064  (1);  LR,  86066  (1),  86067  (10);  SC,  86024  (1). 
Additional  Belize  material  examined:  LR,  UMML  9268,  UMML  9543;  SWC, 
JWC-24  (2);  TI,  UMML  9472,  UMML  9824,  UMML  10314. 

Paraclinus  Macquard,  1889 

The  genus  Paraclinus  contains  19  species,  eight  in  the  western  Atlantic  and  11 
in  the  eastern  Pacific.  The  latest  revision  of  eastern  Pacific  species  is  that  of 
Rosenblatt  &  Parr  (1969),  and  the  latest  revision  of  western  Atlantic  species,  that 
of  Springer  (1955a).  Two  additional  western  Atlantic  species  were  described  by 
Bohlke  (1960). 

Six  of  the  eight  known  western  Atlantic  species  of  Paraclinus  occur  off  the 
Central  American  coast.  Only  P.  grandicomis  (Rosen)  [known  from  the  Bahamas, 
Florida,  and  south  through  the  Lesser  Antilles  (Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968)]  and  P. 
naeorhegmis  Bohlke  (known  only  from  the  Bahamas)  are  not  represented  in  our 
collections  from  Belize  and  Honduras.  Co-occurrence  data  for  species  of  Parac- 
linus is  presented  in  Table  12. 

(16)  Paraclinus  barbatus  Springer,  1955 

This  species  has  been  reported  from  the  Bahamas,  Virgin  Islands,  and  Santa 
Marta,  Colombia  (Springer,  1955a;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968;  Palacio,  1974).  The 
specimens  listed  below  are  the  first  documented  record  for  Belize  and  represent 
a  significant  range  extension  for  the  species. 

Paraclinus  barbatus  was  described  by  Springer  (1955a)  from  a  single  (28.3  mm 
SL)  specimen  collected  at  St.  Thomas,  Virgin  Islands,  in  1919.  Bohlke  &  Chaplin 
(1968)  record  a  second  specimen  taken  in  the  Bahamas  in  1966  and  present  an 
illustration  of  the  Bahaman  specimen.  A  third  specimen  (UMML  30301)  is  re- 
ported by  Palacio  (1974)  from  Colombia.  The  two  specimens  recorded  below 
from  Belize  thus  represent  the  fourth  and  fifth  known  specimens  of  P.  barbatus. 

Table  12.  Co-occurrence  of  species  of  Paraclinus.  Values  in  upper  half  of  matrix  (whole 
numbers)  are  actual  number  of  records  (number  of  stations)  of  co-occurrence  (based  on  all 
stations).  Values  in  the  lower  half  of  the  matrix  are  calculated  GMI  values  (based  on  Class  I 
stations  only). 

Co-occurring  species 
Species  NT  N,  16  17  18  19  20  21 

16.  barbatus  1              1—               0              0000 

17.  cingulatus  1              10—               0001 

18.  fasciatus  550               0—003 

19.  infrons  660               0              0—00 

20.  marmoratus  220               0              00—0 

21.  nigripinnis  14             14              0            .13            .22              0              0            — 

Listing  of  species  sharing  highest  GMI  values  with  species  of  Paraclinus  (five  highest 
values  only). 

16.  barbatus  10  (.14),  34  (.12),  26  (.11),  50  (.10),  — 

17.  cingulatus  31  (.50),  49  (.29),  47  (.25),  53  (.22),  57  (.19) 

18.  fasciatus  21  (.22),    2  (.21),  14  (.18),  13  (.18),  — 

19.  infrons  43  (.41),  50  (.40),  26  (.34),  48  (.20),  34  (.18) 

20.  marmoratus  10  (.26),  14  (.20),  32  (.06),  39  (.05),    2  (.05) 

21.  nigripinnis      8  (.54),  27  (.44),    6  (.43),  14  (.42),  13  (.42) 

NT  =  total  number  of  stations;  Nr  =  number  of  Class  I  stations. 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  31 

These  two  specimens  [FMNH  71085,  original  field  number  G  70-127,  2  (39.1  to 
46.0)]  were  collected  at  Glovers  Reef  in  December,  1970,  at  a  depth  of  70  to  100  ft. 
Five  additional  specimens  were  taken  at  Glovers  Reef  in  June,  1971,  at  depths  of 
60  to  100  ft  (original  field  number  G  71-25),  but  the  preservative  used  failed,  and 
the  material  was  lost.  In  the  following  paragraphs  we  present  a  description  of 
the  two  Belize  specimens. 

Meristic  characters. — In  the  following  listing  values  for  the  two  Belize  speci- 
mens (39.1,  46.0),  Palacio's  (1974)  (31  mm)  specimen,  and  the  holotype  (28.3 
mm,  Springer,  1955a)  are  given  in  that  order.  Dorsal-fin  elements:  XXIX,  1; 
XXIX,  1;  XXVIII,  1;  XXVIII,  1.  Anal-fin  elements:  II,  19;  II,  20;  II,  19;  II,  19. 
Pectoral-fin  rays:  13  (all).  Pelvic-fin  elements:  I,  3  (all).  Branchiostegal  rays:  6 
(all).  Caudal-fin  rays:  13, 13, 12, 12.  Lateral  line  scales:  — ,  — ,  37,  37  (the  number 
of  lateral  line  scales  could  not  be  determined  in  the  Belize  specimens). 

Morphometric  characters. — The  following  morphometry  characters,  measured 
according  to  the  methods  of  Springer  (1955a),  are  listed  as  thousandths  of  the  SL 
and  are  based  on  the  46.0-mm  Belize  specimen  and  the  28.3-mm  holotype 
[values  in  parentheses,  data  from  Springer  (1955a)].  Unfortunately,  the  39.1-mm 
Belize  specimen  was  deformed  during  preservation,  and  values  of  morphomet- 
ric characters  are  not  presented  for  this  specimen.  Tip  of  snout  to  tip  of  opercular 
spine,  274  (297).  Tip  of  snout  to  anterior  bony  margin  of  orbit,  76  (78).  Horizontal 
bony  diameter  of  orbit,  83  (88).  Interorbital  width,  48  (49).  Tip  of  snout  to 
greatest  expansion  of  maxillary,  130  (141).  Tip  of  snout  to  dorsal-fin  origin,  207 
(212).  Tip  of  lower  jaw  to  anal-fin  origin,  513  (495).  Preopercular  length,  54  (67). 
Distance  from  pelvic- fin  insertion  to  anal-fin  origin,  309  (283).  Length  of  first 
dorsal-fin  spine,  85  (92).  Length  of  second  dorsal-fin  spine,  91  (106).  Length  of 
third  dorsal-fin  spine,  87  (106).  Length  of  fourth  dorsal-fin  spine,  87  (106). 
Length  of  22nd  dorsal-fin  spine,  143  (148).  Length  of  penultimate  dorsal-fin 
spine,  120  (117).  Length  of  last  dorsal-fin  spine,  98  (106).  Distance  between  base 
of  third  and  base  of  fourth  dorsal-fin  spines,  70  (78).  Length  of  dorsal-fin  base, 
837  (777).  Length  of  anal-fin  base,  483  (495).  Length  of  first  anal-fin  spine,  70 
(71).  Length  of  second  anal-fin  spine,  89  (106).  Longest  pectoral-fin  ray,  276 
(247).  Length  of  longest  pelvic-fin  ray,  243  (247).  Least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle, 
98  (88).  Greatest  depth  of  body,  302  (276). 

Description. — The  following  abbreviated  description  is  based  on  the  two  Belize 
specimens.  A  fleshy  barbel  extending  ventrally  from  tips  of  lower  jaw,  length  of 
barbel  slightly  exceeding  horizontal  diameter  of  eye.  Lips  thick  and  fleshy.  Nasal 
cirrus  simple  and  filamentous.  Supraorbital  and  nuchal  cirri  paddle-shaped  with 
shallow  crescent-shaped  lobes  on  distal  margin.  A  strongly  developed  but  sim- 
ple opercular  spine  extending  posterior  to  a  vertical  through  base  of  third 
dorsal-fin  spine.  Lateral  line  scales  apparently  arranged  as  figured  and  described 
by  Springer  (1955a)  for  holotype,  but  an  accurate  lateral  line  scale  count  cannot 
be  obtained  for  the  two  Belize  specimens  due  to  damage  to  the  specimens. 

Color  in  alcohol. — Body  uniformly  tan.  Head  with  dark  brown  blotches  of  pig- 
ment on  snout,  over  ventral  and  posterior  infraorbital  bones,  on  cheek,  and  over 
preopercle.  Barbel  and  nasal  cirri  lacking  pigment,  but  a  dark  blotch  of  pigment 
present  distally  on  supraorbital  and  nuchal  cirri.  Three  dark,  irregular  brown 
bars  present  on  each  pectoral  and  pelvic  fin,  and  four  dark  brown  bars  present 


32  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

on  caudal  fin  (the  middle  two  bars  set  closely  together).  Dorsal  fin  lacking  pig- 
ment except  for  three  very  prominent  dark  ocelli,  each  subequal  in  size  to  eye 
diameter.  Dorsal  ocelli  appearing  over  16th  (15th)  to  18th,  22nd  to  24th,  and  28th 
to  29th  dorsal-fin  spines.  Anal  fin  with  dense  dark  brown  pigmentation  over 
rays  and  membranes  except  for  distal  ca.  20%  of  length  of  anal-fin  rays,  which 
are  clear. 

Color  in  life. — The  first  description  of  coloration  in  freshly  captured  specimens 
follows.  Body  burnt-orange  red,  a  white  blotch  running  posteroventrally  from 
pectoral  axil  to  ventral  surface.  Head  darker,  grading  into  purple-red  anteriorly. 
White  blotch  on  posteroventral  edge  of  opercle,  running  across  branchiostegal 
membrane  onto  ventral  surface  of  body.  A  purple-red  bar  running  from  ventral 
edge  of  orbit  to  isthmus,  with  areas  anterior  and  posterior  to  bar  white.  Interor- 
bital,  snout,  upper  and  lower  lips  purple-red,  appearing  as  a  bar  running  an- 
teroventrally  from  orbit.  Iris  of  eye  red-orange  with  several  black  lines  radiating 
from  black  pupil.  Pectoral  and  pelvic  fins  banded  with  alternating  black  and 
yellow  bars.  Dorsal  fin  colored  as  body  on  basal  two-thirds,  distal  one-third 
white,  with  occasional  scattered  white  blotches  on  dorsal  membranes.  Posterior 
half  of  dorsal  with  three  black  ocelli,  surrounded  by  concentric  yellow  and  dark 
red  rings.  Basal  one-half  of  anal  fin  black,  distal  one-half  white,  ends  of  anal-fin 
rays  light  brown  to  black.  Basal  portion  of  caudal  fin  white,  followed  by  a 
narrow,  vertical  band,  posterior  three-fourths  of  caudal  fin  with  three  indistinct 
black  vertical  bars  (lighter  than  first  band),  distal  portion  of  caudal  fin  white. 

Ecological  data. — Paraclinus  barbatus  has  been  taken  by  us  on  only  two  occa- 
sions, only  at  Glovers  Reef,  in  depths  exceeding  60  ft,  in  areas  of  rich  coral 
development  in  the  reef-front  dropoff  zone  (HI).  This  species  was  not  taken 
with  any  other  species  of  Paraclinus. 

Material  examined. — Two  specimens  from  one  collection.  BELIZE:  GR,  71085 
(2). 

(17)  Paraclinus  cingulatus  (Evermann  &  Marsh,  1900) 

This  species  has  been  reported  from  the  Tortugas,  the  Bahamas,  Cuba,  and 
Puerto  Rico  (Springer,  1955a;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968).  This  constitutes  the  first 
record  for  Honduras  and  a  significant  range  extension  for  the  species. 

The  single  (17.0  mm)  specimen  of  P.  cingulatus  represented  in  our  material  was 
taken  21  May  1975  (original  field  number  FMNH  75-51)  in  less  than  10  ft  of  water 
on  the  west  side  of  Big  Hog  Island,  Honduras.  The  specimen  was  collected  in  an 
area  of  rock,  coral  rubble,  and  sand  inshore,  with  small  but  rich  reef  formations 
further  offshore.  Twenty-three  specimens  of  P.  nigripinnis  were  taken  at  the 
same  station.  The  specimen  agrees  very  well  with  the  description  of  P.  cingulatus 
provided  by  Springer  (1955a,  p  437).  The  following  counts  are  based  on  the 
Honduras  specimen:  dorsal-fin  elements,  XXVII,  0.  Anal-fin  elements,  II,  15. 
Pectoral-fin  rays,  12.  Pelvic-fin  elements,  I,  2.  Caudal-fin  rays,  13.  Branchio- 
stegal rays,  6.  Lateral  line  scales,  30. 

Color  in  life. — Taken  from  a  35-mm  Kodachrome.  Body  orange,  crossed  by  four 
black  bars.  First  bar  runs  from  anus  onto  first  three  spines  posterior  to  notch  in 
the  dorsal  fin,  where  it  becomes  reddish  brown;  anterior  to  this  bar,  body  white 
below  midline  and  orange  above.  Second  bar  extends  from  first  four  elements  of 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  33 

anal  fin  up  onto  basal  half  of  dorsal  fin,  retaining  its  black  color.  Third  bar  runs 
from  sixth  through  eighth  anal  elements  up  onto  dorsal  fin  and  nearly  to  its 
margin;  here  it  merges  with  uppermost  portion  of  second  bar.  Fourth  bar  well 
separated  from  and  less  intense  in  color  than  other  three,  extending  from  last 
five  elements  of  anal  fin  up  onto  last  seven  elements  of  dorsal  fin,  where  it 
becomes  reddish  brown  in  color.  Spines  of  first  portion  of  dorsal  fin  orange, 
crossed  by  two  or  three  black  bands;  second  portion  of  dorsal  fin  orange,  mar- 
gined with  white,  and  crossed  by  bars  of  the  body.  First  half  of  anal  fin  black, 
except  for  small  orange  patch  at  base  of  elements  between  second  and  third  body 
bars;  posterior  half  orange,  grading  posteriorly  into  brown  and  then  black;  entire 
margin  of  anal  fin  clear  and  expanded  posteriorly  to  include  distal  halves  of  last 
four  elements  and  membranes  between  them.  Orange  color  of  body  ends  ab- 
ruptly at  caudal-fin  peduncle,  with  white  fin  base  bordered  posteriorly  by  dark 
brown  line;  fin  rays  also  white,  crossed  with  five  or  six  brown  bars  and  mem- 
branes between  them  clear.  Pectoral  fins  white  with  scattered  brown  bars  on 
rays  similar  to  those  on  caudal  fin.  Pelvic  fin  black  basally  and  white  distally. 
Head  mottled  with  black  and  rose,  prominent  black  bar  running  from  lower 
margin  of  eye  posteriorly  along  upper  jaw  to  behind  maxillary;  lips,  maxillary, 
and  iris  rose;  opercular  membranes  orange. 

Material  examined. — One  specimen  from  one  collection.  HONDURAS:  CC, 
84480  (1). 

(18)  Paraclinus  fasciatus  (Steindachner,  1876) 

This  species  is  known  from  the  Bahamas,  Florida,  Greater  and  Lesser  Antilles, 
Venezuela,  Colombia,  and  Central  America,  including  Belize,  Guatemala,  and 
Panama  (Springer,  1955a;  Birdsong  &  Emery,  1968;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968). 
This  constitutes  the  first  record  for  Honduras. 

Ecological  data. — We  have  taken  P.  fasciatus  on  only  five  occasions,  always  in 
less  than  4  ft  of  water.  All  five  stations  were  in  or  adjacent  to  sea  grass  beds,  with 
22  of  the  27  total  specimens  (table  13)  from  two  very  shallow  stations  in  extensive 
sea  grass  beds  at  Port  Royal,  Roatan.  In  no  case  was  P.  fasciatus  taken  in  or  near 
extensive  live  coral.  The  Belize  collections  containing  this  species  were  both 
mainland  sites  (Placentia  and  near  Belize  City).  In  Honduras  P.  fasciatus  was 
taken  at  Roatan  and  the  Hog  Islands.  In  Belize  P.  fasciatus  was  taken  with  no 
other  blennioid  species.  In  Honduras  P.  fasciatus  was  taken  with  Labrisomus 
bucciferus,  Malacoctenus  gilli,  M.  macropus,  and  Paraclinus  nigripinnis  in  all  three 
collections  in  which  P.  fasciatus  was  represented. 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  27  specimens  from  five  collections.  HON- 
DURAS: CC,  84483  (1);  IR,  84481  (5),  84482  (17).  BELIZE:  P,  86030  (3);  mainland, 
beach  at  St.  John's  College  near  Belize  City,  86029  (1).  Additional  Belize  material 
examined:  mainland,  2.4  km  south -south  west  of  Belize  City,  UMML  9607. 

(19)  Paraclinus  infrons  Bohlke,  1960 

This  species  has  previously  been  reported  only  from  the  Bahamas  (Bohlke, 
1960;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968).  This  constitutes  the  first  record  for  Belize  and  a 
significant  range  extension  for  the  species.  Paraclinus  infrons  was  described  from 
four  (12.6  to  18.8)  specimens,  all  from  or  from  near  Grand  Bahama  Island. 
Bohlke  &  Chaplin  (1968)  mention  but  do  not  list  additional  material  from  Grand 


8 


I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I 


t»    nh  mm 


I     I     I     I      I     I     I     I     I     I 


a hsns  i  i  ii  ii  i i Ns 


g     |    ,   ^    |    ,     |    ,     |    |   «3«ig 


a   II   l  l  38  rt3  WS  l  l  mPJ 


CM        I       I      NNOOninNrHNIflOO'Ji't 
j         I       I  O  Tt  r-<  rH  CM  CM 


9)    P^ 


£    II    |   |  ^8  38  SK  ^S   |   | 


ZinN  -*rH  no  'S'cq  ot^  ^cn  ro  in 
N    HN    NN    NO    NIT)    Hid    Ht 
r-t  i-H 


II 


g. 

I 

5 


s 

•■c 
c 

•S 

8 

6 
| 

j3 

1 

c 

1 

vi 

vi 

vi 

vj 

a 

uS 

vo 

K 

CM 

cm 

CM 

;3     .3 


34 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES 


35 


Bahama  Bank.  Our  material  of  P.  infrons,  seven  (13.4  to  21.4)  specimens  from  six 
collections,  was  collected  either  at  Glovers  Reef  (three  collections,  four  speci- 
mens) between  50  and  90  ft,  near  the  top  of  the  dropoff  for  each  site,  or  the 
Barrier  Reef  at  Carrie  Bow  Cay  (three  collections,  three  specimens)  between  70 
and  80  ft  (in  each  case)  in  the  dropoff  zone.  All  six  sites  were  areas  of  rich  coral 
development  (HI).  Paraclinus  infrons  was  taken  with  no  other  species  of  Parac- 
linus  (table  12)  and,  with  Paraclinus  barbatus,  is  the  deepest-living  species  of 
Paraclinus  represented  in  our  collections.  Paraclinus  infrons  shares  highest  affinity 
(GNU)  values  with  Emblemaria  caldwelli  and  Lucayablennius  zingaro.  We  present 
(table  14)  meristic  and  morphometric  data  for  the  Belize  material. 

Material  examined.  — A  total  of  seven  specimens  from  six  collections.  BELIZE: 
CBC,  89332  (1),  89359  (1),  89414  (1);  GR,  71116  (1),  86031  (1),  86032  (2). 

Table  14.  Meristic  and  morphometric  data  for  Paraclinus  infrons  from  Belize. 

Character  Carrie  Bow  Cay  Glovers  Reef  Bahamas* 

Number  of  specimens  3  4  4 


Range  in  SL  (mm) 

13.4-21.0 

16.0-21.4 

12.6-18.8 

Spinous  dorsal 

26-27 

27-28 

26-27 

Soft  dorsal 

1  (all) 

Kail) 

Kail) 

Anal,  H  + 

18  (all) 

18  (all) 

17-18 

Pectoral 

12  (all) 

12  (all) 

12  (all) 

Pelvic 

1,3  (all) 

1,3  (all) 

1,3  (all) 

Caudal 

13  (all) 

13  (all) 

12-13 

Body  depth  at  dorsal  origin 

224-233 

219-221 

213-231 

Body  depth  at  anal  origin 

216-243 

231-243 

214-227 

Caudal  peduncle  depth 

104-114 

94-103 

98-110 

First  dorsal-fin  spine 

length 

210-224 

187** 

178-194 

Third  dorsal-fin  spine 

length 

67-71 

65** 

— 

Pectoral-fin  length 

306-310 

257-300 

284-294 

Pelvic-fin  length 

305-313 

300-319 

317-339 

Head  length 

376-3% 

336-388 

372-405 

Horizontal  eye  diameter 

104-105 

85-94 

85-95 

Upper  jaw  length 

157-162 

150-156 

154-167 

Snout  length 

105-112 

103-112 

110-119 

All  measurements  expressed  as  thousandths  of  the  SL.  Morphometric  data  based  on  two 
(89414,  13.4;  89359,  21.0)  specimens  from  Carrie  Bow  Cay  and  three  (71116,  19.0;  86031, 
21.4;  86032,  16.0)  specimens  from  Glovers  Reef. 
*Data  from  Bohlke  (1960). 

**Based  on  one  specimen  (86031,  21.4). 


(20)  Paraclinus  marmoratus  (Steindachner,  1876) 

This  species  has  been  reported  from  the  Bahamas,  Florida,  Cuba,  and  Ven- 
ezuela (Springer,  1955a;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968,  Cervigon,  1968).  This  consti- 
tutes the  first  record  for  Belize  and  a  significant  range  extension  for  the  species. 

Springer  (1955a)  based  his  description  of  P.  marmoratus  on  157  (22.5  to  63) 
specimens,  all  but  one  from  Florida.  Bohlke  &  Chaplin  (1968)  report  three  speci- 
mens from  the  Bahamas,  two  of  which  were  said  to  have  been  captured  on  small 
patch  reefs  in  17  to  19  ft  of  water.  The  two  Belize  specimens  were  collected  on 


36  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

small  patch  reefs  in  the  lagoon  near  Long  Cay,  Glovers  Reef,  in  less  than  15  ft  of 
water  (H3).  No  other  species  of  Paraclinus  was  represented  in  these  two  collec- 
tions. In  general  the  Belize  specimens  agree  well  with  Springer's  (1955a)  descrip- 
tion of  P.  marmoratus.  We  present  values  for  meristic  characters  for  the  two  Belize 
specimens  (FMNH  86027,  29.1  mm;  FMNH  86028,  24.8  mm)  listed  in  that  order: 
dorsal-fin  elements,  XXVIII,  1;  XXVIII,  1;  anal-fin  elements,  II,  16  (correct  as 
given  but  a  noticeable  gap  between  the  bases  of  the  14th  and  15th  anal-fin  rays 
suggests  that  the  abnormally  low  count  is  due  to  injury  or  teratology);  II,  19; 
pectoral-fin  rays,  13  (both);  pelvic-fin  elements,  I,  3  (both);  caudal-fin  rays,  13 
(both);  lateral  line  scales,  ?  35,  ?  34. 

Material  examined. — Two  specimens  from  two  collections.  BELIZE:  GR,  86027 
(1),  86028  (1). 

(21)  Paraclinus  nigripinnis  (Steindachner,  1867) 

This  species  is  known  from  Bermuda,  the  Bahamas,  Florida,  Greater  and 
Lesser  Antilles,  Brazil,  Venezuela,  and  Central  America,  including  Belize,  Costa 
Rica,  and  Nicaragua  (Springer,  1955a;  Caldwell,  1963;  Birdsong  &  Emery,  1968; 
Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968).  This  constitutes  the  first  record  for  Honduras. 

Ecological  data. — All  stations  at  which  this  species  was  taken  were  in  less  than 
10  ft  of  water,  and  the  majority  of  both  records  (10  of  14)  and  specimens  (70  of 
121)  are  from  less  than  4  ft.  Paraclinus  nigripinnis  was  taken  in  a  variety  of  habitats 
(table  13),  but  the  majority  of  both  records  (8  of  14)  and  specimens  (70%  of  121) 
were  from  shallow  rocky  sites  at  the  Hog  Islands  (H4),  coarse  coral  rubble  and 
algae  at  cays  inside  the  Barrier  Reef  (H5),  or  very  shallow  intertidal  (or  barely 
subtidal)  reef  crest  pools  at  the  Hog  Islands  or  Glovers  Reef  (H6).  In  Belize  this 
species  was  taken  at  cays  inside  the  Barrier  Reef  (BC,  SC,  TC)  and  at  the  atolls 
(GR,  LR).  Additional  records  for  Belize  include  one  mainland  site  near  Belize 
City,  one  Barrier  Reef  site  (CBC),  and  Turneffe  Island.  In  Honduras  P.  nigripinnis 
was  taken  at  Roatan  and  the  Hog  Islands.  Paraclinus  nigripinnis  was  taken  with  P. 
cingulatus  (only  at  the  Hog  Islands)  and  P.  fasciatus  (only  at  the  Hog  Islands  and 
Roatan).  Paraclinus  nigripinnis  shares  highest  affinity  (GMI)  values  with  Lab- 
risomus  nuchipinnis  and  Starksia  occidentalis  (table  12). 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  121  specimens  from  14  collections.  HON- 
DURAS: CC,  84472  (23),  84474  (16),  84477  (6),  84478  (4),  84479  (2);  IR,  84473  (1), 
84475  (1),  84476  (3).  BELIZE:  BC,  86038  (6);  GR,  86034  (7),  86035  (23);  LR,  86033 
(1);  SC,  86037  (6);  TC,  86036  (22).  Additional  Belize  material  examined:  CBC, 
JWC-23  (1);  LR,  UMML  9980;  TI,  UMML  9862;  mainland,  2.4  km  south- 
southwest  of  Belize  City,  UMML  9606. 

Starksia  Jordan  &  Evermann,  1896 

The  genus  Starksia  contains  24  described  species,  15  from  the  western  Atlantic 
and  nine  from  the  eastern  Pacific.  The  eastern  Pacific  species  were  revised  by 
Rosenblatt  &  Taylor  (1971).  Reviews  of  the  Atlantic  species  may  be  found  in 
Bohlke  &  Springer  (1961),  Gilbert  (1965,  1971),  and  Greenfield  (1978). 

Eight  of  the  15  Atlantic  species  of  Starksia  are  represented  in  our  material  from 
Belize  and  Honduras.  Six  Atlantic  species  do  not  occur  or  are  not  known  to  occur 
in  the  western  Caribbean:  S.  brasiliensis  (south  Brasil),  S.  culebra  (Haiti,  Puerto 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  37 

Rico,  and  the  lesser  Antilles  south  to  and  including  St.  Vincent),  S.  fasciata 
(Bahamas,  Cuba,  Antigua,  Dominica),  S.  guttata  (Tobago  Cays  and  Grenadines 
south  to  Trinidad  and  west  to  Curacao),  S.  ocellata  (both  coasts  of  Florida  and 
north  to  North  Carolina,  questionably  from  the  Bahamas),  S.  variabilis  (known 
only  from  Santa  Marta,  Colombia).  Starksia  y-lineata  is  known  from  Grand 
Cayman  Island  and  Courtown  Cays  off  Nicaragua.  Therefore,  nine  of  the  15 
described  western  Atlantic  species  of  Starksia  occur  off  the  Central  American 
coast.  Co-occurrence  data  for  species  of  Starksia  is  presented  in  Table  15. 

(22)  Starksia  atlantica  Longley,  1934 

This  species  has  been  reported  from  the  Bahamas,  Haiti,  Antigua,  Venezuela, 
Curacao,  Old  Providence  Island,  Lighthouse  Reef  and  Turneffe  Island  (Belize), 
Courtown  Cays  off  Nicaragua,  and  Yucatan  (Bohlke  &  Springer,  1961;  Birdsong 

6  Emery,  1968;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968;  Mago,  1970;  Gilbert,  1971;  Nagelkerken, 
1974).  This  constitutes  the  first  record  for  Honduras. 

Our  material  agrees  well  with  the  description  of  this  species  provided  by 
Bohlke  &  Springer  (1961).  The  following  values  for  meristic  characters  are  based 
on  10  specimens,  all  from  Belize.  Dorsal-fin  elements:  XVIII,  8  (1);  XIX,  8  (7);  XX, 

7  (2).  Anal-fin  elements:  II,  15  (3)  or  16  (7).  Pectoral-fin  rays:  13  (1),  14  (7),  15  (2). 
Caudal-fin  rays:  12  (1)  or  13  (9). 

The  only  consistent  difference  detected  between  our  material  from  Belize  and 
Honduras  and  the  description  of  Bahaman  specimens  provided  by  Bohlke  & 
Springer  (1961)  lies  in  the  major  pattern  of  pigmentation  on  the  body.  In  the 
Bahaman  specimens  (according  to  Bohlke  &  Springer,  1961)  the  pattern  typically 
consists  of  a  more  or  less  reticulate  pattern  of  fine  lightly  pigmented  lines  that 
break  up  the  darker  background  into  blocks  of  irregular  size  and  shape,  usually 
arranged  in  about  three  horizontal  tiers  (illustrated  in  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968,  p. 
526).  In  our  material  from  the  western  Caribbean  the  pattern  of  body  pigmenta- 
tion in  female  specimens  is  usually  much  more  regular  (fig.  3A),  consisting  of  10 
vertical  bars  of  dark  pigmentation  separated  by  narrow  lightly  pigmented  lines. 
Only  the  last  two  (posteriormost)  bars  are  sufficiently  irregular  in  outline  as  to 
correspond  to  the  description  of  the  Bahaman  specimens.  The  first  eight  bars  in 
virtually  all  female  western  Caribbean  specimens  are  quite  regular  in  outline  and 
unbroken  by  horizontal  white  lines.  All  specimens,  male  and  female,  from  the 
western  Caribbean  have  a  prominent  dark  spot  enclosing  the  bases  of  the  last 
dorsal-fin  rays  (fig.  3A,  B).  The  presence  of  a  dark  spot  enclosing  the  bases  of  the 
last  several  anal-fin  rays  is  apparently  a  sexually  dimorphic  character,  present  in 
25  of  28  female  specimens  examined  for  it,  present  in  only  one  of  28  male 
specimens  examined  for  it  (chi-square  =  41.35,  p  <  .001).  Sexual  dimorphism  in 
color  pattern  (in  specimens  in  alcohol)  is  also  evident  in  the  lesser  development 
of  dark  pigmentation  on  the  body  of  males,  the  consequently  lower  contrast 
between  the  wide  dark  bars  and  the  narrow  light  bars,  and  in  the  lesser  vertical 
extent  of  the  narrow  light  bars  with  a  consequently  incomplete  definition  of  the 
barred  color  pattern  ventrally  (fig.  3B). 

Color  in  life  (male). — Taken  from  35-mm  Kodachrome.  Head  reddish  brown 
with  dark  brown  blotch  on  cheek  posterioventrad  to  eye;  upper  and  lower  jaws, 
snout,  interorbital,  and  ventral  surface  of  head  red;  pupil  black,  surrounded  by 
red  iris  with  gold  reflections.  Body  dark  green,  crossed  by  inconspicuous  narrow 


<Ti      O  rH  O  rH  rH  rH  O 


S  5 

tN 

_    ! 

•9  s 

£'■2 

3  2 

C    <f> 

43    <« 
~    to 

b  re 

00 

CO  O  O  O  O  rH     I    o 

§G 

<N 

1 

>-   c 

13 

r-     ^ 

O  <N  O  t-h  rH      1    OP1 

"3.3 

2  5 

to  a 
a*  2 

53U 

i*  o> 

in 

'0 

O" 

a, 

in 

CM 

vO  tN  rH  Ov     1   OOrj 

I 

o 

5  « 
-9  -2 

oc 

c 

1 

el 

1 

3 

u 
O 

1 

o  b 

in 

ID  -h  rH     I    (N  O  O  O 

1  co 

> 

to 
01 

J:  w 

O 

U 

$ 

s 

X    to 

0* 

■£  1 

> 

s 

e  ° 

cs 

o  o    1  ^  m  o  o  o 
1  o  o 

£» 

•2 

o  « 

5? 

■*-  X. 

-c 

K 

1  S3 

5 

V) 

o>   o 

■— 

Cu"- 

3 

rH    1  o  ts  in  oo  o  os 

o 

ac 

I             O  rH   rH           (Nj 

9J 

^^ ^.^  ^_^  ^_^  ^^  ^^ 

2* 

C    01 

6 

Tfin^ostNmoocN 

rtnotNni'NH 

.a   3 

01 

3  > 

a   O 

a. 

intNtnomininoo 

5ft 

5 

mcocomcMincnco 
^vS'^'o^inCo^'co' 

COriOMfDH/rtH 

s 

1    (NONMOHO 
I    O          r*  rH          CS 

1 

(0 

^^•^^^•^- — - — •  w  w 

'"5  *"° 

01 

HoomtnoMONS 

3 

r}<COCMTt<rHCOCOCM 

V.   -»2 

o  c 

> 

0?  00  in  CM"  f^"  6>T  CM  "* 

z~ 

MnNNO^Tfri 

— 

2 

nHonn^^H 

</i     O 

01  _ 

tN                  CM  (N  rH 

o 

TfNvO>OnNNO 
tN  tN  (N  m  fO          rH 

•a  7, 

— 

s» 

o> 

oosinovinavmm 

f, 

LfitNOtn^^HiM 

O    n 

o>  y 
c  £ 

1  3 

is 

z 

NtOM'tO^^ri 
CM                CM  CM  rH 

2 

aC 

c 

•c 

m 

en 
a> 
6 

inos*f)HHino\oo 
tn  cn  rt  tn  en  rH       tj< 

in'oo'os'cn'Ss'f^F^ON 

mC)rlH/Tji\0't(S 

ONvoo^t'Ovotntn 
co  m  in  en  m            cm 

£^ 
"  c 

3  © 
*'-2    • 

9 

•8 

•52 

ililllil 

"S 

Ol 

a 

en 

— 

o 

•52 

lisllll! 

a; 

a, 

ajiillis 

OJD 

C 

a|  sg.§  sis 

<  3>> 

tn 

cs>i)'C~S;0«w 

•J3 

«!u>*;--sco«w 

H^"5 

CMCMCMCMCMCMCMCM 

t» 

cscn^invor^ooos 

CMCMCs|CM(NCM(NtN 

o  o 

2 

u 

o 
o> 

1 

3 
C 

II 

Z 

in 

C 

o 

•J3 
« 
in 

"o 
o> 

1 

3 
C 


38 


to 


<3\ 
00 


60 

c 
o 

-J 

a 


t/5 

< 

(J 


39 


40  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

white  bars.  Spines  and  rays  of  dorsal  fin  dark  green,  membranes  clear  to  dusky. 
Caudal,  pelvic,  and  pectoral  fins  clear. 

Color  in  life  (female). — Taken  from  35-mm  Kodachrome.  Head  dark  brown 
dorsally,  light  brown  on  sides;  anterior  portion  of  upper  and  lower  jaws  dark 
brown,  remainder  light  brown;  pupil  black,  surrounded  by  red  iris  with  gold 
reflections.  Body  dark  brown,  crossed  by  conspicuous  narrow  white  bars. 
Spines  and  rays  of  dorsal  fin  brown,  membranes  clear  with  small  red  spots  along 
base  of  posterior  portion  of  spinous  dorsal  fin  and  soft  dorsal  fin.  Caudal  fin 
dusky.  Pectoral  and  pelvic  fins  clear. 

Ecological  data. — Starksia  atlantica  has  been  taken  in  collections  where  sampling 
extended  to  80  ft,  but  most  of  our  records  (17  of  22)  for  this  species  are  from 
stations  in  less  than  15  ft,  and  a  majority  of  both  records  (13  of  22)  and  specimens 
(39  of  70)  are  from  stations  in  less  than  6  ft.  Starksia  atlantica  was  taken  only  in 
areas  of  rich  coral  formations  (table  13),  and  most  specimens  (96%  of  70)  were 
taken  in  outer  reef  and  reef  flat  sites  (H2)  at  Glovers  Reef,  Lighthouse  Reef,  or 
the  Barrier  Reef  or  from  patch  reefs  (H3)  in  the  lagoon  at  Glovers  Reef.  In  Belize 
S.  atlantica  has  been  taken  at  Barrier  Reef  sites  (BRG,  CBC)  and  at  the  atolls  (GR, 
LR,  with  additional  records  from  TI).  In  Honduras  S.  atlantica  was  taken  only  in 
one  deep  (45  to  60  ft)  station  at  Roatan.  Starksia  atlantica  was  taken  with  S. 
elongata,  S.  lepicoelia,  S.  nanodes,  and  S.  sluiteri  (table  15).  Starksia  atlantica  shares 
highest  affinity  (GMI)  values  with  Acanthemblemaria  greenfieldi  and  Enneanectes 
boehlkei. 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  70  specimens  from  22  collections.  HONDURAS: 
IR,  84534  (1).  BELIZE:  BRG,  89405  (1);  CBC,  89298  (2),  89305  (1),  89322  (8),  89334 
(1),  89342  (1),  89346  (7),  89362  (6),  89370  (1),  89374  (3),  89387  (7),  89400  (1);  GR, 
71101  (1),  71130  (4),  77627  (14),  77628  (1),  77629  (1),  77631  (1),  86012  (6),  86013  (1); 
LR,  77630  (1).  Additional  Belize  material  examined:  CBC,  JWC-16  (2);  LR,  UMML 
9497  (1);  TI,  UMML  9558  (7),  UMML  9854  (6),  UMML  10300  (1). 

(23)  Starksia  elongata  Gilbert,  1971 

This  species  has  previously  been  reported  only  from  the  southern  Bahamas 
(Gilbert,  1971).  This  constitutes  the  first  record  for  Belize  and  for  Honduras  and  a 
significant  range  extension  for  the  species. 

Starksia  elongata  was  described  from  eight  specimens,  five  males,  two  females, 
and  one  unsexed  individual,  collected  in  the  southern  Bahamas  on  small-  to 
medium-sized  coral  formations  in  5  to  15  ft  of  water.  We  have  collected  S. 
elongata  on  three  occasions,  twice  at  the  Hog  Islands,  once  at  Carrie  Bow  Cay. 
Two  female  specimens  (FMNH  84575, 18.2, 19.1)  were  taken  in  2  to  18  ft  of  water 
in  surge  channels  in  the  windward  edge  of  the  reef-top  in  an  area  of  good  coral 
development  on  Little  Hog  Island  (H2).  One  male  specimen  (FMNH  84576,  23.0) 
was  taken  in  50  ft  of  water  on  the  leeward  side  of  Northwest  Cay  (Hog  Islands) 
in  an  area  of  good  coral  development  (HI).  One  (female)  specimen  (FMNH 
89368,  20.5)  was  taken  in  0  to  4  ft  of  water  in  a  patch  reef  formation  near  the 
south  end  of  Carrie  Bow  Cay  (H3).  Starksia  elongata  was  taken  with  five  other 
species  of  Starksia  (table  15). 

All  four  specimens  agree  very  well  with  Gilbert's  (1971)  description  of  S. 
elongata.  We  present  only  values  for  meristic  characters  here  (based  on  all  four 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  41 

specimens  in  the  order  listed  above).  Dorsal  fin:  spines,  20,  21,  21,  20;  segmented 
rays,  8  (all);  total  elements,  28,  29,  29,  28.  Anal  fin:  spines,  2  (all);  segmented 
rays,  17,  18,  17,  17.  Pectoral-fin  rays:  14  (all).  Total  elements,  dorsal  +  anal  + 
pectoral:  61,  63,  62,  61.  Pelvic-fin  segmented  rays,  2  (all).  Caudal-fin  segmented 
rays,  13  (all).  Arched  lateral  line  scales,  18,  ?  18,  ?  18. 

Material  examined. — Four  specimens  from  three  collections.  HONDURAS:  CC, 
84575  (2),  84576  (1).  BELIZE:  CBC,  89368  (1). 

(24)  Starksia  hassi  Klausewitz,  1958 

This  species  has  previously  been  reported  from  the  Bahamas,  Puerto  Rico, 
Virgin  Islands,  Antigua,  Guadeloupe,  Bonaire,  Venezuela,  and  Panama  (Cervi- 
gon,  1968;  Gilbert,  1971).  This  constitutes  the  first  record  for  Belize. 

Ecological  data. — This  species  was  taken  only  at  two  stations  near  the  top  of  the 
dropoff  zone  at  Glovers  Reef,  both  at  depths  in  excess  of  60  ft,  both  in  areas  of 
rich  coral  development  (HI).  Starksia  hassi  was  taken  with  S.  lepicoelia  and  S. 
nanodes  (table  15). 

Material  examined. — Two  specimens  from  two  collections.  BELIZE:  GR,  86014 
(1),  86015  (1). 

(25)  Starksia  lepicoelia  Bohlke  &  Springer,  1961 

This  species  has  been  reported  from  the  Bahamas,  Virgin  Islands,  Antigua, 
Old  Providence  Island,  Grand  Cayman  Island,  Turneffe  Island  and  Lighthouse 
Reef  (Belize),  Honduras,  Albuquerque  Cays  off  Nicaragua,  Alacran  Reef,  and 
Banco  Chinch orro  off  Yucatan  (Gilbert,  1971). 

Ecological  data. — Starksia  lepicoelia  was  taken  at  more  stations  and  is  rep- 
resented by  more  specimens  than  any  other  species  of  Starksia  in  our  collections. 
This  may  well  be  an  artifact  of  sampling  effort,  because  the  overwhelming 
majority  of  both  records  (17  of  24)  and  specimens  (74  of  103)  are  from  Glovers 
Reef  (see  table  3).  Starksia  lepicoelia  was  taken  by  us  in  less  than  4  ft  of  water  [IR, 
F75-14,  large  but  isolated  coral  formation  in  Caribe  Pt.  Bite  Bay  (H3)],  but  the 
majority  of  both  records  (13  of  24)  and  specimens  (66  of  103)  are  from  depths  in 
excess  of  40  ft  (table  6).  All  specimens  of  S.  lepicoelia  are  from  areas  of  rich  coral 
development  (table  13),  and  the  clear  majority  of  both  records  (15  of  24)  and 
specimens  (76%  of  103)  are  from  reef-front  dropoff  zones  (HI  or,  in  the  one  case 
in  which  one  specimen  of  S.  lepicoelia  was  taken  inquiline  in  a  sponge,  recorded 
as  H9).  Starksia  lepicoelia  was  taken  at  a  total  of  five  sites,  three  in  Belize  (CBC, 
GR,  LR)  and  two  in  Honduras  (CC,  IR).  Additional  records  from  Belize  include 
Turneffe  Island.  Starksia  lepicoelia  was  taken  with  all  species  of  Starksia  except  S. 
starcki.  Starksia  lepicoelia  shares  highest  affinity  (GMI)  values  with  Enneanectes 
atrorus  and  E.  altivelis. 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  103  specimens  from  24  collections.  HON- 
DURAS: CC,  84537  (2),  84538  (2);  IR,  84535  (2),  84536  (8).  BELIZE:  CBC,  89296 
(6),  89341  (4);  GR,  70942  (1),  70970  (5),  70977  (1),  71080  (1),  71090  (1),  71106  (8), 
71117  (10),  71134  (2),  71139  (1),  71143  (8),  71151  (1),  77632  (4),  77703  (5),  82589  (1), 
84552  (1),  86019  (23),  86020  (1);  LR,  77702  (5).  Additional  Belize  material  exam- 
ined: LR,  UMML  9411  (1),  UMML  9474  (14);  TI,  UMML  9546  (4),  UMML  9837  (4). 


42  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

(26)  Starksia  nanodes  Bohlke  &  Springer,  1961 

This  species  has  been  reported  from  the  Bahamas,  Virgin  Islands,  Haiti,  Old 
Providence  Island,  Grand  Cayman  Island,  Colombia,  Turneffe  Island  (Belize), 
and  Albuquerque  Cays  off  Nicaragua  (Birdsong  &  Emery,  1968;  Gilbert,  1971; 
Palacio,  1974).  This  constitutes  the  first  record  for  Honduras. 

Among  the  western  Atlantic  species  of  Starksia,  only  S.  elongata  and  S.  nanodes 
have  a  pair  of  hypural-shaped  dark  markings  at  the  base  of  the  caudal  fin.  These 
two  species  may  be  distinguished  by  characters  provided  in  the  key  to  Starksia  by 
Gilbert  (1971).  They  may  also  be  distinguished,  without  overlap  in  character 
values,  in  the  sum  of  total  dorsal  +  anal  +  pectoral  elements  (table  16). 

Table  16.  Comparison  of  counts  of  total  dorsal  +  anal  +  pectoral  elements  (spinous  + 
soft)  for  Starksia  elongata  and  S.  nanodes. 

Species  56        57        58        59        60        61        62        63        64        N 

Starksia  nanodes, 

Belize  and  Honduras  2         4  9  1        —       —        —        —       —        16 

Starksia  elongata, 

Belize  and  Honduras        —        —        —        —       —  2  1  1        —         4 

Starksia  elongata, 

Bahamas*  ______         3         4  1  8 

*Data  from  Gilbert  1971,  p.  198. 

Ecological  data. — All  but  four  records  for  this  species  are  from  depths  in  excess 
of  45  ft,  and  confirmed  depth  records  extend  to  90  to  100  ft  (near  the  maximum 
depth  of  sampling  in  our  data).  All  records  are  from  areas  of  rich  coral  develop- 
ment (table  13),  with  the  majority  of  both  records  (16  of  20)  and  specimens  (79% 
of  57)  from  reef-front  dropoff  zones  (HI).  Starksia  nanodes  was  taken  at  only  four 
sites,  two  in  Belize  (CBC,  GR),  two  in  Honduras  (CC,  IR).  The  majority  of 
records  (12  of  20)  are  from  Glovers  Reef,  but  the  majority  of  specimens  (30  of  57) 
are  from  the  Barrier  Reef  near  Carrie  Bow  Cay.  Starksia  nanodes  was  taken  with  all 
species  of  Starksia  except  S.  sluiteri.  Starksia  nanodes  shares  highest  affinity  (GMI) 
values  with  Lucayablennius  zingaro  and  Enneanectes  atrorus  (table  15). 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  57  specimens  from  20  collections.  HONDURAS: 
CC,  84540  (4);  IR,  84539  (2).  BELIZE:  CBC,  89304  (3),  89336  (5),  89347  (7),  89356 
(6),  89361  (1),  89398  (8);  GR,  77634  (1),  77635  (1),  77636  (1),  77637  (1),  77638  (3), 
77639  (2),  77640  (2),  77808  +  86011  (2),  77809  (3),  86016  (1),  86017  (2),  86018  (2). 
Additional  Belize  material  examined:  TI,  UMML  9576  (1). 

(27)  Starksia  occidentalis  Greenfield,  1978 

This  species  ranges  from  the  east  side  of  the  Yucatan  Peninsula,  Mexico,  south 
along  the  coast  of  Central  America  to  Panama  (Greenfield,  1978).  Records  of  S. 
ocellata  from  Old  Providence  Island  (Fowler,  1950)  and  Panama  (Gilbert,  1971) 
refer  to  this  species. 

Ecological  data. — Starksia  occidentalis  has  been  taken  in  stations  in  which  sam- 
pling extended  to  50  ft,  but  most  records  (11  of  14)  and  specimens  (40  of  53)  are 
from  less  than  10  ft  of  water.  Starksia  occidentalis  was  taken  in  a  variety  of  habitats 
(table  13),  mainly  coral  and/or  rock  in  Honduras  (H2,  H4,  H9)  and  coral  or  coarse 
coral  rubble  (H2,  H5)  in  Belize.  In  Belize  S.  occidentalis  was  taken  at  cays  inside 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  43 

the  Barrier  Reef  (BC,  FC,  SC,  TC)  and  at  the  Barrier  Reef  (BRG).  Along  with 
Labrisomus  kalisherae  and  Ophioblennius  atlanticus  macclurei,  S.  occidentalis  was  the 
only  species  of  blennioid  represented  in  our  collections  to  be  taken  at  all  four 
sites  at  cays  behind  the  Barrier  Reef  (species  taken  at  three  of  the  four  sites 
include:  Labrisomus  nuchipinnis,  Malacoctenus  triangulatus,  Paraclinus  nigripinnis). 
In  Honduras  S.  occidentalis  was  taken  at  Roatan  and  the  Hog  Islands.  Starksia 
occidentalis  was  taken  with  five  of  the  other  seven  species  of  Starksia  represented 
in  our  collections  (table  15).  It  was  taken  with  S.  elongata,  S.  lepicoelia,  S.  nanodes, 
and  S.  starcki  only  at  the  Hog  Islands  (and  in  all  but  one  case  was  taken  with  all  at 
the  same  station,  F75-48).  Starksia  occidentalis  was  taken  with  S.  sluiteri  only  at  the 
one  Belize  Barrier  Reef  collection  (BRG)  in  which  S.  occidentalis  was  represented. 
Starksia  occidentalis  shares  highest  affinity  (GMI)  values  with  Labrisomus  kalisherae 
and  Malacoctenus  triangulatus. 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  53  specimens  from  14  collections.  HONDURAS: 
CC,  84377  (5),  84378  (6),  84379  (2),  84380  (1),  84381  (6),  84383  (6),  84384  (9),  84581 
(6);  IR,  84382  (5).  BELIZE:  BC,  84386  (1);  BRG,  84385  (1);  FC,  84387  (1);  SC,  84389 
(1);  TC,  84388  (3). 

(28)  Starksia  sluiteri  (Metzelaar,  1919) 

This  species  has  been  recorded  from  Antigua,  Dominica,  Bonaire,  Los  Roques 
and  Curacao  (off  Venezuela),  Old  Providence  Island,  Venezuela,  Nicaragua,  and 
Yucatan  (Bohlke  &  Springer,  1961;  Birdsong  &  Emery,  1968;  Gilbert,  1971).  This 
constitutes  the  first  record  for  Belize. 

Color  in  life. — Taken  from  35-mm  Kodachrome  of  specimens  from  Carrie  Bow 
Cay.  Head:  yellowish  brown  dorsally;  preopercle  with  large  bluish  black  irides- 
cent blotch  bordered  posteriorly  with  salmon-red;  opercle  brown  with  white  line 
bordering  preopercle  on  ventral  half;  anterior  portion  of  upper  lip  with  red  bar, 
remainder  of  upper  jaw  and  entire  lower  jaw  and  ventral  surface  of  head  yellow; 
white  line  running  from  ventral  surface  of  eye  along  dorsal  margin  of  upper  jaw, 
under  preopercular  blotch  and  joining  white  line  of  opercle;  eye  with  black  pupil 
surrounded  by  narrow  red  ring  on  iris,  remainder  of  iris  black  with  five  yellow 
lines  radiating  out  from  red  ring  in  spokelike  fashion  to  outer  margin  of  eye; 
salmon-red  line  on  circumorbital  bones  beginning  under  center  of  eye  and  ex- 
tending dorsally  along  posterior  margin  of  eye  to  line  opposite  top  of  orbit.  Body 
with  series  of  seven  black  blotches  along  side  just  above  midline,  smaller  blotch 
above  and  below  major  row,  lower  row  under  and  touching  middle  series,  upper 
row  set  between  middle  series  and  touching  dorsal  fin,  posteriormost  blotches 
forming  hypural  blotch;  edges  of  scales  outlined  with  brownish  red,  centers  tan 
above  midline  and  bluish  grey  below  midline;  belly  grey.  Dorsal  fin  with  pair  of 
salmon-red  dots  above  each  black  blotch  of  body  that  extends  onto  fin,  fin  spines 
dusky,  membrane  in  anterior  half  of  fin  clear,  posterior  half  of  spinous  dorsal  fin 
and  soft  dorsal  fin  dusky,  rays  of  soft  dorsal  fin  black.  Anal  fin  dusky  with 
salmon-red  margin.  Caudal  fin  clear,  crossed  by  numerous  fine  reddish  brown 
lines,  distal  margin  salmon-red.  Pectoral  fins  clear  with  salmon-red  ventral  and 
posterior  margins.  Pelvic  fins  white. 

Ecological  data. — Starksia  sluiteri  is  represented  in  our  collections  by  six  speci- 
mens taken  at  four  stations,  all  in  Belize,  three  at  Barrier  Reef  sites  (BRG,  CBC), 
one  at  Glovers  Reef.  All  stations  positive  for  this  species  were  in  shallow  water 


44  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

(all  less  than  15  ft,  all  but  one  less  than  5  ft).  All  stations  were  typified  by  richly 
developed  coral  formations  in  reef  crest  and  fore-reef  areas  (H2).  Starksia 
sluiteri  was  taken  with  three  other  species  of  Starksia  (table  15)  and  shares  highest 
affinity  (GMI)  values  with  Labrisomus  gobio  and  Malacoctenus  aurolineatus. 

Material  examined. — Six  specimens  from  four  collections.  BELIZE:  BRG,  86021 
(1);  CBC,  89294  (1),  89394  (3);  GR,  86022  (1). 

(29)  Starksia  starcki  Gilbert,  1971 

This  species  has  previously  been  reported  only  from  the  type  locality,  Looe 
Key  in  the  lower  Florida  Keys  (Gilbert,  1971).  This  constitutes  the  first  record  for 
Honduras  and  a  significant  range  extension  for  the  species. 

Gilbert's  (1971)  description  of  S.  starcki  was  based  on  six  (20.3  to  27.3)  speci- 
mens from  two  collections.  All  specimens  were  taken  in  surge  channels,  less 
than  25  ft  in  depth.  Our  single  specimen  of  S.  starcki  [FMNH  84574,  1  (16.3), 
original  field  number  FMNH  75-48]  was  taken  20  May  1975  at  Northwest  Cay, 
Hog  Islands,  Honduras,  in  about  50  ft  of  water  in  an  area  of  good  coral  develop- 
ment (HI).  Three  additional  species  of  Starksia  were  represented  in  this  collec- 
tion (table  15). 

Our  identification  of  this  specimen  of  S.  starcki  is  based  on  comparison  of  the 
Honduras  specimen  with  both  Gilbert's  (1971)  description  of  S.  starcki  as  well  as 
with  three  paratypes  of  S.  starcki  examined  by  us. 

An  abbreviated  description  of  the  Honduras  specimen  follows.  Meristic  char- 
acters: dorsal-fin  elements,  XX,  9.  Anal-fin  elements,  II,  18.  Pectoral-fin  rays, 
13/13.  Pelvic-fin  elements,  I,  2.  Segmented  caudal-fin  rays,  13.  Neither  lateral 
line  scale  number  or  arrangement  could  be  determined  in  the  Honduras  speci- 
men, due  to  its  small  size.  Morphometric  characters:  listed  as  thousandths  of  the 
SL,  taken  according  to  the  methods  of  Gilbert  (1971).  Head  length,  344.  Snout 
length,  61.  Upper  jaw  length,  135.  Horizontal  eye  diameter,  92.  Greatest  body 
depth,  202.  Length  of  first  dorsal-fin  spine,  86.  Length  of  longest  pectoral  ray, 
301.  Length  of  longest  pelvic-fin  ray,  245.  Belly  fully  scaled.  Pores  from  infraorbi- 
tal ossifications  single.  Nasal,  supraorbital,  and  nuchal  cirri  simple,  filamentous, 
and  subequal  in  length.  Neither  vomerine  or  palatine  teeth  could  be  seen.  Ap- 
pressed  pectoral-fin  reaching  a  vertical  through  base  of  seventh  segmented 
anal-fin  ray.  Appressed  pelvic  fin  reaching  past  anal-fin  origin.  Major  color 
pattern  consisting  of  10  irregular,  broken,  widely  spaced  chocolate  bars  on  body 
which  contrast  strongly  with  a  light  background.  Distribution  of  head  and  body 
pigmentation  very  similar  to  that  described  by  Gilbert  (1971)  for  the  type  series. 

Gilbert  (1971,  p.  203)  notes  that  soft  dorsal-  and  anal-fin  ray  counts  are  higher 
in  S.  starcki  than  in  S.  lepicoelia  (the  only  other  western  Atlantic  species  with  a 
fully  scaled  belly),  but  that  overlap  occurs.  We  note  that  total  dorsal-  plus  anal- 
fin  ray  counts  will  separate  the  two  species  without  overlap  (table  17). 

Material  examined. — One  specimen  from  one  collection.  HONDURAS:  CC, 
FMNH  84574  (1).  We  have  also  examined  three  paratypes  of  S.  starcki:  ANSP 
109800,  1  (26.3);  UF  16188,  1  (20.3);  UF  17279, 1  (20.5). 

Stathmonotus  Bean,  1885 

The  genus  Stathmonotus  contains  six  described  species,  three  in  the  western 
Atlantic  and  three  in  the  eastern  Pacific.  The  latest  revision  of  Stathmonotus  is 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  45 

Table  17.  Comparison  of  total  dorsal-fin  plus  anal-fin  counts  (spinous  +  soft)  for  Starksia 
lepicoelia  and  S.  starcki. 

Species                      43        44        45        46        47       48        49  50        51        N 

Starksia  lepicoelia, 

Belize  and  Honduras            1         2       19         6         6       —       —  —       —       34 

Starksia  starcki,  Honduras       —       —       —       —       —       —         1  —       —         1 

Starksia  starcki,  Florida*           —       —       —       —       —       —         2  3         1         6 

*Data  from  Gilbert  1971,  p.  202. 


Table  18.  Co-occurrence  of  species  of  Stathmonotus.  Values  in  upper  half  of  matrix 
(whole  numbers)  are  actual  number  of  records  (number  of  stations)  of  co-occurrence 
(based  on  all  stations).  Values  in  lower  half  of  matrix  are  calculated  GMI  values  (based  on 
Class  I  stations  only). 

Co-occurring  species 
Species  NT  N,  30  31  32 

30.  gymnodermis  11  —  0  0 

31.  hemphilli  110  —  1 

32.  stahli  tekla  13  13  0  .14 

Listing  of  species  sharing  highest  GMI  values  with  species  of  Stathmonotus  (five  highest 
values  only). 

30.  gymnodermis      9  (.14),    7  (.14),  21  (.13),    2  (.12),    8  (.12) 

31.  hemphilli  17  (.50),  49  (.29),  47  (.25),  53  (.22),  57  (.19) 

32.  stahli  tekla        35  (.37),  37  (.32),  51  (.32),  55  (.31),  27  (.31) 

NT  =  total  number  of  stations;  Ni  =  number  of  Class  I  stations. 


that  of  Springer  (1955b).  All  three  western  Atlantic  species  of  Stathmonotus  occur 
in  our  material  from  Belize  and  Honduras.  Co-occurrence  data  for  species  of 
Stathmonotus  is  presented  in  Table  18. 

(30)  Stathmonotus  gymnodermis  Springer,  1955 

This  species  has  been  reported  from  the  Bahamas,  Puerto  Rico,  Virgin  Islands, 
and  Venezuela  (Springer,  1955b;  Cervigon,  1966;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968;  Mago, 
1970).  This  constitutes  the  first  record  for  Belize  and  a  significant  range  extension 
for  the  species. 

Stathmonotus  gymnodermis  is  represented  in  our  material  by  one  specimen  (13.9 
mm  SL)  taken  at  Glovers  Reef  in  a  reefcrest  pool  with  a  coral  rubble  and  algae 
bottom  in  less  than  2  ft  of  water  (H6).  Counts  for  this  specimen  follow:  dorsal-fin 
elements,  XLII,  0;  anal-fin  elements;  II,  23;  pectoral-fin  rays,  8;  segmented 
caudal-fin  rays,  11.  In  both  counts  and  other  characters  this  specimen  agrees 
well  with  Springer's  (1955b)  description  of  S.  gymnodermis. 

Material  examined. — One  specimen  from  one  collection.  BELIZE:  GR,  86010  (1). 

(31)  Stathmonotus  hemphilli  Bean,  1885 

This  species  has  been  reported  from  the  Bahamas,  Florida,  St.  Croix,  Haiti, 
and  Antigua  (Springer,  1955b;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968).  This  constitutes  the  first 
record  for  Honduras  and  a  significant  range  extension  for  the  species. 

Stathmonotus  hemphilli  is  represented  in  our  material  by  one  specimen  (28.9 
mm  SL)  taken  at  Big  Hog  Island  from  a  massive  living  coral  head  in  less  than  6  ft 


46  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

of  water.  Counts  for  this  specimen  are  as  follows:  dorsal-fin  elements,  L,  0; 
anal-fin  elements,  II,  28;  pectoral-fin  rays,  4;  segmented  caudal-fin  rays,  11.  In 
both  counts  and  other  characters  this  specimen  agrees  well  with  the  diagnosis  of 
this  species  provided  by  Springer  (1955b,  p.  68). 

Material  examined. — One  specimen  from  one  collection.  HONDURAS:  CC, 
84360  (1). 

(32)  Stathmonotus  stahli  tekla  Nichols,  1910 

Springer  (1955b)  recognized  two  subspecies  of  S.  stahli,  the  nominate  sub- 
species S.  s.  stahli  (Evermann  &  Marsh,  1899),  reported  from  Bonaire,  Puerto 
Rico,  Virgin  Islands,  Martinique,  and  Venezuela  (Springer,  1955b;  Cervigon, 
1966;  Mago,  1970),  and  S.  s.  tekla  Nichols,  reported  from  the  Tortugas,  Bahamas, 
Cuba,  and  Old  Providence  Island  (Springer,  1955b;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968). 
Birdsong  &  Emery  (1968)  reported  S.  stahli  (without  assignment  of  their  material 
to  subspecies)  from  Belize  and  Yucatan.  We  continue  to  follow  Springer  (1955b) 
and  Bohlke  &  Chaplin  (1968)  in  recording  the  form  taken  by  us  in  Belize  and 
Honduras  as  S.  s.  tekla  (13  of  13  specimens  counted  had  11  segmented  caudal-fin 
rays).  This  constitutes  the  first  record  for  Honduras. 

Ecological  data. — Stathmonotus  stahli  tekla  was  taken  in  collections  in  which 
sampling  extended  to  30  ft,  but  the  large  majority  of  both  records  (11  of  13)  and 
specimens  (43  of  45)  are  from  stations  in  less  than  10  ft  of  water.  Although  S.  s. 
tekla  was  taken  in  a  variety  of  habitats  (table  13),  the  clear  majority  of  both 
records  (9  of  13)  and  specimens  (77%  of  45)  are  from  rich  shallow-water  coral 
formations  (H2,  H3),  shallow  areas  typified  by  rocky  ledges  (H4),  or  both  coral 
and  rock  reef  formations  (H9,  in  the  case  of  F75-51,  an  exceptionally  broad 
station).  In  Belize  S.  s.  tekla  was  taken  at  cays  inside  of  the  Barrier  Reef  (BC,  TC), 
Barrier  Reef  sites  (CBC  with  an  additional  record  from  SWC),  and  the  atolls  (GR, 
LR  with  an  additional  record  from  TI).  In  Honduras  S.  s.  tekla  was  taken  at  the 
Hog  Islands  and  at  Roatan.  Stathmonotus  stahli  tekla  was  taken  with  S.  hemphilli  at 
the  one  station  successful  for  the  latter.  Stathmonotus  stahli  tekla  shares  highest 
affinity  (GMI)  values  with  Enneanectes  boehlkei,  E.  pectoralis,  and  Entomacrodus 
nigricans  (table  18). 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  45  specimens  from  13  collections.  HONDURAS: 
CC,  84362  (1),  84363  (9),  84364  (5);  IR,  84361  (2).  BELIZE:  BC,  86008  (1);  CBC, 
89291  (7),  89317  (2),  89341  (7),  89402  (1),  89415  (3);  GR,  71125  (1),  86007  (1);  FC, 
86009  (5).  Additional  Belize  material  examined:  CBC,  JWC-19  (2);  LR,  UMML 
9987;  SWC,  JWC-16  (1);  TI,  UMML  9856. 

TRIPTERYGIIDAE 

Enneanectes  Jordan  &  Evermann,  1895 

The  family  Tripterygiidae  is  represented  in  the  western  Atlantic  by  five  species 
belonging  to  the  New  World  genus  Enneanectes.  The  western  Atlantic  species  of 
Enneanectes  were  revised  by  Rosenblatt  (1960).  The  status  of  eastern  Pacific 
species  remains  unclear,  pending  publication  of  Rosenblatt's  revision  of  the 
family  (Rosenblatt,  1959),  but  none  of  the  species  of  Enneanectes  is  amphi- 
American.  All  five  western  Atlantic  species  of  Enneanectes  are  represented  in  our 
collections  from  Belize  and  Honduras.  Co-occurrence  data  for  species  of  En- 
neanectes is  presented  in  Table  19. 


0 

5 

0 

0 

3 

16 

3 

GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  47 

Table  19.  Co-occurrence  of  species  of  Enneanectes.  Values  in  upper  half  of  matrix  (whole 
numbers)  are  actual  number  of  records  (number  of  stations)  of  co-occurrence  (based  on  all 
stations).  Values  in  lower  half  of  matrix  are  calculated  GMI  values  (based  on  Class  I 
stations  only). 

Co-occurring  species 
Species  NT  N,  33  34  35  36  37 

33.  altivelis  28  28  —  8                10 

34.  atrorus  17  16  .28  —                 0 

35.  boehlkei  29  29  .26  0               — 

36.  jordani  4  3  0  0  .23 

37.  pectoralis  20  20  .12  0  .57              .28 

Listing  of  species  sharing  highest  GMI  values  with  species  of  Enneanectes  (five  highest 
values  only). 

33.  altivelis  5  (.41),  25  (.39),  26  (.37),  22  (.31),  34  (.28) 

34.  atrorus  50  (.56),  26  (.45),  25  (.43),  43  (.34),  33  (.28) 

35.  boehlkei  4  (.70),  15  (.58),  37  (.57),  55  (.55),  22  (.50) 

36.  jordani  23  (.38),  37  (.28),  35  (.23),  55  (.22),  15  (.22) 

37.  pectoralis  55  (.64),  35  (.57),    4  (.57),    7  (.57),  15  (.51) 

NT  =  total  number  of  stations;  N,  =  number  of  Class  I  stations. 

(33)  Enneanectes  altivelis  Rosenblatt,  1960 

This  species  has  been  reported  from  the  Bahamas  and  Central  America,  in- 
cluding Belize,  Nicaragua,  and  Yucatan  (Rosenblatt,  1960;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin, 
1968;  Birdsong  &  Emery,  1968).  This  constitutes  the  first  record  for  Honduras. 

Ecological  data. — Enneanectes  altivelis  has  the  broadest  bathymetric  distribution 
of  any  species  of  Enneanectes  represented  in  our  collections.  It  has  been  taken  in 
less  than  4  ft  and  as  deep  as  100  to  110  ft  (the  maximum  depth  of  our  sampling 
efforts).  If  capture  records  for  E.  altivelis  are  grouped  into  three  depth  categories 
(0-4,  5-59,  ^  60  ft),  the  actual  distribution  of  capture  records  (table  6)  does  not 
differ  from  what  would  be  expected  on  the  basis  of  distribution  of  sampling 
effort  (table  2)  (\i  =  270,  p  >  .20,  Yates  Correction  applied).  There  is  therefore 
in  our  data  no  evidence  that  E.  altivelis  exhibits  a  particular  depth  preference 
over  the  depth  range  covered  by  our  samples.  Virtually  all  records  and  speci- 
mens of  E.  altivelis  came  from  areas  typified  by  rich  coral  formations  (table 
20 — the  two  records  cited  as  H9  are  from  F75-47  and  F75-51  in  the  Hog  Islands, 
two  exceptionally  broad  stations  that  included  both  rock  and  coral  reef 
formations  in  the  area  sampled).  The  majority  of  both  records  (20  of  28)  and 
specimens  (81%  of  113)  came  from  reef-front  dropoff  zones  (HI)  or  patch  reefs 
(H3).  In  Belize  E.  altivelis  was  taken  at  Barrier  Reef  sites  (BRG,  CBC)  and  the 
atolls  (GR,  LR,  with  an  additional  record  from  Turneffe  Island).  In  Honduras  E. 
altivelis  was  taken  at  Roatan  and  the  Hog  Islands.  Enneanectes  altivelis  was  taken 
with  three  other  species  of  Enneanectes:  in  deep  water  with  E.  atrorus  and  in 
shallow  water  with  E.  boehlkei  and  E.  pectoralis  (table  21).  Enneanectes  altivelis 
shares  highest  affinity  (GMI)  values  with  Labrisomus  haitiensis  and  Starksia 
lepicoelia  (table  19). 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  113  specimens  from  28  collections.  HON- 
DURAS: CC,  84519  (3),  84520  (1),  84521  (6),  84522  +  84523  (7),  84524  (1);  IR, 
84518  (12).  BELIZE:  BRG,  89403  (1);  CBC,  89349  (7),  89357  (4),  89399  (1);  GR, 
70966  (3),  86131  (1),  86132  (2),  86133  (8),  86134  +  86135  (3),  86136  +  86137  (3), 


s 
4 


ffv      NN     rHfl    flrH 


I       I 


I       I 


I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I 


°  s 

-»-»      LI 


R3 


(8 


£1111111111 


£  1 

Oh  3 
M    (0 

*  i 

II 

§  g 

5  £ 

cfl    O 

^     Oh 

on    fcj 

T3     Oh 

u   C 
0)    en 

S  Jr, 
5  -Q 

8  c 

O    a) 

go 

|  o 

Q  ^ 
•  >- 

S^- 

W       * 

>-)    01 

H  1 

C 


o 

60 


I     I     I     I     I    I     I     I 


0>  v£>    r- 1  H    n  s 


5 


CO  On     1-h   CN 


¥      iHT|i     HO\       I 


00  CO    KO>    0>  CO    t*<  On    ON 
Nrl     HM    NOO  CN  00 


01 
Oh 

CD 


5      * 


~  -C  Q 


•a     s 


3 


48 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  49 

Table  21.  Number  of  stations  at  which  Enneanectes  altivelis  was  captured  with  other 
species  of  Enneanectes  categorized  by  depth  interval  and  habitat  type. 

A.  Depth  interval  (feet)* 


Co-occurring  species 
of  Enneanectes 

0  to  4 

5  to  39 

^40 

N 

34.  atrorus 

35.  boehlkei 

36.  pectoralis 

0 
8 
5 

0 
2 
0 

8 
0 
0 

8 

10 
5 

HI 

B. 
H2 

Habitat  type 
H3 

H4 

H9 

N 

34.  atrorus 

35.  boehlkei 

36.  pectoralis 

8 
0 
0 

0 
4 

3 

0 
3 
0 

0 
1 
1 

0 
2 
1 

8 
10 

5 

*  Stations  assigned  to  depth  interval  on  the  basis  of  shallowest  sampling  depth. 

86138  +  86139  (12),  86140  (2),  86141  (3),  86142  (5),  86143  (5),  86144  (3),  86145  (2), 
86146  (1),  86147  (2),  86148  (8),  86149  (5),  86150  (2).  Additional  Belize  material 
examined:  LR,  UMML  9490  (3),  UMML  9566  (4);  TI,  UMML  10306  (2). 

(34)  Enneanectes  atrorus  Rosenblatt,  1960 

This  species  has  been  reported  from  the  Bahamas  and  from  Turneffe  Island 
(Belize)  (Rosenblatt,  1960;  Birdsong  &  Emery,  1968;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968). 
This  constitutes  the  first  record  for  Honduras. 

Ecological  data. — Enneanectes  atrorus  has  been  taken  only  in  relatively  deep 
water,  always  at  depths  in  excess  of  30  ft,  with  most  records  (14  of  17)  and 
specimens  (31  of  39)  from  depths  of  60  ft  or  more.  We  have  taken  this  species  in 
depths  as  great  as  90  to  100  ft.  All  records  are  from  reef-front  dropoff  zones  (HI), 
including  a  record  of  one  specimen  (FMNH  82590)  taken  inquiline  in  a  sponge 
(recorded  as  H9  in  table  20).  In  Belize  this  species  was  taken  only  at  the  atolls 
(GR,  LR,  with  an  additional  record  at  Turneffe  Island).  Whether  it  is  truly  absent 
from  the  Barrier  Reef  or  not  is  unknown,  but  it  was  not  taken  in  any  of  the  six 
deep  (>  40  ft)  stations  in  the  reef-front  dropoff  area  at  CBC.  In  Honduras  we 
took  this  species  only  at  the  one  deep  (45  to  60  ft)  station  at  Roatan  in  the  dropoff 
zone  outside  the  entrance  to  Dixon  Cove.  Enneanectes  atrorus  was  taken  only  with 
E.  altivelis  among  the  species  of  Enneanectes  and  shares  highest  affinity  (GMI) 
values  with  Lucayablennius  zingaro  and  Starksia  nanodes  (table  19). 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  39  specimens  from  17  collections.  HONDURAS: 
IR,  84516  (4).  BELIZE:  GR,  70930  (1),  71078  (1),  71097  +  86116  (3),  82590  (1),  86115 
(2),  86117  +  86118  (6),  86119  (5),  86120  (4),  86121  (1),  86123  (1),  86124  (1),  86125 
(3),  86126  (2),  86128  (1),  89410  (1);  LR,  86127  (2).  Additional  Belize  material 
examined:  TI,  UMML  9852  (2). 

(35)  Enneanectes  boehlkei  Rosenblatt,  1960 

This  species  has  been  reported  from  the  Bahamas,  Florida,  Puerto  Rico,  Virgin 
Islands,  Venezuela,  and  Central  America,  including  Belize,  Costa  Rica,  Nica- 
ragua, and  Yucatan  (Rosenblatt,  1960;  Caldwell,  1963;  Cervigon,  1966;  Birdsong 
&  Emery,  1968;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968;  Mago,  1970).  This  constitutes  the  first 
record  for  Honduras. 


50  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

Ecological  data. — Enneanectes  boehlkei  has  been  taken  in  stations  in  which  sam- 
pling extended  to  30  ft,  but  most  records  (25  of  29)  and  specimens  (166  of  183)  are 
from  stations  in  less  than  15  ft.  [Note  that  other  than  general  locality  (CC)  we 
have  no  data  for  the  series  of  seven  specimens  catalogued  as  FMNH  84515,  and 
these  specimens  are  excluded  from  all  analyses.]  The  majority  of  records  (23  of 
29)  and  specimens  (70%  of  183)  are  from  shallow  richly  developed  coral  forma- 
tions (H2,  H3;  table  20).  All  but  one  of  the  remaining  records  and  specimens  are 
from  areas  of  rocky  ledges  (H4)  or  two  sites  with  both  rock  and  coral  represented 
in  exceptionally  broad  Hog  Island  stations  (F75-47,  F75-51,  H9  in  table  20).  In 
Belize  E.  boehlkei  was  taken  at  Barrier  Reef  sites  (BRG,  BRT,  CBC,  with  an  addi- 
tional record  from  SWC)  and  at  the  atolls  (GR,  LR,  with  an  additional  record 
from  TI).  In  Honduras  E.  boehlkei  was  taken  at  Roatan  and  the  Hog  Islands. 
Enneanectes  boehlkei  was  taken  with  the  three  other  species  of  Enneanectes  occur- 
ring in  shallow  water  but  was  not  taken  with  the  deep-water  E.  atrorus.  En- 
neanectes boehlkei  shares  highest  affinity  (GMI)  values  with  Labrisomus  guppyi  and 
Malacoctenus  triangulatus  (table  19). 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  190  specimens  from  30  collections.  HON- 
DURAS: CC,  84506  (16),  84509  (7),  84510  (4),  84511  (5),  84512  (4),  84513  (15), 
84514  (13),  84515  (7);  IR,  84504  (1),  84505  (4).  BELIZE:  BRG,  86114  (2);  BRT,  86105 
(2);  CBC,  89288  (1),  89290  (12),  89306  (2),  89321  (17),  89343  (8),  89348  (4),  89369 
(4),  89371  (1),  89375  (4),  89382  (9);  GR,  70931  (1),  86106  (2),  86109  (1),  86110  (2), 
86111  (24),  86113  (1);  LR,  86107  +  86108  (7),  86112  (10).  Additional  Belize  material 
examined:  LR,  UMML  9480,  UMML  9548;  SWC,  JWC-24  (3);  TI,  UMML  9826. 

(36)  Enneanectes  jordani  (Evermann  &  Marsh,  1900) 

This  species  has  been  reported  from  the  Bahamas,  Puerto  Rico,  and  Venezuela 
(Rosenblatt,  1960;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968;  Mago,  1970).  This  constitutes  the  first 
record  for  Belize  and  Honduras  and  a  significant  range  extension  for  the  species. 

The  rarity  of  E.  jordani  in  our  collections  combined  with  the  difficulty  of  deter- 
mining key  characters  in  several  of  the  specimens  (particularly  lateral  line  scale 
counts,  because  several  specimens  were  damaged  in  capture  and/or  preserva- 
tion) aroused  our  suspicions  as  to  the  correctness  of  our  identification.  Re- 
examination of  the  material  confirmed  that  the  specimens  listed  below  best  agree 
with  E.  jordani.  Bohlke  &  Chaplin  (1968,  p.  556)  comment  on  the  rarity  of  E. 
jordani  in  their  Bahaman  collections. 

Ecological  data. — We  have  taken  E.  jordani  on  only  four  occasions,  once  in 
Honduras  (CC,  2  to  18  ft,  H2),  three  times  in  Belize  (BRB,  0  to  6  ft,  H2;  CBC,  0  to 
4  ft,  H3;  GR,  3  to  15  ft,  H2).  Enneanectes  jordani  was  taken  with  E.  boehlkei  and  E. 
pectoralis  (table  19). 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  nine  specimens  from  four  collections.  HON- 
DURAS: CC,  84517  (2).  BELIZE:  BRB,  86130  (1);  CBC,  89363  (1);  GR,  86129  (5). 

(37)  Enneanectes  pectoralis  (Fowler,  1941) 

This  species  has  been  reported  from  the  Bahamas,  Florida,  Virgin  Islands, 
Aruba,  Martinique,  Venezuela,  and  Central  America,  including  Belize,  Nica- 
ragua, and  Yucatan  (Rosenblatt,  1960;  Caldwell  &  Caldwell,  1964;  Cervigon, 
1966;  Birdsong  &  Emery,  1968;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968).  This  constitutes  the  first 
record  for  Honduras. 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  51 

Ecological  data. — Enneanectes  pectoralis  was  taken  in  stations  in  which  sampling 
extended  to  18  ft,  but  a  majority  of  records  (14  of  20)  and  specimens  (65  of  87)  are 
from  stations  in  less  than  6  ft.  Enneanectes  pectoralis  was  taken  in  a  number  of 
shallow-water  habitats  (table  20),  but  most  records  (14  of  20)  and  specimens 
(89%  of  87)  are  from  richly  developed  shallow  reef  formations  (H2,  H3).  In  Belize 
E.  pectoralis  was  the  only  species  to  be  taken  at  cays  inside  the  Barrier  Reef  (BC, 
TC).  It  was  also  taken  at  Barrier  Reef  sites  (BRG,  BRT,  CBC)  and  at  the  atolls 
(GR,  LR,  with  an  additional  record  from  TI).  In  Honduras  E.  pectoralis  was  taken 
at  Roatan  and  the  Hog  Islands.  Enneanectes  pectoralis  was  taken  with  all  three 
species  of  Enneanectes  occurring  in  shallow  water  (table  19)  but  was  not  taken 
with  the  deep-water  E.  atrorus.  Enneanectes  pectoralis  shares  highest  affinity 
(GMI)  values  with  Ophioblennius  atlanticus  macclurei  and  Enneanectes  boehlkei. 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  87  specimens  from  20  collections.  HONDURAS: 
CC,  84526  (1),  84527  (1),  84528  (7),  84529  (1),  84530  (1),  84531  (2);  IR,  84525  (4). 
BELIZE:  BC,  86155  (3);  BRG,  86152  (8),  86158  (5);  BRT,  86157  (3);  CBC,  89289  (10), 
89318  (8),  89364  (5),  89376  (11),  89381  (2);  GR,  86151  (1),  86154  (10);  LR,  86153  (3); 
TC,  86156  (1).  Additional  Belize  material  examined:  TI,  UMML  9571  (1). 

CHAENOPSIDAE 

The  family  Chaenopsidae  is  represented  in  the  western  Atlantic  by  32  de- 
scribed species  distributed  among  eight  genera.  In  the  following  listing  of  west- 
ern Atlantic  chaenopsid  genera,  the  numbers  in  parentheses  indicate  the  fol- 
lowing information:  total  number  of  western  Atlantic  species,  number  of  species 
known  from  off  the  Central  American  coast,  number  of  species  represented  in 
our  material  from  Belize  and  Honduras.  Western  Atlantic  chaenopsid  genera 
include  Acanthemblemaria  (8,  6,  4),  Chaenopsis  (4,  1,  0),  Coralliozetus  (1,  1,  1), 
Ekemblemaria  (1, 1,  0),  Emblemaria  (8,  3,  3),  Emblemariopsis  (8,  4,  3),  Hemiemblemaria 
(1, 1, 1),  and  Lucayablennius  (1, 1, 1).  All  western  Atlantic  chaenopsid  genera  and 
18  of  32  described  western  Atlantic  species  are  known  from  off  the  Central 
American  coast.  Of  these,  13  species  belonging  to  all  genera  but  Chaenopsis3  and 
Ekemblemaria  are  represented  in  our  material.  The  names  we  employ  for 
chaenopsid  taxa  treated  in  this  paper  are  in  accord  with  the  recent  literature: 
Stephens,  1963,  1970;  Robins  &  Randall,  1965;  Robins,  1971a;  Smith-Vaniz  & 
Palacio,  1974;  Johnson  &  Greenfield,  1976.  Co-occurrence  data  for  chaenopsid 
species  are  presented  in  Table  22. 

Acanthemblemaria  Metzelaar,  1919 

The  genus  Acanthemblemaria  contains  14  species,  eight  in  the  western  Atlantic 
and  six  in  the  eastern  Pacific.  The  latest  revision  of  western  Atlantic  species  is 
that  of  Smith-Vaniz  &  Palacio  (1974).  The  latest  revision  of  eastern  Pacific  species 
is  that  of  Stephens  (1963).  One  additional  eastern  Pacific  species  has  been  de- 
scribed subsequently  (Stephens  et  al.,  1966). 

Four  of  the  eight  recognized  western  Atlantic  species  occur  in  our  collections 
from  Belize  and  Honduras.  The  following  species  are  not  represented  in  our 
collections:  A.  betinensis  Smith-Vaniz  &  Palacio,  1974  (Colombia,  Panama,  Costa 
Rica);  A.  chaplini  Bohlke,  1957  (Florida,  Bahamas);  A.  medusa  Smith-Vaniz  & 
Palacio,   1974   [Lesser  Antilles,  Tobago,  Los  Roques  (Venezuela)];  A.   rivasi 

3See  addendum. 


O      rHOOOOfNrHOr-iOrtO 


XI 

6 

3 

C 

1 

>. 

(J 

r 

01 

0 

»! 

r 

0 

0 

s- 

•n 

01 

Q 

£ 

3 

c 

ai 

M 

(8 

R 

U 

u 

E 

(B 

0 

Nr lOrHOfNOOrHO      I     O  rH 


CO  T5 


'S-S 


tj 

a. 

> 

0 

c 

tn 

cu 

C 

(8 

0 

XI 

•43 

rq 

0 

01 

55 

u 

(0 

c 

01 

r 

c 

0 

R 

^ 
A 

e 

U 

01 

in 
w 

e 

DO 

d 

< 

8 

t^      COCMOrHOOOOCM 


3 


CMCMOCMOCMOO 


in  o  o  o 


JPrti     o  o  o  o  o  o 


-°  ifi 

c 

e  = 

3 

C    > 

01     _ 

o 

1 

o 
U 

CM  O  O  rH  O      1    O 

|U 

o-a 

X  Jj 

'S  2 

O  O  O  O     1    o  o 

2  3 

E.S 

u_.     (0 

e  u 

IT)  O  O      1    O  O  O 

(0    (8 

»* 

■C   x 

a5  J3 

Oh   « 

C    O 

o 
9 

CM  CM      1    O  O  O  O 

01    <s 

3  X 

4  fe 

OS 

IX      1    -<*i  NO  O  O  O 

1  cm  co 

in    O 

o  o  o  o  o    X? 


O  O  CO  O  m 


o  o  o  o  o    XI 


no  o  o  o  o    .5 


O  O  O  CM  O 


00        I    CO  CM  rH  o  O  O      I    O  CM  O  NO  O 
J*5  I     HNH 


_£"    inoiNKriNrHniOMnn^ 
Z      (N  CM  rH  rH  (Nl 


X 
60 

C 

•s 


•Si         a   «  ~  -~   c 

fc  §  •§  §  -§  -§  .2  "S  SS^- 
a.s  «  -5  g  S  ~  sc  f  .y  c  »  &o 


a, 
en 


8  SbS  8-8  S 


■g  »>S  g--c  .gs.S  .* 


ooavdrHiNm^invoNodaic)    •« 

COCO'*T}<-<tf-<*i'3<TtiTf<'H/i-5tf-5jiin      ,J 


o~  5<"  no~  fv~  cm"  on  o~ 

CO  CM  O  CM   rH  CM  rH 


w    oo  m  on  co  cm  in  o       h  inco  N  to 
^5         in       in       in  in       >*  ^  h/  h  h/ 


!  $3 


3    NH/(sa,Nvom 


Smvo 
°^h  ^ 


X 
60 


rH  CO  , 


•u 


on  m  in  rH  m 

n^HjjiHNNtnin 


O  SO    >-.in  r-f 


no  in  Tt  oo  in  in  cm 
•>*  in  cn  co  cm  in  rH 

,-  in  00  rH  rH  NO 

5  cm  cm  co  ■*  in 

N_^  ^^  s .^_,  ^^ .^^ 

\^  ^^^-'W'O'^^ 

K  (N  0\h/  00O-* 

cm  cm  co       cm  in  co 

«  tv  in  O  CM  rf 

H  -^  co  m  rH  ro 

1           Sis 

r  F        3   to   _ 

u 


l.?ll|JlMS"8tlS» 

«  oo  it  sr  a  a  *  fi.ji  5.  55  55  n 


52 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  53 

Stephens,  1970  (Panama,  Costa  Rica)  (distributional  records  from  Smith-Vaniz  & 
Palacio,  1974).  Six  of  the  eight  known  western  Atlantic  species  of  Acan- 
themblemaria  occur  off  the  Central  American  coast. 

Of  the  four  species  of  Acanthemblemaria  collected,  two  (A.  maria  and  A.  green- 
fieldi)  have  been  taken  only  in  Belize,  whereas  A.  aspera  and  A.  spinosa  are  known 
from  both  Belize  and  Honduras.  Specimens  of  Acanthemblemaria  were  obtained 
using  both  rotenone  and  quinaldine.  In  the  case  of  A.  aspera,  A.  greenfieldi,  and 
A.  spinosa,  a  substantial  proportion  (.27,  .41,  .60,  respectively)  of  the  total  indi- 
viduals were  taken  individually  by  squirting  a  mixture  of  quinaldine  and  iso- 
propanol  into  the  worm  holes  in  which  they  live,  thus  providing  detailed  infor- 
mation on  habitats. 

(38)  Acanthemblemaria  aspera  (Longley,  1927) 

This  species  is  known  from  the  Bahamas,  Florida,  Greater  Antilles,  Dominica, 
St.  Barthelemy,  and  Central  America,  including  Belize,  Costa  Rica,  Panama, 
Providencia  (off  Nicaragua),  and  Yucatan  (Smith-Vaniz  &  Palacio,  1974).  This 
constitutes  the  first  record  for  Honduras. 

Ecological  data. — Acanthemblemaria  aspera  was  taken  in  both  shallow  and  rela- 
tively deep  (60  to  80  ft)  collections.  A  majority  of  records  (16  of  25)  are  from 
stations  in  less  than  20  it.  Smith-Vaniz  &  Palacio  (1974,  p.  215)  state  that  records 
for  this  species  extend  to  18  m  (we  have  one  confirmed  record  from  a  station  in 
which  sampling  was  conducted  between  60  and  80  ft),  but  that  most  specimens 
have  been  taken  in  less  than  9  m.  We  have  taken  A.  aspera  in  a  wide  variety  of 
habitats  (table  23),  but  coral  was  always  present,  varying  from  sparse,  isolated 
heads  (a  number  of  collections  at  Hog  Islands)  to  rich  reef  development  (all 
Belize  records  except  one  station  at  Bugle  Cay).  Acanthemblemaria  aspera  occurs 
more  frequently  on  the  dead  bases  of  Montastrea  heads  than  on  the  bases  of 
Acropora  palmata  or  in  pieces  of  coral  rubble  on  the  bottom  (cf.  A.  greenfieldi,  A. 
spinosa).  Smith-Vaniz  &  Palacio  (1974,  p.  215)  give  the  habitat  of  A.  aspera  as 
"Coral  patch  reefs,  frequently  on  limestone  substrates  .  .  .  ."  Acanthemblemaria 
aspera  was  taken  more  frequently  than  any  other  chaenopsid  species  in  Belize 
and  Honduras.  In  Belize  A.  aspera  was  taken  at  cays  inside  the  Barrier  Reef  (BC, 
SC),  at  Barrier  Reef  sites  (AC,  BRB,  BRT,  CBC),  and  at  the  atolls  (GR  with 
additional  records  from  LR).  In  Honduras  A.  aspera  was  taken  at  Roatan  and  the 
Hog  Islands.  Acanthemblemaria  aspera  was  taken  with  every  other  chaenopsid 
species  represented  in  our  collections  (table  22)  except  Coralliozetus  cardonae  and 
Emblemaria  hyltoni  (each  represented  at  only  one  station  in  our  collections).  This 
degree  of  co-occurrence  is  unique  to  Acanthemblemaria  aspera  among  the 
chaenopsids  and  probably  reflects  (1)  the  abundance  of  this  species  and  (2)  the 
rather  eurybathic  distribution  of  this  species  (over  the  range  of  depths  sampled 
by  us).  Acanthemblemaria  aspera  shares  highest  affinity  (GMI)  values  with  Starksia 
occidentalis  and  Labrisomus  kalisherae. 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  140  specimens  from  25  collections.  HON- 
DURAS: CC,  84341  (2),  84342  (1),  84343  +  84578  (10),  84344  (2),  84346  (1),  84470 
(27),  84471  (1);  IR,  84345  (20).  BELIZE:  AC,  82506  (2);  BC,  86099  (1);  BRB,  86101 
(4);  BRT,  86102  (1);  CBC,  89350  (5),  89401  (16);  GR,  77557  (1),  82515  (13),  82516 
(1),  82517  (6),  82518  (3),  82520  (3),  82525  (5),  86100  (3),  86103  (1),  86104  (2);  SC, 
86098  (9).  Additional  Belize  material  examined:  LR,  UMML  9481  (1),  UMML  9554 
(1). 


<J\      CM  J*    «H  g 


I  I  NS^8  I  I 


I   I    I  I    I  I    I   I    I  I    I  I    I  I 


I    I   I    I   I    I   I    I  I    I   I    I  I 


^o 


I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I 


8g  «5   I   I    I   I    I   I    I   I 


I    I 


S 


I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I 


8  m8   I   I 


CM 

x 


S  ^3 


I   I    I 


T-H    O 


I         I 


X         • 


I  ^3  £8   I   I  ^8  38 


Zino  o«  ^<5  t^rH 
CM  tJ<    NO    rHin    HN 
rH  t-h 


t-s  rH    CD"*    NO    *  00 


o  a. 


•n     a. 
v     « 


6 

6C 


I  1 


W 


W 


54 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  55 

(39)  Acanthemblemaria  greenfieldi  Smith-Vaniz  &  Palacio,  1974 

This  species  has  been  reported  from  Providencia  (off  Nicaragua),  Belize,  Banco 
Chinchorro  (off  Yucatan),  and  Jamaica  (Smith-Vaniz  &  Palacio,  1974). 

Ecological  data. — All  of  our  records  for  A.  greenfieldi  are  from  depths  less  than 
15  ft.  All  records  from  Glovers  Reef  (10  of  20  records,  43  of  106  specimens)  are 
from  patch  reefs  in  the  lagoon  (H3).  All  other  Belize  records  are  from  Barrier  Reef 
sites  (AC,  BRB,  BRT,  CBC)  and  richly  developed  shallow  reef  formations  (H2, 
H3).  Smith-Vaniz  &  Palacio  (1974,  p.  211)  describe  the  habitat  of  A.  greenfieldi  as 
"silt-free  patch  reefs  in  depths  usually  shallower  than  10  m."  Acanthemblemaria 
greenfieldi  in  Belize  tends  to  occur  in  worm  holes  in  pieces  of  coral  rubble  (mostly 
Acropora)  on  the  bottom  or  in  large  dead  pieces  of  Montastrea  and  usually  is  not 
found  in  holes  in  the  dead  basal  portions  of  Acropora  palmata  (cf.  A.  spinosa). 
Acanthemblemaria  greenfieldi  has  been  taken  with  each  of  the  three  species  of 
Acanthemblemaria  represented  in  our  collections.  Acanthemblemaria  greenfieldi 
shares  highest  affinity  (GMI)  values  with  Starksia  atlantica  and  Enneanectes 
boehlkei  (table  22).  A  detailed  discussion  of  the  ecology  of  A.  greenfieldi  is  pre- 
sented by  Greenfield  &  Greenfield  (in  press). 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  106  specimens  from  20  collections.  BELIZE:  AC, 
82505  (6);  BRB,  86092  (18);  BRT,  86090  (3);  CBC,  89284  (23),  89308  (1),  89315  (1), 
89329  (6),  89340  (1),  89365  (1),  89373  (3);  GR,  76348  (1),  76349  (2),  76350  (4),  77559 
(4),  82514  (2),  82524  (5),  86091  (8),  86093  (10),  86094  (4),  86095  (3).  Additional 
Belize  material  examined:  CBC,  JWC-23  (4). 

(40)  Acanthemblemaria  maria  Bohlke,  1961 

This  species  has  been  reported  from  the  Bahamas,  Grand  Cayman  Island, 
Puerto  Rico,  St.  Barthelemy,  Dominica,  St.  Lucia,  and  Tobago  (Smith-Vaniz  & 
Palacio,  1974).  This  constitutes  the  first  record  for  Belize  and  a  significant  range 
extension  for  the  species.  The  two  (22.8,  25.1)  specimens  from  Belize  agree  well 
with  the  description  of  A.  maria  provided  by  Smith-Vaniz  &  Palacio  (1974). 

Ecological  data. — Acanthemblemaria  maria  is  apparently  rare  in  Belize.  We  have 
collected  only  two  specimens  on  two  different  occasions — both  collections  from 
the  Barrier  Reef  (AC,  0  to  10  ft,  H2;  BRT,  0  to  3  ft,  H2).  Both  specimens  were 
taken  from  holes  in  pieces  of  coral  rubble  which  had  some  algal  cover.  Smith- 
Vaniz  &  Palacio  (1974,  p.  206)  describe  the  habitat  of  A.  maria  as  follows: 
".  .  .  inhabits  limestone  slopes  of  rocky  ledges  in  depths  to  9  m,  but  usually 
shallower  than  6  m."  Both  A.  aspera  and  A.  greenfieldi  were  taken  at  both  stations. 

Material  examined. — Two  specimens  from  two  collections.  BELIZE:  AC,  86096 
(1);  BRT,  86097  (1). 

(41)  Acanthemblemaria  spinosa  Metzelaar,  1919 

This  species  is  known  from  the  Bahamas,  Florida,  Greater  and  Lesser  Antilles, 
Venezuela,  Curacao,  Albuquerque  Cay,  Isla  San  Andres,  and  Central  America, 
including  Belize  and  Nicaragua  (Nagelkerken,  1974;  Smith-Vaniz  &  Palacio, 
1974).  This  constitutes  the  first  record  for  Honduras. 

Ecological  data. — Acanthemblemaria  spinosa  was  taken  at  only  two  stations  in 
Honduras  and  at  15  stations  in  Belize.  Only  one  of  these  17  stations  was  in 


56  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

relatively  deep  water  (G74-10,  GR,  60  to  80  ft,  HI,  two  specimens),  the  remain- 
ing collections  were  from  less  than  15  ft.  In  Belize  A.  spinosa  was  taken  only  in 
areas  of  rich  coral  development  (H2,  H3),  and  70%  of  the  total  individuals  (N  = 
50)  were  from  patch  reefs  at  Glovers  Reef  or  patch-reef-like  formations  behind 
the  Barrier  Reef  and  also  just  behind  the  reef  crest  at  Carrie  Bow  Cay.  The  two 
Honduras  collections  were  taken  at  the  Hog  Islands  in  areas  of  rock,  rubble, 
sand,  and  isolated  small  coral  heads  (H4).  Smith-Vaniz  &  Palacio  (1974,  p.  207) 
describe  the  habitat  of  A.  spinosa  as  "coral  patch  reefs  in  depths  ranging  from  8  to 
12  m."  The  ecology  of  A.  spinosa  is  discussed  by  Greenfield  &  Greenfield  (in 
press). 

In  Belize  A.  spinosa  is  normally  not  found  in  pieces  of  coral  rubble  but  rather 
appears  to  occur  most  abundantly  in  worm  holes  in  the  dead  basal  portions  of 
large  trees  of  Acropora  palmata,  appearing  to  avoid  holes  in  the  living  upper 
portions  of  the  coral.  Photographs  have  been  taken  of  several  individuals  living 
in  holes  just  below  the  lower  margin  of  the  living  coral,  demonstrating  this 
restriction  to  basal  dead  coral.  The  coloration  of  the  heads  of  various  individuals 
match  the  background  color  of  the  algae  around  the  worm  hole,  varying  from 
red  to  yellow  to  green  or  brown.  Large  amounts  of  both  epiphytic  and  epizooic 
growth  in  these  dead  areas  not  only  render  the  fish  more  cryptic,  but  might  also 
provide  greater  food  resources.  Acanthemblemaria  spinosa  is  usually  observed 
with  just  its  head  protruding  from  the  worm  hole  in  which  it  lives  and  is  seldom 
seen  to  leave  the  hole.  During  several  hours  of  observation,  individuals  of  A. 
spinosa  were  seen  to  leave  their  holes  only  twice,  each  time  darting  out  a  distance 
of  3  to  6  cm  and  then  returning  to  the  hole.  The  movement  was  so  rapid  that  if 
feeding  occurred  it  was  not  observed.  When  approached  (by  a  diver)  while  in  its 
hole,  an  individual  of  A.  spinosa  performs  an  aggressive  display  consisting  of 
opening  the  mouth  widely  and  slowly  swinging  the  head  from  side  to  side;  this 
display  continues  until  the  intruder  is  within  6  to  10  cm  of  the  fish,  at  which  time 
it  withdraws  into  its  hole. 

In  Belize  A.  spinosa  was  taken  only  at  Barrier  Reef  sites  (BRB,  CBC)  and  at 
Glovers  Reef.  Acanthemblemaria  spinosa  was  taken  with  A.  aspera  and  A.  greenfieldi 
but  not  A.  maria.  Acanthemblemaria  spinosa  shares  highest  affinity  (GMI)  values 
with  Labrisomus  guppyi  and  Enneanectes  boehlkei  (table  22). 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  50  specimens  from  17  collections.  HONDURAS: 
CC,  84347  (5),  84348  (2).  BELIZE:  BRB,  86085  +  86088  (4);  CBC,  89316  (2),  89328 
(2),  89339  (3),  89372  (1),  89384  (1);  GR,  77558  (1),  82523  (5),  86081  (1),  86082  (8), 
86083  (1),  86084  (2),  86086  (4),  86087  (2),  86089  (6). 

Coralliozetus  Evermann  &  Marsh,  1899 

The  genus  Coralliozetus  contains  six  species,  one  in  the  western  Atlantic  and 
five  in  the  eastern  Pacific.  The  most  recent  revision  of  the  genus  (Stephens,  1963) 
was  supplemented  with  the  description  of  an  additional  species  by  Stephens  et 
al.  (1966).  The  sole  western  Atlantic  representative  of  Coralliozetus  is  C.  cardonae. 

(42)  Coralliozetus  cardonae  Evermann  &  Marsh,  1899 

This  species  has  been  reported  from  the  Bahamas,  Puerto  Rico,  Virgin  Islands, 
and  Curacao  (Stephens,  1963;  Stephens  et  al.,  1966;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968; 
Nagelkerken,  1974).  This  constitutes  the  first  record  for  Belize  and  a  significant 
range  extension  for  the  species. 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  57 

We  have  taken  C.  cardonae  on  only  one  occasion,  a  reef  crest  station  in  shallow 
water  on  the  Barrier  Reef  (G78-7,  CBC,  0  to  3  ft,  H2).  Our  material  of  C.  cardonae 
agrees  well  with  descriptions  of  this  species  provided  by  Stephens  (1963)  and 
Stephens  et  al.  (1966).  Both  specimens  have  two  pairs  of  simple,  short  orbital 
cirri  (unique  to  C.  cardonae  among  western  Atlantic  chaenopsids),  and  both 
specimens  exhibit  a  marked  posteroventrally  directed  black-edged  stripe  ex- 
tending from  the  posteroventral  margin  of  the  eye.  Counts  for  the  two  speci- 
mens (15.5,  16.0,  listed  in  that  order)  are  as  follows:  spinous  dorsal,  18,  18;  soft 
dorsal,  10,  11;  total  dorsal-fin  elements,  28,  29;  anal  fin,  11+  18,  11+  19;  pectoral 
fin,  13,  13.  Counts  for  both  dorsal  and  anal  fins  differ  from  modal  values  listed 
for  C.  cardonae  by  Stephens  et  al.  (1966,  p.  436),  and  in  the  case  of  the  15.5-mm 
specimen  the  counts  differ  without  overlap.  With  only  two  specimens  of  C. 
cardonae  represented  in  our  collections,  we  are  not  prepared  at  this  time  to 
comment  on  the  significance,  if  any,  of  these  differences. 

Material  examined. — Two  specimens  from  one  collection.  BELIZE:  CBC,  89395 
(2). 

Emblemaria  Jordan  &  Gilbert,  1883 

The  genus  Emblemaria  contains  13  species,  eight  in  the  western  Atlantic  and 
five  in  the  eastern  Pacific.  The  most  recent  revision  of  the  western  Atlantic 
species  is  that  of  Stephens  (1970);  that  of  the  eastern  Pacific  species  is  also  by 
Stephens  (1963).  One  additional  western  Atlantic  species  has  been  described 
subsequently  (Johnson  &  Greenfield,  1976). 

Only  three  of  the  eight  described  species  of  Emblemaria  are  known  to  occur  off 
the  Central  American  coast,  and  these  three  species  occur  in  our  collections  from 
Belize  and  Honduras.  The  following  species  are  not  represented  in  our  collec- 
tions: E.  atlantica  Jordan  &  Evermann,  1898  (Bermuda,  Georgia,  western  Florida); 
E.  biocellata  Stephens,  1970  (Venezuela,  French  Guiana,  Colombia);  E.  culmenis 
Stephens,  1970  (Venezuela);  E.  diphyodontis  Stephens  &  Cervigon,  1970  (Ven- 
ezuela, Colombia);  E.  piratula  Ginsburg  &  Reid,  1942  (west  coast  of  Florida) 
(distributional  records  are  from  Stephens,  1970;  Palacio,  1974;  Shipp,  1975; 
Johnson  &  Greenfield,  1976). 

(43)  Emblemaria  caldwelli  Stephens,  1970 

This  species  has  been  reported  from  the  Bahamas,  Jamaica,  and  Belize 
(Stephens,  1970;  Johnson  &  Greenfield,  1976). 

Color  in  life  (male). — Taken  from  a  35-mm  Kodachrome  of  FMNH  82519.  Head 
rust,  overlaid  with  heavy  peppering  of  distinct  black  melanophores;  jaws  and 
interorbital  darker  rust  than  rest  of  head.  Four  yellow-gold  spots  along  posterior 
edge  of  preopercle.  Iris  yellowish  red.  Body  cream,  overlaid  by  heavy  peppering 
of  distinct  black  melanophores,  belly  apparently  paler  due  to  larger  and  more 
widely  spaced  melanophores;  a  series  of  cream  spots  (areas  lacking  melano- 
phores) along  midline  of  body,  most  numerous  on  anterior  three-fourths  of 
body,  numerous  additional  spots  between  midline  and  dorsal-fin  base;  reddish 
brown  pigment  visible  internally  along  vertebral  column,  haemal  and  neural 
spines,  and  proximal  radials  of  anal  and  dorsal  fins.  Caudal-fin  base  with  red- 
dish brown  pigment  on  distal  margin  of  hypural  plate;  caudal  fin  clear  basally, 
distal  halves  of  fin  membranes  black.  Pelvic  fins  cream.  Pectoral  fins  clear,  three 
white  spots  on  base.  Anterior,  elevated  portion  of  dorsal  fin  black,  first  spine 


58  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

with  four  evenly  spaced  white  bands;  posterior  portion  as  well  as  entire  anal  fin 
cream  with  heavy  peppering  of  melanophores,  melanophores  particularly  con- 
centrated on  anterior  portion. 

Color  in  life  (female). — Taken  from  a  35-mm  Kodachrome  of  FMNH  86089. 
Head  yellowish  orange,  overlaid  with  peppering  of  distinct,  widely  spaced  black 
melanophores;  jaws  white,  mottled  with  brown.  Iris  yellowish  red.  Belly  reddish 
brown,  remainder  of  body  cream,  overlaid  with  scattering  of  distinct  melano- 
phores and  yellowish  orange  spots;  posterior  half  of  body  translucent,  reddish 
brown  pigment  clearly  visible  internally  along  vertebral  column,  haemal  and 
neural  spines,  and  proximal  radials  of  anal  and  dorsal  fins.  Caudal-fin  base  with 
reddish  brown  pigment  on  distal  margin  of  hypural  plate,  remainder  of  caudal 
fin  clear.  Pectoral  and  pelvic  fins  with  slight  pink  tinge.  Anal  fin  clear  except  for 
black  pigment  on  elements  and  membranes  of  anterior  portion.  Spines  and 
membranes  of  first  five  elements  of  dorsal  fin  black  except  for  cream  coloration 
on  basal  halves  of  membranes,  remainder  of  fin  clear  with  scattered  pinkish  bars 
on  elements. 

Ecological  data. — Emblemaria  caldwelli  is  a  deep-water  species.  It  has  not  been 
taken  by  us  in  less  than  30  ft,  and  except  for  one  specimen  taken  at  30  ft  at 
Lighthouse  Reef,  all  records  and  specimens  are  from  depths  exceeding  50  ft, 
with  records  extending  to  80  to  90  ft.  All  records  are  from  the  reef-front  dropoff 
zone  (HI)  at  the  Barrier  Reef  (CBC)  or  the  atolls  (GR,  LR).  Emblemaria  caldwelli 
was  not  taken  in  Honduras.  One  specimen  of  £.  caldwelli  was  collected  with 
quinaldine  from  a  worm  hole  in  dead  Montastrea  that  was  adjacent  to  a  similar 
hole  inhabited  by  a  specimen  of  Acanthemblemaria  aspera  (G76-28,  GR,  50  ft).  In 
addition  to  A.  aspera,  E.  caldwelli  was  taken  with  four  other  chaenopsid  species 
(table  22),  but  none  of  the  species  of  Emblemaria  were  taken  together.  Emblemaria 
caldwelli  shares  highest  affinity  (GMI)  values  with  Lucayablennius  zingaro  and 
Paraclinus  infrons. 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  71  specimens  from  17  collections.  BELIZE:  CBC, 
89303  (4),  89313  (7),  89335  (7);  GR,  71118  (3),  71135  (1),  71137  (3),  71140  (1),  71152 
(2),  77560  (7),  77561  (4),  77563  (3),  77564  +  80414  (16),  82519  (1),  86069  (1),  86070 
(2);  LR,  77562  (1),  77589  (8). 

(44)  Emblemaria  hyltoni  Johnson  &  Greenfield,  1976  (fig.  4) 

This  species  was  described  from  five  (20.4  to  22.9)  male  specimens  taken  off 
Dixon  Cove,  Isla  Roatan,  Honduras  (Johnson  &  Greenfield,  1976).  One  addi- 
tional specimen,  a  female  (FMNH  84349,  23.1  mm  SL),  was  taken  with  the  type 
series  but  was  not  discovered  until  the  entire  collection  was  sorted  (the  males 
were  preserved  separately  in  the  field)  some  months  later,  too  late  for  inclusion 
in  the  original  description.  Because  species  of  Emblemaria  typically  exhibit 
marked  sexual  dimorphism,  we  present  an  abbreviated  description  of  the  only 
known  female  specimen  of  E.  hyltoni. 

Meristic  characters. — Total  dorsal-fin  elements  36  (XXI,  15);  total  anal-fin  ele- 
ments 24  (II,  22);  pectoral-fin  rays  14;  pelvic- fin  rays  2. 

Morphometric  characters. — Standard  length  23.1  mm.  Values  expressed  as 
thousandths  of  the  SL.  Head  length  281.  Head  depth  160.  Head  width  139. 
Upper  jaw  length  109.  Eye  diameter  (fleshy  orbit)  70.  Snout  length  56.  Interorbi- 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  59 

tal  width  (bony)  20.  Predorsal  length  195.  Preanal  length  515.  Caudal  peduncle 
depth  75.  Caudal  peduncle  length  78.  Pectoral  length  143.  Pelvic  length  294. 
Length  of  first  dorsal-fin  spine  745.  Length  of  second  dorsal-fin  spine  299. 
Length  of  last  dorsal-fin  spine  70.  Length  of  first  soft-ray  of  dorsal  fin  100. 
Length  of  orbital  cirrus  58.  Length  of  nasal  cirrus  28. 

Description. — First  three  dorsal-fin  spines  in  female  identical  in  configuration 
with  that  described  for  males  (Johnson  &  Greenfield,  1976).  Remainder  of  spin- 
ous and  soft  dorsal-fin  elements  somewhat  shorter  in  female,  e.g.,  length  of  last 
dorsal-fin  spine  70  vs.  84  to  101  (all  values  for  male  specimens  from  Johnson  & 
Greenfield,  1976),  length  of  first  soft  ray  of  dorsal  fin  100  vs.  100  to  114. 

Pores. — Mandibular  4.  Preopercular  5.  Posttemporal  4.  Supratemporal  3.  In- 
fraorbital 6.  Supraorbital  2.  Commissural  1.  Anterofrontal  1.  Nasal  1.  All  counts 
are  for  each  side  except  for  dorsomedial  supratemporal  and  commissural  series. 
Angle  between  supratemporal  pores  89°. 

Color  in  alcohol. — Body  of  female  mostly  lacking  pigmentation  (fig.  4),  melano- 
phores  on  body  limited  to  the  following  areas:  epaxial  area  of  body  just  beneath 
anterior  one-half  of  spinous  dorsal-fin  base,  a  few  scattered  melanophores  on 
pectoral-  and  pelvic-fin  bases,  scattered  melanophores  at  bases  of  some  dorsal- 
and  anal-fin  elements,  scattered  melanophores  on  belly  and  adjacent  to  vent. 
First  three  dorsal-fin  spines  pigmented  as  in  males,  remaining  rays  and  mem- 
branes of  all  fins  unpigmented.  Pigmentation  best  developed  on  snout  and 
especially  on  lips,  with  scattered  melanophores  on  occiput,  cheeks,  and  gill 
covers.  Isthmus  and  branchiostegal  membranes  unpigmented. 

Sexual  dimorphism. — Stephens  (1963,  p.  169)  notes  that  the  genus  Emblemaria  is 
characterized  by  a  high  degree  of  sexual  dimorphism.  This  dimorphism  is  said  to 
be  most  evident  in  the  high  sail-like  dorsal  fin  of  males  vs.  the  typically  low 
dorsal  of  females.  Males  also  usually  have  longer  jaws,  longer  pelvic  fins,  longer 
orbital  cirri,  and  wider  interorbitals  than  females.  In  £.  hyltoni  the  most  evident 
sexually  dimorphic  character  is  the  relative  lack  of  pigmentation  in  the  female  vs. 
the  strong  development  of  pigmentation  in  the  males.  It  should  be  noted  that  the 
female  specimen  is  the  largest  known  individual  of  £.  hyltoni.  The  configuration 
of  the  first  three  dorsal-fin  spines  is  the  same  in  both  the  female  and  male 
specimens,  but  the  remainder  of  the  hard  and  soft  dorsal-fin  elements  are 
somewhat  shorter  in  the  female.  There  is  some  evidence  for  sexual  dimorphism 
in  the  following  morphometric  characters  [values  for  the  female  given  first  fol- 
lowed by  the  range  of  values  for  the  five  (20.4  to  22.9  mm)  males]:  upper  jaw 
length,  109  vs.  127  to  135;  orbital  cirrus  length,  58  vs.  77  to  115;  interorbital 
width,  20  vs.  26  to  28;  nasal  cirrus  length,  28  vs.  51  to  61;  preanal  distance,  515 
vs.  462  to  483;  length  of  last  dorsal-fin  spine,  70  vs.  84  to  101.  No  sexual  di- 
morphism is  evident  in  length  of  the  first  dorsal-fin  spine,  745  vs.  676  to  751; 
length  of  the  second  dorsal-fin  spine,  299  vs.  284  to  367;  length  of  the  longest 
pelvic-fin  ray,  294  vs.  267  to  306;  or  in  any  of  the  other  morphometric  characters 
measured. 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  six  specimens  from  one  collection.  HON- 
DURAS: IR,  all  specimens  from  FMNH  75-15  (45  to  60  ft;  mistakenly  reported  as 
30.5  m  in  Johnson  &  Greenfield,  1976)  on  the  vertical  coral  face  of  the  dropoff 
(HI)  just  outside  the  entrance  to  Dixon  Cove,  CAS  33511  (1),  FMNH  80412  (1), 
FMNH  80413  (1),  FMNH  84349  (1),  UMMZ  200207  (1),  USNM  214839  (1). 


3 

-t 

00 

X 

z 

1 

1 


60 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  61 

(45)  Emblemaria  pandionis  Evermann  &  Marsh,  1900 

This  species  is  known  from  the  Bahamas,  Florida,  Greater  and  Lesser  Antilles, 
Venezuela,  Colombia,  Gulf  of  Mexico  (Florida,  Texas),  and  Central  America, 
including  Belize  (Stephens,  1970;  Palacio,  1974;  Smith,  1976). 

Color  in  life. — Taken  from  a  35-mm  Kodachrome  of  a  mature  male,  FMNH 
86071.  Head  black,  with  iridescent  blue  spots  on  both  jaws,  ventral  surface  of 
head,  and  lower  portions  of  gill  membranes.  Iris  red.  Body  brownish,  grading 
from  dark  brown  anteriorly  to  tan  centrally  and  then  to  a  very  light  tan  at 
caudal-fin  base;  scattered  iridescent  blue  spots  present  along  midline  of  body. 
Prepectoral-fin  area  brown;  an  iridescent  blue  line  running  along  bases  of  fin 
rays,  remainder  of  rays  and  membranes  clear.  Caudal-fin  membranes  and  fin 
rays  clear,  fin  rays  crossed  with  five  or  six  tan  bars.  Anterior  half  of  anal  fin 
black,  posterior  half  clear,  with  slight  dusky  areas  on  distal  half  of  fin  rays  and 
membranes.  Anterior  elevated  portion  of  dorsal  fin  black;  posterior  portion 
mostly  clear,  tan  along  fin  base  and  three  or  four  light  tan  bars  across  each 
element.  Pelvic  fins  black. 

The  color  pattern  of  females  in  life  is  as  given  by  Stephens  (1963)  for  color  in 
alcohol,  with  the  body  white  and  the  markings  brown. 

Ecological  data. — Emblemaria  pandionis  was  taken  only  at  Glovers  Reef  and  only 
in  three  collections,  in  depths  ranging  from  6  to  15  ft.  Emblemaria  pandionis  has 
been  observed  at  Glovers  Reef  on  numerous  occasions.  This  species  is  found  at 
Glovers  Reef  only  in  a  very  specific  habitat,  viz.,  in  empty  worm  or  clam  holes,  in 
broken  pieces  of  coral,  in  channel  areas  between  patch  reefs,  in  the  lagoon,  and 
often  in  channels  in  the  reef  where  water  enters  the  lagoon.  Aggregations  of  E. 
pandionis  are  usually  in  areas  of  strong  current.  This  species  was  taken  only  in 
Class  II  stations.  The  spectacular  display  of  this  species  has  been  reported  by 
Wickler  (1967). 

Material  examined.  — A  total  of  25  specimens  from  four  collections.  BELIZE:  GR, 
39827  (1),  71136  (16),  82527  (2),  86071  (6). 

Emblemariopsis  Longley,  1927 

The  genus  Emblemariopsis  contains  eight  species,  all  limited  to  the  western 
Atlantic.  The  most  recent  revision  of  Emblemariopsis  is  that  of  Stephens,  1970. 
One  additional  western  Atlantic  species  has  been  described  subsequently 
(Greenfield,  1975). 

Four  of  the  eight  described  species  of  Emblemariopsis  occur  off  the  Central 
American  coast,  of  which  three  are  represented  in  our  collections  from  Belize 
and  Honduras.  The  following  species  are  not  represented  in  our  collections:  E. 
bahamensis  Stephens,  1961  (Bahamas,  Lesser  Antilles,  Grand  Cayman  Island, 
and  Albuquerque  Cays  off  Nicaragua);  E.  bottomei  Stephens,  1961  (Venezuela); 
E.  diaphana  Longley,  1927  (Florida);  E.  occidentalis  Stephens,  1970  (Bahamas, 
Lesser  Antilles);  E.  randalli  Cervigon,  1965  (Venezuela)  (distributional  records 
from  Birdsong  &  Emery,  1968;  Stephens,  1970). 

(46)  Emblemariopsis  leptocirris  Stephens,  1970 

This  species  has  been  reported  from  the  Bahamas,  Puerto  Rico,  Virgin  Islands, 
Antigua,  and  Grand  Cayman  Island  (Stephens,  1970).  This  constitutes  the  first 
record  for  Belize  and  Honduras  and  a  significant  range  extension  for  the  species. 


62  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

We  assign  the  seven  specimens  reported  here  to  E.  leptocirris  on  the  basis  of 
the  following  characters:  orbital  cirrus  present,  none  of  the  anteriormost  dorsal- 
fin  spines  notably  elongate,  third  dorsal-fin  spine  not  notably  shorter  than  the 
first  two,  dorsal  fin  not  incised  between  second  and  fifth  spines,  anterior  dorsal 
fin  evenly  covered  with  pigment  to  distal  margin,  vomerine  teeth  numbering 
about  six,  in  one  patch.  Stephens'  (1970)  explanation  of  how  he  determined 
cephalic  laterosensory  pore  counts  is  inadequate,  and  we  have  not  attempted  to 
duplicate  his  methods  in  making  pore  counts  for  the  western  Caribbean  speci- 
mens. Values  for  meristic  characters  follow,  based  on  five  intact  specimens 
(84577,  14.1;  86177,  19.0;  86179,  15.0;  89417,  16.9;  89418,  17.5)  with  values  pre- 
sented in  that  order.  Dorsal  fin:  total  elements,  31,  33,  32,  33,  32;  spines,  20,  20, 
21,  20, 19;  segmented  rays,  11, 13, 11, 13, 13.  Anal  fin:  spines,  2  (all);  segmented 
rays,  20,  22,  21,  22,  20.  Pectoral-fin  rays,  14,  13, 13, 13,  14. 

Ecological  data. — We  have  taken  E.  leptocirris  on  six  occasions  over  a  broad 
vertical  range,  from  three  stations  in  less  than  5  ft  to  three  stations  at  depths 
exceeding  40  ft  (two  of  the  three  at  depths  exceeding  60  ft).  Stephens  (1970)  does 
not  give  depth  of  capture  information  for  the  type  series.  In  Belize  E.  leptocirris 
was  taken  only  in  reef -front  dropoff  zones  (HI)  or  patch  reefs  (H3)  at  the  Barrier 
Reef  (CBC)  and  Glovers  Reef.  In  Honduras  E.  leptocirris  is  known  only  from  two 
specimens  from  one  station  at  the  Hog  Islands  (F75-41,  0  to  5  ft,  H4).  Emble- 
mariopsis  leptocirris  was  taken  with  E.  pricei  and  E.  signifera  (table  22). 

Material  examined. — Seven  specimens  from  six  collections.  HONDURAS:  CC, 
84577  (2).  BELIZE:  CBC,  89417  (1),  89418  (1);  GR,  86177  (1),  86178  (1),  86179  (1). 

(47)  Emblemariopsis  pricei  Greenfield,  1975 

This  species  was  described  from  two  (26.0  to  27.0)  male  specimens  taken  in 
about  4  ft  of  water  on  a  patch  reef  at  Glovers  Reef  near  Long  Cay  (Greenfield, 
1975).  Subsequent  to  the  description  of  E.  pricei,  we  have  taken  eight  additional 
specimens  (17.0  to  26.1)  in  six  collections.  Five  of  these  were  collected  at  the  type 
locality  at  Glovers  Reef,  Belize,  two  were  taken  at  the  Barrier  Reef  (CBC),  and 
one  specimen  was  collected  at  Big  Hog  Island,  Honduras.  Additional  informa- 
tion on  meristic  and  morphometric  characters  is  presented  in  the  form  of  ranges 
and  means  for  measurements  and  frequencies  for  counts  and  includes  values  for 
the  two  type  specimens.  The  discovery  of  two  color  morphs  necessitates  presen- 
tation of  an  expanded  color  description. 

Description.—  Total  dorsal-fin  elements:  33  (3),  34  (6),  35  (1),  XX,  13  (1),  XX,  14 
(1),  XXI,  12  (2),  XXI,  13  (5),  XXI,  14  (1);  anal-fin  elements,  II,  22  (6),  II,  23  (4); 
pectoral-fin  rays,  14  (10);  vertebrae,  39  (8);  head  length,  211-259  (236);  head 
depth,  119-151  (123);  head  width,  115-135  (123);  upper  jaw  length,  103-129  (115); 
orbital  length,  42-66  (56);  snout  length,  27-44  (37);  interorbital  width,  23-28  (26); 
predorsal-fin  length,  123-180  (155);  preanal-fin  length,  379-415  (400);  caudal 
peduncle  depth,  70-86  (77);  caudal  peduncle  length,  78-89  (84);  pectoral-fin 
length,  146-227  (188);  pelvic-fin  length,  88-173  (132);  1st  dorsal-fin  spine  length, 
54-85  (72);  longest  dorsal-fin  spine,  80-118  (106);  terminal  dorsal-fin  spine,  54-85 
(65);  1st  dorsal-fin  soft  ray,  78-105  (93). 

Color  in  life  (dark  morph). — Taken  from  a  35-mm  Kodachrome  of  FMNH  86181. 
Head  black;  dorsal  surface  of  body  along  dorsal-fin  base  black  from  nape  pos- 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  63 

teriorly  to  sixth  dorsal-fin  spine;  black  gradually  grades  into  grey  from  sixth 
dorsal-fin  spine  posteriorly  to  fifteenth  dorsal-fin  spine;  pectoral  fins  black,  dis- 
tal portions  of  lower  fin  rays  cream;  pelvic  fins  black  basally  and  cream  distally; 
dorsal-fin  spines  and  membranes  black  from  first  to  eighth  spine,  posteriorly 
grading  into  grey  to  first  soft  ray;  soft  dorsal-fin  membranes  clear,  fin  rays  clear 
with  three  or  four  regularly  spaced  reddish  brown  bands;  anal-fin  spines  and 
connecting  membranes  black,  membranes  between  first  five  soft  anal-fin  rays 
grey,  remainder  clear,  fin  rays  clear  with  regularly  spaced  reddish  brown  bands; 
caudal  fin  clear;  body  translucent  yellowish  cream,  nine  or  ten  reddish  brown 
pigment  patches  visible  internally  along  vertebral  column,  interspaced  with 
yellowish  cream  areas,  reddish  brown  pigment  also  visible  along  neural  and 
haemal  spines  in  pigmented  area  of  vertebral  column  and  on  alternating  proxi- 
mal radials  of  anal  and  dorsal  fins. 

Color  in  life  (light  morph). — Taken  from  a  35-mm  Kodachrome  of  FMNH  86182. 
Head  and  body  virtually  transparent,  internal  structures  clearly  visible;  head 
with  reddish  brown  triangular-shaped  bar  extending  from  ventral  portion  of 
orbit  posteriorly  along  upper  margin  of  maxillary  (also  transparent);  another 
reddish  brown  area  under  anteroventral  portion  of  orbit  extends  ventrally  across 
both  lips;  a  series  of  very  small  bluish  white  iridescent  spots  on  side  of  head,  one 
spot  between  the  two  reddish  brown  areas  and  remainder  posterior  to  orbit 
across  preopercle  and  opercle;  the  small  black  spots  on  side  of  head  as  in  color  in 
alcohol;  red  gill  membranes  show  through  opercle;  nine  reddish  brown  pigment 
patches  visible  internally  along  vertebral  column,  interspaced  with  transparent 
areas;  reddish  brown  pigment  also  present  along  every  other  neural  and  haemal 
spine  in  the  pigmented  areas  of  vertebral  column  radials  of  fins  alternate  with 
pigmented  neural  and  haemal  spines.  Spines  and  soft  rays  of  dorsal  and  anal 
fins  clear  with  three  or  four  regularly  spaced  reddish  brown  bands.  Pectoral, 
pelvic,  and  caudal  fins  clear. 

Color  in  alcohol. — FMNH  86182  (light  morph),  Figure  5.  Head  white  with  the 
following  black  markings:  triangular-shaped  bar  extending  from  ventral  portion 
of  orbit  posteriorly  along  upper  margin  of  maxillary,  widest  under  eye;  interorbi- 
tal,  snout,  anterior  portions  of  lips  and  chin  with  a  light  peppering  of 
melanophores;  a  single  black  spot  slightly  less  than  one-fourth  pupil  diameter 
posterior  to  orbit  at  level  of  dorsal  margin  of  pupil,  surrounded  by  a  ring  of 
smaller  spots;  scattered  black  spots  on  nape,  preopercle,  and  opercle;  a  distinct 
black  spot  (about  same  size  as  postorbital  spot)  at  junction  of  preopercle  and 
opercle  at  the  level  of  ventral  margin  of  orbit.  Body  white,  lacking  pigmentation, 
except  for  one  or  two  small  black  spots  on  pectoral-fin  base.  Pectoral,  pelvic,  and 
caudal  fins  clear.  Anal  fin  clear  except  for  a  few  faint  brown  areas  on  some  fin 
rays.  Dorsal  fin  clear  except  for  a  few  faint  brown  areas  on  some  fin  rays  and  a 
few  scattered  small  black  spots  on  fin  membranes  between  first  five  spines. 

Color  morphs.  — Emblemariopsis  pricei  occurs  in  two  color  morphs  (fig.  5),  dark 
and  light.  Individuals  collected  from  holes  in  living  coral  all  have  black  heads 
and  dark  bodies,  whereas  those  collected  outside  of  holes,  resting  on  or  swim- 
ming over  the  coral,  are  all  virtually  transparent.  The  paler  color  morph  was 
discovered,  incidentally,  while  attempting  to  collect  a  dark  morph  from  a  hole  in 
a  large  head  of  Montastrea,  using  quinaldine,  at  a  depth  of  100  ft  at  Glovers  Reef. 
Two  small,  transparent  fishes  were  observed  actively  swimming  along  the  sur- 


64 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  65 

face  of  the  coral  head  and  darting  around  the  entrance  to  the  hole.  One  of  the 
transparent  fishes  was  collected  with  quinaldine  and  was  later  identified  as 
£.  pricei. 

All  of  the  known  specimens  of  the  dark  morph  are  males.  Examination  of  the 
two  light  morphs  revealed  that,  in  contrast  to  our  expectations,  these  specimens 
were  also  males  with  well-developed  genital  papillae.  This  unusual  situation 
may  correlate  with  the  acquisition  of  a  hole  by  males.  Individuals  that  inhabit 
holes  have  jet-black  heads,  in  sharp  contrast  to  the  background  of  living  coral  in 
which  they  live.  This  distinctive  coloration  may  be  related  to  aggressive  territo- 
rial display  toward  other  males,  attracting  females  to  holes,  or  both.  The  nonter- 
ritorial  males  with  their  transparent  bodies  are  very  cryptic.  Males  with  black 
heads  would  be  conspicuous  and  thus  vulnerable  to  predation  if  resting  in  the 
open  on  top  of  a  coral  head.  It  seems  likely  that  the  dark  coloration  is  not 
attained  until  an  individual  is  able  to  establish  itself  in  a  hole. 

Ecological  data. — Emblemariopsis  pricei  is  apparently  eurybathic  over  the  depth 
range  represented  by  our  samples.  This  species  has  been  taken  in  less  than  4  ft 
and  as  deep  as  100  ft.  The  common  factor  in  all  six  stations  is  the  presence  of 
richly  developed  extensive  coral  formations  (table  23;  the  one  station  labeled  H9 
is  F75-51,  a  very  broad  station  in  the  Hog  Islands  in  which  both  rock  and  coral 
formations  were  sampled).  At  Glovers  Reef  £.  pricei  was  taken  twice  in  living 
Acropora  palmata  (in  depths  of  2  to  4  ft)  and  twice  in  living  Montastrea 
(at  depths  of  50  to  100  ft).  Emblemariopsis  pricei  was  taken  with  E.  leptocirrus 
(table  22). 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  10  specimens  from  seven  collections.  HON- 
DURAS: CC,  84580  (1).  BELIZE:  CBC,  89419  (1),  89420  (1);  GR,  77481  +  77482  (2) 
(holotype  and  paratype),  86180  (2),  86181  (2),  86182  (1). 

(48)  Emblemariopsis  signifera  (Ginsburg,  1942) 

This  species  is  known  from  the  Bahamas,  Lesser  Antilles,  near  Rio  de  Janeiro 
(Brazil),  Curacao,  Colombia,  and  Grand  Cayman  Island  (Stephens,  1970;  Nagel- 
kerken,  1974;  Palacio,  1974).  This  constitutes  the  first  record  for  Belize  and  Hon- 
duras and  a  significant  range  extension  for  the  species. 

Ecological  data. — We  have  taken  E.  signifera  on  five  occasions,  and  in  each 
collection  only  one  specimen  was  present.  Three  of  the  four  records  from  Belize 
[those  from  CBC  (2),  GR  (1)]  are  from  60  to  80  ft  in  the  reef-front  dropoff  zone 
(HI).  The  fourth  record  from  Belize  (BRG)  is  from  a  station  in  less  than  6  ft  on  the 
reef  crest  (H2).  The  one  record  from  Honduras  (CC,  50  ft,  HI)  is  from  a  deep- 
water  richly  developed  coral  formation  at  Northwest  Cay.  Emblemariopsis  signif- 
era was  taken  with  E.  leptocirris  and  shares  highest  affinity  (GMI)  values  with 
Lucayablennius  zingaro  (table  22). 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  five  specimens  from  five  collections.  HON- 
DURAS: CC,  84579  (1).  BELIZE:  BRB,  86072  (1);  CBC,  89421  (1),  89422  (1);  GR, 
86073  (1). 

Hemiemblemaria  Longley  &  Hildebrand,  1940 
The  genus  Hemiemblemaria  is  monotypic. 


66  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

(49)  Hemiemblemaria  simulus  Longley  &  Hildebrand,  1940 

This  species  has  been  reported  from  Florida  and  the  Bahamas  (Stephens,  1963; 
Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968).  This  constitutes  the  first  record  for  Belize  and  Hon- 
duras and  a  significant  range  extension  for  the  species. 

Hemiemblemaria  simulus  has  been  taken  twice  in  Honduras  at  the  Hog  Islands 
and  once  at  Tom  Owens  Cay  on  the  Barrier  Reef  in  Belize.  Uncatalogued  collec- 
tions at  UMML  were  from  two  locations  on  the  Barrier  Reef  in  Belize.  All  collec- 
tions are  from  depths  of  less  than  10  ft  and  were  from  areas  of  coral  rubble  and 
scattered  isolated  heads  of  living  coral. 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  five  specimens  from  three  collections.  HON- 
DURAS: CC,  84359  (3),  84544  (1).  BELIZE:  BRT,  86171  (1).  Additional  Belize 
material  examined:  UMML,  uncatalogued  material  collected  by  P.  Colin: 
Queen's  Cay,  26  Oct.  1972  (1);  Tobacco  Reef,  28  Oct.  1972  (2). 

Lucayablennius  Bohlke,  1957 
The  genus  Lucayablennius  is  monotypic. 

(50)  Lucayablennius  zingaro  Bohlke,  1957 

This  species  has  been  reported  from  the  Bahamas,  Jamaica,  Colombia,  and  the 
western  Caribbean,  including  Belize  and  Panama  (Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968; 
Greenfield,  1972;  Colin  &  Gomon,  1973;  Palacio,  1974).  This  constitutes  the  first 
record  for  Honduras. 

Ecological  data. — Lucayablennius  zingaro  is  a  deep-water  species.  We  have  taken 
it  only  in  distinct  reef-front  dropoff  zones  in  areas  of  rich  coral  development 
(HI).  All  specimens  were  taken  at  depths  exceeding  45  ft  and  at  depths  as  great 
as  80  to  110  ft,  the  limit  of  our  sampling  efforts.  Lucayablennius  zingaro  was 
observed  at  depths  of  70  m  off  Belize  and  106  m  off  Jamaica  by  Colin  (1974).  A 
majority  of  records  (14  of  24  records)  and  specimens  (49  of  78)  are  from  Glovers 
Reef.  Other  Belize  specimens  are  from  the  Barrier  Reef  (CBC)  and  Lighthouse 
Reef  (LR).  In  Honduras  L.  zingaro  was  taken  only  at  the  two  deepest  stations, 
FMNH  75-15  (IR,  45  to  60  ft)  and  FMNH  75-48  (CC,  50  ft).  Lucayablennius  zingaro 
was  taken  only  with  chaenopsid  species  that  occur  in  deep  water,  viz.,  Acan- 
themblemaria  aspera  (1  station),  Emblemaria  caldwelli  (12  stations),  E.  hyltoni  (1 
station),  Emblemariopsis  leptocirris  (1  station),  and  E.  signifera  (4  stations)  (table 
22).  Lucayablennius  zingaro  shares  highest  affinity  (GMI)  values  with  Enneanectes 
atrorus  and  Emblemaria  caldwelli. 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  78  specimens  from  24  collections.  HONDURAS: 
CC,  84542  (2);  IR,  84541  (5).  BELIZE:  CBC,  89302  (3),  89312  (4),  89326  (1),  89333 
(2),  89358  (3),  89360  (2);  GR,  70823  (3),  70824  (4),  70825  (3),  70826  (11),  70827  (6), 
70828  (1),  71008  (2),  71119  (1),  71141  (2),  71153  (3),  77567  (2),  86076  (4),  86077  (2), 
86176  (5);  LR,  77565  (2),  77566  (5). 

BLENNIIDAE 

Of  the  four  families  of  tropical  western  Atlantic  blennioid  fishes  treated  in 
this  paper,  the  Blenniidae  is  unquestionably  in  greatest  need  of  thorough  review 
and  revision.  We  have  not  attempted  to  compile  figures  on  the  total  number  of 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  67 

Table  24.  Co-occurrence  of  blenniid  species.  Values  in  upper  half  of  matrix  (whole 
numbers)  are  actual  number  of  records  (number  of  stations)  of  co-occurrence  (based  on  all 
stations).  Values  in  lower  half  of  matrix  are  calculated  GMI  values  (based  on  Class  I 
stations  only). 

Co-occurring  species 


Species 

NT 

N, 

51 

52 

53 

54 

55 

56 

57 

51.  E.  nigricans 

52.  H.  aequipinnis 

53.  H.  springeri 

54.  L.  dispar 

55.  0.  atlanticus 

21 
3 

7 
4 

20 
3 
5 
4 

0 

.29 

0 

0 

0 
0 

4 
0 

0 

0 
0 
0 

14 
1 

5 
0 

0 
1 
0 
0 

5 
1 
3 
0 

macclurei 

30 

30 

.48 

.01 

.32 

0 

— 

0 

6 

56.  P.  marmoreus 

1 

1 

0 

.29 

0 

0 

0 

— 

0 

57.  S.  cristata 

7 

7 

.31 

.03 

.32 

0 

.32 

0 

— 

Listing  of  species 
only). 

sharing  highest  GMI  values  with  blenniid  species 

(five  highest  v, 

dues 

51.  E.  nigricans 

52.  H.  aequipinnis 

53.  H.  springeri 

54.  L.  dispar 

55.  0.  atlanticus 

9  (.53),    7  (.51),    4  (.49),  35  (.49),  37  (.49) 

56  (.29),  11  (.04),  57  (.03),    8  (.02),  14  (.02) 

57  (.32),  55  (.32),  49  (.29),  51  (.29),  37  (.29) 
Not  taken  with  any  other  blennioid  species 

macclurei 

56.  P.  marmoreus 

57.  S.  cristata 

37  (.64), 

52  (.29), 

8  (.54), 

4  (.62), 
6  (.53), 

15  (.57), 
12  (.46), 

35  (.55), 
21  (.37), 

51  (.48) 

-(-) 
27  (.37) 

NT  =  total  number  of  stations;  N  =  number  of  Class  I  stations. 

either  species  or  genera  in  the  tropical  western  Atlantic  for  this  family.  Names 
used  in  this  paper  are  in  accord  with  the  available  literature  (Jordan  &  Ever- 
mann,  1898;  Meek  &  Hildebrand,  1928;  Norman,  1943;  Tavolga,  1954;  Springer, 
1967,  1968;  Springer  &  Smith-Vaniz,  1970;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968;  Randall, 
1968;  Dawson,  1970;  Bath,  1977).  Co-occurrence  data  for  blenniid  species  is 
presented  in  Table  24. 

Entomacrodus  Gill,  1859 

There  are  four  species  of  Entomacrodus  in  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  but  only  E. 
nigricans  is  known  to  occur  in  the  Caribbean  Atlantic  area  (Springer,  1967, 1972). 

(51)  Entomacrodus  nigricans  Gill,  1859 

This  species  is  known  from  Bermuda,  the  Bahamas,  Florida,  Greater  and 
Lesser  Antilles,  Venezuela,  Curacao,  Colombia,  and  Central  America,  including 
Belize,  Costa  Rica,  Nicaragua,  Panama,  and  Yucatan  (Rubinoff  &  Rubinoff,  1962; 
Caldwell,  1963;  Caldwell  &  Caldwell,  1964;  Cervigon,  1966;  Springer,  1967; 
Birdsong  &  Emery,  1968;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968;  Mago,  1970;  Nagelkerken, 
1974).  This  constitutes  the  first  record  for  Honduras. 

Ecological  data. — Entomacrodus  nigricans  was  taken  in  only  one  station  in  which 
sampling  extended  deeper  than  10  ft  (F75-45,  2  to  18  ft,  H2),  and  the  vast 
majority  of  records  (16  of  21)  and  specimens  (308  of  367)  are  from  less  than  5  ft. 
Entomacrodus  nigricans  was  taken  in  a  variety  of  shallow-water  habitats  (table  25). 
Nearly  half  of  the  records  (10  of  21)  were  in  shallow  fringing  reefs  or  reef  crest 
(H2)  areas  (including  stations  at  CC,  IR,  BRT,  CBC,  GR,  LR).  A  large  majority  of 


G 

c 

(8 

C 

tn 

ID 

s- 

s 

o> 

XI 

c 

E 

$ 

3 

01 

>- 

C 

Oh 

01 

o 

1-. 

c 

'VI 

JC 

o 
•n 

* 

O    <N  00    t-i  rH 


I       I 


o  £ 

■£  * 
>^  o 

o  c 
Si  to 


TO 


TO    >  2 


3 

s  8 

0>  TO 

i-c  dj 


x; 


u  in 

-  B 


IA>     TO 

111 

a,  .  6 

:S  ^  .h 

c  .3 
c   <->  "to 
J2i  C  2 

-s  g  I 

O    "3    01 
u   3   i 

oi  -a  p 

5-5  5 
^•S-i 

*OT3 

°  a "? 

•X3    O  ,C 

sis 

W    OB 

P  5 

u  ex, 


■>*   CM     rH  CO 


co  cr>  -^f  m 


CO      rH  rH 

B        9 


I    I 


H  N    CO00    t-xON    ^  ON    ON    N  tn 
i  rH     CO   K  CO 


CO 


IT) 
•** 

5 

01 

■  2? 

a 

e 

en 

'C 

«X5 


•43  3 


5-      JS 


s-6 


s? 


68 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  69 

the  total  specimens  (88%  of  367)  came  from  reef  crest  pools  (H6)  at  Glovers  Reef 
or  from  shallow,  rocky  areas  (H4)  at  the  Hog  Islands  (including  one  exception- 
ally broad  station,  F75-51,  in  which  both  rock  and  coral  reefs  were  sampled).  In 
the  Bahamas,  according  to  Bohlke  &  Chaplin  (1968,  p.  563),  E.  nigricans 
".  .  .  lives  in  tide  pools,  on  rocky  slopes,  and  in  locations  where  there  are 
boulders  on  the  bottom."  All  but  one  of  the  records  for  this  species  from  Glovers 
Reef  are  from  tide  pool  areas. 

At  Long  Cay,  Glovers  Reef,  we  have  observed  E.  nigricans  at  night  (9:30  PM) 
resting  in  small  depressions  in  pieces  of  coral  rubble  along  the  shore,  which  were 
completely  out  of  the  water.  Their  bodies  were  only  partly  covered  with  water, 
and  respiratory  movements  were  very  rapid.  Stomach  analyses  of  these  indi- 
viduals showed  that  they  were  not  feeding. 

Entomacrodus  nigricans  has  been  taken  with  three  other  blenniid  species  (table 
24),  but  a  number  of  these  records  of  co-occurrence  may  reflect  a  basic  artifact  of 
our  sampling  method  (it  is  still  the  only  practical  method),  viz.,  the  inclusion  of 
many  species  in  one  sample  which  may  differ  greatly  in  microhabitats.  For 
example,  E.  nigricans  has  been  taken  seven  times  in  Belize  at  H2  stations  at  which 
Ophioblennius  atlanticus  macclurei  was  also  taken.  All  of  these  stations  were  rela- 
tively broad,  ranging  from  close  to  the  shoreline  out  into  slightly  deeper  water 
(less  than  5  ft  maximum  depth,  except  for  one  station  extending  to  15  ft 
maximum  depth).  At  Glovers  Reef,  O.  a.  macclurei  appears  to  replace  E.  nigricans 
in  the  deeper  water  areas  of  the  wave-swept  shore,  away  from  the  intertidal 
area.  Thus  the  relatively  high  calculated  affinity  value  (GMI  =  0.480)  shared  by 
these  two  species  may  in  part  reflect  the  scale  over  which  our  samples  were 
taken.  Entomacrodus  nigricans  shares  highest  affinity  (GMI)  values  with  Malacoc- 
tenus  aurolineatus  and  Labrisomus  nigricinctus  (table  24). 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  367  specimens  from  21  collections.  HON- 
DURAS: CC,  84556  (82),  84557  (44),  84558  (1),  84559  (5),  84560  (22),  84561  (38), 
84562  (16);  IR,  84555  (12).  BELIZE:  BRT,  86172  (5);  CBC,  89282  (7),  89323  (3), 
89344  (5),  89377  (35);  GR,  77529  (14),  77574  (1),  77576  (9),  77801  +  89423  (14), 
86074  (1),  86075  (83);  LR,  77573  (1),  77575  (1).  Additional  Belize  material:  CBC, 
JWC-18  (1);  LR,  UMML  9981. 

Hypleurochilus  Gill  1861 

The  most  recent  partial  revisions  of  Hypleurochilus  are  those  of  Randall  (1966) 
and  Bath  (1977).  According  to  Bath  there  are  seven  species  of  Hypleurochilus,  four 
of  which  occur  in  the  Caribbean  Atlantic  area.  Two  of  these  four  species  are 
unknown  from  the  western  Caribbean:  H.  geminatus  Wood  (South  Atlantic  and 
Gulf  coasts  of  the  United  States,  a  complex  consisting  of  more  than  one  species 
according  to  Randall)  and  H.  bermudensis  Beebe  &  TeeVan  (Bermuda,  the 
Bahamas,  Florida;  records  from  Jordan  &  Evermann,  1898;  Randall,  1966;  Bohlke 
&  Chaplin,  1968).  The  two  species  remaining,  H.  aequipinnis  (Gunther)  and  H. 
springeri  Randall,  are  represented  in  our  collections  from  Belize  and  Honduras. 

(52)  Hypleurochilus  aequipinnis  (Gunther,  1861) 

This  species  was  described  from  one  specimen  taken  in  west  Africa.  In  the 
western  Atlantic  H.  aequipinnis  is  known  from  the  Bahamas,  Florida,  Greater  and 
Lesser  Antilles,  Venezuela,  and  Central  America,  including  Guatemala  and 


70  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

Yucatan  (Cervigon,  1966;  Randall,  1966;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968;  Mago,  1970; 
Bath,  1977).  This  constitutes  the  first  record  for  Belize  and  Honduras. 

Ecological  data. — Hypleurochilus  aequipinnis  has  been  collected  by  us  once  in 
Belize  (G74-14,  FC)  in  mangrove  roots  (H9)  at  a  cay  inside  of  the  Barrier  Reef, 
once  in  a  mangrove  channel  (H9)  at  Roatan,  and  once  on  a  pier  piling  (H8)  at 
Trujillo,  Honduras.  All  three  stations  were  at  depths  of  3  to  10  ft.  In  Belize  H. 
aequipinnis  was  taken  with  Parablennius  marmoreus  (at  FC)  and  in  Honduras  was 
taken  with  Scartella  cristata  and  Ophioblennius  atlanticus  macclurei  at  Trujillo. 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  18  specimens  from  three  collections.  HON- 
DURAS: IR,  84569  (2);  mainland:  main  pier  at  Trujillo,  84570  (13).  BELIZE:  FC, 
86170  (3). 

(53)  Hypleurochilus  springeri  Randall,  1966 

This  species  is  known  from  the  Bahamas,  Florida,  Greater  and  Lesser  Antilles, 
Venezuela,  Curacao,  Grand  Cayman  Island,  and  Central  America,  including 
Albuquerque  Cay  off  Nicaragua  (Randall,  1966;  Birdsong  &  Emery,  1968;  Bohlke 
&  Chaplin,  1968;  Mago,  1970;  Nagelkerken,  1974).  This  constitutes  the  first  re- 
cord for  Belize  and  Honduras. 

Ecological  data. — We  have  taken  H.  springeri  on  seven  occasions  at  stations  in 
which  sampling  extended  (maximally)  to  15  ft.  Although  the  Honduras  collec- 
tions, all  rotenone  stations,  suggest  co-occurrence  with  three  other  blenniid 
species  (table  24),  this  may  in  part  reflect  the  scale  of  sampling  (see  discussion 
under  Entomacrodus  nigricans).  In  two  of  the  four  Belize  records,  stations  in  which 
sampling  was  done  using  quinaldine,  specimens  of  H.  springeri  were  found  only 
on  the  upper  portions  of  living  trees  of  Acropora  palmata.  Only  in  the  Belize 
collections  in  which  rotenone  was  used  (CBC,  G  78-13;  GR,  G  73-50)  were  two 
additional  blenniid  species  taken — Entomacrodus  nigricans  and  Ophioblennius 
atlanticus  macclurei.  Bohlke  &  Chaplin  (1968,  p.  568)  describe  the  habitat  of  H. 
springeri  as  follows:  "All  known  specimens  are  from  water  less  than  10  ft  deep, 
most  from  rocky  bottom  along  a  sandy  shoreline,  in  clear  water  that  is  relatively 
calm."  Except  for  the  sandy  shoreline,  this  sentence,  as  far  as  it  goes,  could 
describe  the  H4  stations  in  Honduras  at  which  H.  springeri  was  taken.  In  Belize 
H.  springeri  was  taken  at  the  Barrier  Reef  (CBC)  and  Glovers  Reef.  In  Honduras 
H.  springeri  was  taken  at  the  Hog  Islands.  Hypleurochilus  springeri  shares  highest 
affinity  (GMI)  values  with  Scartella  cristata  and  Ophioblennius  atlanticus  macclurei. 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  nine  specimens  from  seven  collections.  HON- 
DURAS: CC,  84571  (2),  84572  (1),  84573  (1).  BELIZE:  CBC,  89386  (1);  GR,  86167 
(1),  86168  (2),  86169  (1). 

Lupinoblennius  Herre,  1942 

According  to  Bath  (1977)  the  genus  Lupinoblennius  contains  two  species: 
L.  nicholsi  (Tavolga,  1954)  (known  from  Florida  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  at 
Tamaulipas,  Mexico)  and  L.  dispar. 

(54)  Lupinoblennius  dispar  Herre,  1942 

This  species  is  known  from  Jamaica,  Antigua,  Trinidad,  and  Central  America, 
including  Guatemala,  Nicaragua,  Panama,  and  Yucatan.  In  Panama  L.  dispar  has 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  71 

also  been  taken  in  the  Miraflores  Third  Lock,  Panama  Canal,  Pacific  side  (records 
from  Dawson,  1970).  This  constitutes  the  first  record  for  Belize  and  Honduras 
and  is  an  addition  to  Miller's  (1966, 1976)  lists  of  the  freshwater  fishes  of  Central 
America. 

Ecological  data. — Lupinoblennius  dispar  is  the  only  species  of  blennioid  fish  taken 
by  us  that  was  not  taken  with  any  other  blennioid  species.  All  collections  of  L. 
dispar  are  from  the  mainland  (H8),  from  shallow  water  (less  than  4  ft),  and  from 
low  salinity  areas.  The  specimen  taken  at  Gales  Point  (86080)  was  taken  in 
freshwater. 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  19  specimens  from  four  collections.  HON- 
DURAS: mainland:  Brus  Lagoon,  Cannon  Island,  84550  (7).  BELIZE:  mainland: 
beach  at  St.  John's  College,  Belize  City,  86079  (5);  mangrove  shore  just  outside 
entrance  to  boat  canal  at  St.  John's  College,  Belize  City,  89412  (6);  southern 
lagoon  at  Gales  Point,  86080  (1). 

Ophioblennius  Gill,  1860 

The  genus  Ophioblennius  contains  two  species,  each  represented  by  two  sub- 
species (Springer,  1962).  In  the  eastern  Pacific  are  O.  steindachneri  steindachneri 
Jordan  &  Evermann,  1896  (widespread  in  eastern  Pacific,  California  to  Peru)  and 
O.  s.  clippertonensis  Springer,  1962  (Clipperton  Island).  In  the  Atlantic  are  O. 
atlanticus  atlanticus  (Valenciennes,  1836)  (eastern  Atlantic  and  Brazil)  and  O.  a. 
macclurei  (Silvester,  1915)  (widespread  in  Caribbean  Atlantic  area). 

(55)  Ophioblennius  atlanticus  macclurei  (Silvester,  1915) 

This  subspecies  is  known  from  Bermuda,  the  Bahamas,  North  Carolina,  Geor- 
gia, Florida,  Greater  and  Lesser  Antilles,  Venezuela,  Curacao,  and  Central 
America,  including  Belize,  Costa  Rica,  Nicaragua,  Panama,  and  off  Yucatan 
(Rubinoff  &  Rubinoff,  1962;  Springer,  1962;  Caldwell,  1963;  Cervigon,  1966; 
Birdsong  &  Emery,  1968;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968;  Mago,  1970;  Nagelkerken, 
1974).  This  constitutes  the  first  record  for  Honduras.  All  specimens  counted 
(N  =  15)  in  our  western  Caribbean  material  agree  with  Springer's  (1962)  values 
for  O.  a.  macclurei  in  having  31  or  32  total  dorsal-fin  elements  and  22  or  23  total 
anal-fin  elements. 

Ecological  data. — We  have  taken  Ophioblennius  atlanticus  macclurei  in  stations  in 
which  sampling  extended  to  20  ft,  but  the  great  majority  of  records  (28  of  30)  and 
specimens  (338  of  377)  are  from  stations  in  less  than  15  ft,  and  21  of  30  records  are 
from  stations  in  less  than  6  ft.  Ophioblennius  atlanticus  macclurei  was  taken  in  a 
variety  of  shallow- water  habitats  (table  25).  In  Belize  a  majority  of  records  (12  of 
21)  are  from  rich  shallow  wave-swept  coral  reef  sites  (H2).  Two  habitats,  H2  and 
H4,  accounted  for  94%  of  the  377  specimens  taken  (includes  the  two  exception- 
ally broad  stations  at  the  Hog  Islands,  F  75-47  and  F  75-51).  Although  rep- 
resented by  more  specimens  in  our  collections  than  any  other  blennioid  species 
(table  1),  abundance  figures  for  O.  a.  macclurei  are  underestimates  in  that  in  a 
number  of  cases  not  all  of  the  individuals  killed  at  a  particular  rotenone  station 
were  collected  (the  collectors  were  greatly  limited  by  time  and  manpower,  and 
thus  "rare"  species  may  well  be  overrepresented  in  terms  of  abundance  figures). 
A  detailed  description  of  the  habitat  preferences  and  territorial  behavior  of  O.  a. 


72  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

macclurei  is  provided  by  Nursall  (1977).  We  have  taken  O.  a.  macclurei  in  Belize  at 
cays  inside  the  Barrier  Reef  (BC,  FC,  SC,  TC),  at  Barrier  Reef  sites  (BRG,  BRT, 
CBC),  and  at  the  atolls  (GR,  LR).  In  Honduras  we  have  taken  this  species  at  the 
Hog  Islands  and  on  the  mainland  (pier  at  Trujillo).  Ophioblennius  atlanticus 
macclurei  was  taken  with  four  other  blenniid  species  (table  24)  and  shares  highest 
affinity  (GMI)  values  with  Enneanectes  pectoralis  and  Labrisomus  guppyi. 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  377  specimens  from  30  collections.  HON- 
DURAS: CC,  84351  (65),  84352  (9),  84353  (3),  84354  (27),  84355  (4),  84356  (12), 
84357  (3),  84358  (19);  mainland:  main  pier  at  Trujillo,  84350  (1).  BELIZE:  BC, 
86159  (2);  BRG,  86078  (32),  86163  +  86175  (2);  BRT,  86162  (16);  CBC,  89287  (23), 
89310  (7),  89324  (7),  89352  (34),  89367  (2),  89383  (1),  89397  (28);  FC,  86173  (2);  GR, 
77530  (2),  77531  (1),  77532  (1),  77578  (15),  77579  (18);  LR,  77577  (2),  77802  (36);  SC, 
86161  (1);  TC,  86160  (2).  Additional  Belize  material  examined:  CBC,  JWC-11  (1); 
LR,  UMML  9557;  SWC,  JWC-9  (1),  JWC-24  (4). 

Parablennius  Riberio,  1915 

According  to  Bath  (1977),  the  genus  Parablennius  contains  nine  species,  only 
one  of  which,  P.  marmoreus,  occurs  in  the  Caribbean  Atlantic  area. 

(56)  Parablennius  marmoreus  (Poey,  1875) 

This  species4  has  been  reported  from  the  Bahamas,  Florida,  Greater  and  Les- 
ser Antilles,  Trinidad,  Venezuela,  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  It  has  also  been 
reported  from  the  east  coast  of  the  United  States  as  far  north  as  New  York 
(Cervigon,  1966;  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968;  Randall,  1968;  Mago,  1970;  Smith, 
1976;  Bath,  1977).  This  is  apparently  the  first  record  of  this  species  for  Belize  and 
for  the  western  Caribbean. 

Ecological  data. — Our  single  specimen  of  P.  marmoreus  was  taken  at  French- 
man's Cay  (Belize)  in  less  than  7  ft  of  water  in  an  area  of  mangrove  roots 
(covered  with  an  attached  fauna  of  sponges  and  tunicates)  and  a  soft  mud 
bottom  (H9).  Three  specimens  of  Hypleurochilus  aequipinnis  were  taken  at  the 
same  station  (G  74-14). 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  one  specimen  from  one  collection.  BELIZE:  FC, 
86165  (1). 

Scartella  Jordan,  1886 

According  to  Bath  (1977)  there  are  four  (possibly  five)  species  assignable  to  the 
genus  Scartella,  of  which  only  one,  S.  cristata,  occurs  in  the  western  Atlantic. 

(57)  Scartella  cristata  (Linnaeus,  1758) 

This  species  is  known  from  both  sides  of  the  Atlantic.  In  the  western  Atlantic  it 
is  known  from  Bermuda,  the  Bahamas,  Florida,  Greater  and  Lesser  Antilles,  and 
south  to  Brazil,  Venezuela,  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  (Pinto,  1954;  Cervigon,  1966; 
Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968;  Randall,  1968;  Mago,  1970).  It  has  been  reported  from 
Catelonia  Bay,  Panama  (Breder,  reported  in  Meek  &  Hildebrand,  1928).  This  is 
apparently  the  first  record  for  Belize  and  Honduras. 

4C.  R.  Gilbert  (personal  communication)  has  informed  us  of  the  likelihood  that  more 
than  one  species  is  currently  subsumed  under  this  name. 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  73 

Ecological  data. — All  of  our  records  for  S.  cristata  are  from  less  than  10  ft  of 
water,  and  five  of  seven  records  are  from  less  than  5  ft  of  water.  We  have 
collected  S.  cristata  on  only  one  occasion  in  Belize  [SC,  G  74-16  (1)]  in  an  area  of 
coral  rubble  and  algae  (H5).  We  have  collected  S.  cristata  on  five  occasions  at  the 
Hog  Islands  (table  25)  in  areas  of  coral  rubble  and  rock  with  or  without  adjacent 
scattered  heads  of  live  coral  (H4,  and  H9  in  the  case  of  F  75-51,  an  exceptionally 
broad  station).  Scartella  cristata  was  also  taken  from  a  pier  piling  at  Trujillo  on  the 
mainland  (H8).  Scartella  cristata  was  taken  with  four  other  blenniid  species:  En- 
tomacrodus  nigricans  (CC  only),  Hypleurochilus  aeauipinnis  (Trujillo  pier  only),  H. 
springeri  (CC  only),  and  Ophioblennius  atlanticus  macclurei  (CC,  SC)  (table  24). 
Scartella  cristata  shares  highest  affinity  (GMI)  values  with  Labrisomus  nuchipinnis 
and  L.  kalisherae. 

Material  examined. — A  total  of  33  specimens  from  seven  collections.  HON- 
DURAS: CC,  84564  (11),  84565  (4),  84566  (3),  84567  (1),  84568  (10);  mainland: 
main  pier  at  Trujillo,  84563  (3).  BELIZE:  SC,  86166  (1). 

DISCUSSION 

We  have  attempted  to  elucidate  and  study  certain  general  patterns  in  the 
distribution  of  the  57  blennioid  species  we  have  collected  in  Belize  and  Hon- 
duras. We  were  particularly  interested  in  (1)  comparisons  between  localities 
directed  toward  quantifying  observed  inshore  to  offshore  changes  in  the  com- 
position of  blennioid  species  assemblages  and  in  species  richness,  (2)  determin- 
ing the  composition  of  groups  of  blennioid  fishes  that  commonly  co-occurred  in 
our  samples,  (3)  examining  locality  data  for  possible  environmental  correlates  of 
the  distribution  of  the  groups  recognized,  and  (4)  examining  the  composition  of 
the  blennioid  fauna  of  Belize  and  Honduras  in  terms  of  supposed  broadscale 
distribution  patterns  of  tropical  western  Atlantic  shorefish  species. 

Comparisons  Between  Localities 

Unevenness  of  sampling  effort  and  especially  the  paucity  of  collections  at 
inshore  sites  forced  us  to  pool  data  prior  to  attempting  comparisons  between 
localities.  We  chose  to  group  the  18  specific  collecting  sites  (table  3)  at  which  we 
captured  blennioid  species  into  six  "general"  localities,  two  in  Honduras — (A) 
Hog  Islands  and  (B)  Roatan;  one  shared  by  Belize  and  Honduras — (C)  mainland 
localities;  and  three  in  Belize — (D)  cays  inside  of  the  Belize  Barrier  Reef,  (E) 
Belize  Barrier  Reef  sites,  and  (F)  atolls.  We  refer  to  localities  C  and  D  as  "in- 
shore" localities;  localities  A,  B,  E,  F  as  "offshore"  localities.  We  have  compiled 
species  lists  (based  on  all  127  stations)  for  each  of  the  six  general  localities  and 
determined  the  number  of  species  shared  for  each  of  the  15  possible  pairwise 
comparisons  (table  26).  These  data  allow  computation  of  similarity  coefficients 
(SI)  for  each  of  the  pairwise  comparisons,  and  values  for  the  Jaccard  Coefficient 
(table  26)  are  presented  in  rank  order  in  Table  27. 

Three  of  the  general  localities,  (A)  Hog  Islands,  (E)  Belize  Barrier  Reef  sites, 
and  (F)  atolls,  stand  out  (tables  3,  26)  in  sharing  three  attributes:  (1)  the  greatest 
total  number  of  species  (respectively,  38,  38,  39)  were  taken  at  these  three 
localities,  (2)  the  greatest  proportion  of  sampling  effort  (107  of  127  stations)  was 
expended  at  these  three  localities,  and  (3)  the  three  highest  totals  for  number  of 
shared  species  and  three  largest  shared  SI  values  are  represented  in  the  three 


74 


FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 


Table  26.  Similarity  between  various  localities  in  Belize  and  Honduras  based  on  num- 
bers of  shared  species.  Each  "general  locality"  indicated  includes  the  same  specific  sam- 
pling sites  listed  in  Table  3,  except  that  results  for  the  Hog  Islands  and  Roatan  are  given 
separately.  The  upper  half  of  the  matrix  indicates  number  of  shared  species  for  each  pair  of 
localities.  The  lower  half  of  the  matrix  gives  calculated  SI  values  for  each  pair  (based  on 
Jaccard  Coefficient,  see  text  for  additional  explanation). 


Locality 

N 

Locality 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

A. 

Honduras:  Hog  Ids. 

38 

A 

— 

19 

4 

13 

30 

B. 

Honduras:  Roatan 

25 

B 

.43 

— 

3 

10 

19 

C. 

Belize  and  Honduras: 
mainland  localities 

7 

C 

.10 

.10 

_ 

5 

2 

D. 

Belize:  cays  inside 
of  Barrier  Reef 

16 

D 

.32 

.32 

.28 

_ 

10 

E. 

Belize:  sites  on 
Barrier  Reef 

38 

E 

.65 

.43 

.05 

.23 

_ 

F. 

Belize:  atolls 

39 

F 

.54 

.46 

.05 

.22 

.71 

N  =  total  number  of  species  taken  (based  on  all  stations). 


Table  27.  Correspondence  between  calculated  SI  values  for  gen- 
eral localities  in  Belize  and  Honduras  and  the  total  number  of 
stations  occupied  at  each  pair  of  localities.  Localities  are  those  de- 
fined in  Table  26.  The  total  number  of  stations  (NST)  is  the 
summed  total  number  of  stations  at  each  member  of  a  pair  of 
localities. 


Calculated 

Total  number 

SI  values 

of  stations 

icalities 

SI 

Rank 

NST 

Rank 

E-F 

.711 

1 

96 

1 

A-E 

.652 

2 

38 

6 

A-F 

.540 

3 

80 

2 

B-F 

.455 

4 

77 

3 

A-B 

.432 

5.5 

19 

10 

B-E 

.432 

5.5 

35 

7 

B-D 

.323 

7 

13 

14 

A-D 

.317 

8 

16 

12 

C-D 

.278 

9 

12 

15 

D-E 

.227 

10 

32 

9 

D-F 

.222 

11 

74 

5 

B-C 

.103 

12 

15 

13 

A-C 

.098 

13 

18 

11 

C-E 

.047 

14 

34 

8 

C-F 

.045 

15 

76 

4 

SI  vs.  NST,  Tau15  =  0.267,  .10  <  p  <  .20. 


possible  comparisons  between  these  localities  (tables  26,  27).  These  facts  might 
imply  that  SI  values  calculated  in  pairwise  comparisons  may  directly  reflect 
sampling  effort.  Given  the  unevenness  of  sampling  effort  represented  in  our 
data,  this  result  would  not  be  surprising  but  neither  would  it  be  of  any  biological 
interest.  We  tested  for  a  direct  relationship  between  SI  values  and  sampling 
effort  (measured  by  number  of  stations)  over  the  15  pairwise  comparisons  (table 
27).  The  resulting  tau  value  (Kendall's  rank-correlation  coefficient,  corrected  for 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  75 

ties,  see  Tate  &  Clelland,  1957)  is  not  statistically  significant,  Tau15  =  +  0.267,  .10 
<  p  <  .20.  We  use  this  result  to  justify,  with  hesitation,  further  discussion. 

There  appears  to  be  an  inshore  to  offshore  gradient  in  SI  values,  with  the 
mainland  locality  clearly  the  most  distinctive  (fig.  6).  The  mainland  locality  (C) 
shares  a  moderately  high  SI  value  (0.278)  only  with  locality  (D)  cays  inside  of  the 
Belize  Barrier  Reef  and  shares  very  low  SI  values  with  the  other  localities  (tables 
26,  27).  If  these  results  are  not  explainable  solely  in  terms  of  differences  in 
sampling  effort  at  different  localities,  two  additional  explanations  come  to  mind: 
(1)  that  the  inshore  to  offshore  gradient  in  SI  values  reflects  an  inshore  to 
offshore  gradient  in  species  richness  (total  number  of  blennioid  species  present), 
and  (2)  that  the  inshore  to  offshore  gradient  reflects  changes  in  the  species  of 
blennioid  fishes  present  at  the  different  localities. 

Both  explanations  are  probably  true.  There  is  no  doubt  that  many  more 
species  of  blennioid  fishes  occur  at  the  offshore,  insular  localities  than  occur  at 
the  inshore,  continental  localities  we  have  sampled  in  Belize  and  Honduras.  We 
are  certain  that  additional  sampling  at  the  Hog  Islands  and  at  Roatan  would 
increase  the  SI  values  shared  by  each  with  each  other  and  with  the  offshore 
localities  in  Belize  (e.g.,  there  was  only  one  station  each  at  the  Hog  Islands  and  at 
Roatan  in  which  sampling  extended  to  depths  greater  than  20  ft).  We  greatly 
doubt,  however,  that  additional  sampling  would  substantially  increase  the  SI 
values  shared  by  the  mainland  and  offshore  localities.  This  is  particularly  true  for 
Belize  where  the  entire  mainland  coast  is  fringed  by  mangrove  swamps. 

In  addition  to  the  apparent  inshore  to  offshore  gradient  in  species  richness 
there  is  also  some  evidence  for  changes  in  species  actually  present  along  the 
inshore  to  offshore  axis.  For  example,  despite  the  great  expenditure  of  sampling 
effort  at  offshore  (Barrier  Reef  +  atolls)  sites  in  Belize  (76%  of  all  stations,  91%  of 
all  Belize  stations),  seven  species  taken  at  mainland  sites  and/or  sites  at  cays 
behind  the  Barrier  Reef  were  never  taken  at  Barrier  Reef  sites  or  at  the  atolls.  The 
seven  species  are  as  follows:  (6)  Labrisomus  kalisherae,  (11)  Malacoctenus  delalandei, 
(18)  Paraclinus  fasciatus,  (52)  Hypleurochilus  aequipinnis,  (54)  Lupinoblennius  dispar, 
(56)  Parablennius  marmoreus,  and  (57)  Scartella  cristata.  Were  it  not  for  one  record 
(and  one  specimen)  from  the  Barrier  Reef  at  BRG,  (27)  Starksia  occidentalis  would 
be  a  member  of  this  group.  All  of  these  species  (except  Parablennius  marmoreus, 
represented  in  our  collections  by  a  single  specimen)  were  also  taken  at  Roatan  or 
the  Hog  Islands  or  both.  Lupinoblennius  dispar  is  unique  among  the  57  species 
reported  in  this  paper  in  that  it  was  taken  only  at  mainland  localities  and  only  in 
brackish  water  or  freshwater. 

These  results  support  our  belief  that  part  of  the  inshore  to  offshore  gradient  in 
SI  values  is  related  to  changes  in  blennioid  species  actually  occurring  at  different 
sites  along  the  inshore  to  offshore  axis.  This  would  be  in  general  agreement  with 
discussions  of  the  continental  vs.  insular  shorefish  faunas  provided  by  Gilbert  & 
Kelso  (1971),  Robins  (1972),  and  Gilbert  (1973). 

Part  of  the  explanation  for  the  trend  in  species  richness  and  for  changes  in  the 
composition  of  blennioid  assemblages  along  the  inshore  to  offshore  axis  might 
relate  to  differences  in  diversity  of  available  habitats  along  the  inshore  to 
offshore  axis.  Unfortunately,  given  the  distribution  of  sampling  effort  rep- 
resented in  our  collections  (table  4),  any  attempt  to  test  this  suggestion  will 
depend  on  our  opportunity  to  considerably  broaden  our  collection  base,  par- 
ticularly at  inshore  sites. 


HI 


m 


o 


CM 
10 
CO 


10 
10 


CO 
CM 
CO 


CO 

CM 


^ 


o 
o 


o 
o 

(O 


o 
o 
10 


CO 


o 

o 


o 
o 

CO 


o 
H  o 

CM 


s 


T3UJ- 


76 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  77 

Recurrent  Group  Analysis 

Our  usage  of  recurrent  group  analysis  had  two  purposes:  (1)  to  determine  the 
composition  of  groups  of  blennioid  fishes  that  commonly  co-occurred  in  our 
samples,  and  (2)  to  provide  a  basis  for  examination  of  locality  data  for  those 
stations  at  which  a  large  proportion  of  the  members  of  a  recurrent  group  were 
taken  to  determine  possible  environmental  features  (site,  depth,  substrate,  etc.) 
associated  with  the  distribution  of  the  groups  formed  by  the  analysis.  In  at- 
tempting to  determine  groups  of  "associated"  blennioid  fishes  in  Belize  and 
Honduras,  i.e.,  groups  of  species  "commonly"  taken  together  in  the  same  sta- 
tion, we  had  to  choose  between  using  presence  and  absence  data  or  abundance 
data  (number  of  individuals/station,  either  absolute  or  by  rank)  or  both.  Much  of 
the  recent  work  on  fish  associations  in  which  attempts  have  been  made  to 
determine  the  composition  of  groups  of  associated  species  (or  species  similar  in 
habitat  requirements)  have  depended  on  the  use  of  abundance  data  (representa- 
tive examples:  Clarke,  1977;  Ebeling  et  al.,  1970;  Echelle  &  Schnell,  1976;  Smith  & 
Powell,  1971).  There  is  enormous  potential  for  bias  on  a  station-to-station  basis 
in  broadcast  ichthyocide  collecting,  and  possible  (in  fact  likely)  bias  in  our  data 
was  compounded  because  the  initial  purpose  of  collecting  efforts  in  Belize  was 
faunistic  rather  than  ecological  (resulting  in,  among  other  things,  the  likelihood 
of  under-representation  of  "common"  species  in  our  samples).  For  these  reasons 
we  felt  that  the  use  of  a  grouping  strategy  based  on  presence  and  absence  data 
was  likely  to  be  more  reliable  in  the  present  study.  Our  use  of  abundance  data  in 
a  subsequent  section  of  this  discussion  is  on  a  pooled-sample  basis  rather  than 
on  a  station-to-station  basis. 

The  recurrent  group  method  (Fager,  1957;  Fager  &  McGowan,  1963;  Fager  & 
Longhurst,  1968;  Hayes,  1978)  is  based  on  presence  and  absence  data.  It  has  the 
advantage  of  being  definable  and  repeatable.  The  groups  formed  contain  the 
largest  possible  number  of  species,  all  members  of  which  share  a  minimum 
(pre-established  and  arbitrary)  level  of  "affinity"  (GMI  value  in  the  case  of  this 
paper).  The  basic  datum  for  the  recurrent  group  method  is  the  presence  or 
absence  of  a  particular  species  at  a  particular  station.  Thus  the  method  has  the 
disadvantage  of  being  severely  influenced  by  the  method(s)  of  sampling  em- 
ployed, the  distribution  of  sampling  effort  (among  collecting  sites,  depth  zones, 
habitat  categories,  etc.),  the  dichotomous  index  of  affinity  chosen  (here  the 
GMI),  and  the  pre-established  minimum  index  value  chosen  as  the  breakpoint 
for  testing  affinity.  Note  that  disadvantages  relating  to  sampling  technique  and 
distribution  of  sampling  effort  apply  to  any  grouping  strategy  chosen.  Although 
Fager  (1957)  discusses  analytical  techniques  for  studying  co-occurrence  based  on 
numbers  of  individuals  taken,  these  techniques,  in  recurrent  group  analysis,  are 
based  on  the  results  of  the  analysis  and  not  the  reverse. 

Recurrent  group  analyses  were  performed  for  data  based  on  Glovers  Reef 
samples  only,  Belize  samples  only,  and  Belize  and  Honduras  samples.  Only 
Class  I  stations  were  included  in  the  analysis.  We  report  on  results  for  runs  at 
three  pre-established  affinity  levels  (GMI  =  0.500,  GMI  =  0.400,  GMI  =  0.300) 
but  discuss  in  detail  only  those  groups  formed  at  GMI  =  0.300.  Recurrent  groups 
formed  at  GMI  =  0.300  are  indicated  in  Figures  7,  8,  and  9.  Recurrent  groups 
formed  at  higher  pre-established  affinity  levels  are  listed  in  Table  28. 

Recurrent  groups  based  on  Belize  and  Honduras  data. — At  GMI  =  0.300  it  is  possi- 
ble to  form  four  recurrent  groups  (fig.  7)  with  a  total  of  23  species  (plus  two 


78 


FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 


GROUP 


3,  4,  7 
9,  15,  35 
37,  51,  55 


GROUP  II 


26   34 
43   50 


a/ 

b 

\e 

\     d 

e\ 

A 

GROUP  III 


22,  39,  HI 


GROUP  V 


6,  8 
21,  27,  57 


Fig.  7.  The  composition  of  recurrent  groups  of  blennioid  species  from  Belize  and  Hon- 
duras, based  on  all  Class  I  stations  (N  =  104).  Small  satellite  circles  indicate  associates  (see 
text  for  additional  explanation).  Lines  linking  the  groups  (large  circles)  show  intergroup 
connections  with  level  of  connection  (keyed  to  letters  as  listed  below)  indicated  by  ratio  of 
observed  species-pair  connections  (at  or  above  GMI  —  0.300)  to  the  maximum  possible 
number  of  such  connections:  a  =  0/36,  b  =  20/45,  c  =  7/27,  d  =  0/12,  e  =  0/20,  and  f  =  0/15. 

associated5  species)  based  on  the  104  Class  I  stations  at  which  blennioid  fishes 
were  taken  in  Belize  and  Honduras. 

Group  I 

Members:  (3)  Labrisomus  gobio,  (4)  L.  guppyi,  (7)  L.  nigricinctus;  (9)  Malacoctenus 
aurolineatus,  (15)  M.  triangulatus;  (35)  Ennecmectes  boehlkei,  (37)  E.  pectoralis;  (51) 
Entomacrodus  nigricans;  (55)  Ophioblennius  atlanticus  macclurei. 

Associated  species:  (28)  Starksia  sluiteri. 

All  nine  members  of  Group  I  were  taken  at  three  stations  [CBC  (2),  GR  (1)],  all 
in  shallow  water  (less  than  15  ft).  Only  one  habitat  category  was  represented 
(H2).  Six,  seven,  or  eight  members  of  Group  I  were  taken  at  12  additional 
stations  [BRG  (2),  BRT  (1),  CBC  (1),  LR  (2),  CC  (5),  IR  (1)],  all  in  shallow  water 
(less  than  18  ft,  11  of  12  stations  in  less  than  10  ft).  Four  habitat  categories  were 


5Species  associated  with  a  recurrent  group  exhibit  affinity  (established  by  GMI  value) 
exclusively  with  some  (not  all)  members  of  that  group. 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES 


79 


Fig.  8.  The  composition  of  recurrent  groups  of  blennioid  fishes  based  on  Belize  data  only 
(number  of  Class  I  stations  =  83).  Other  symbols  as  in  Figure  7.  Key  to  intergroup  connec- 
tions: a  =  0/36,  b  =  7/27,  c  =  9/27,  d  =  0/12,  e  =  0/12,  and  f  =  0/9. 

represented  [H2  (7),  H3  (1),  H4  (3),  H9  (1)].  The  station  (F  75-51)  classed  H9  was 
at  the  Hog  Islands  in  an  area  with  substrates  corresponding  to  H2  and  H4  habitat 
categories  well-represented. 

At  the  affinity  level  GMI  =  0.500,  most  of  the  members  of  Group  I  formed  one 
of  two  groups  labeled  (table  28)  Group  I-A  and  Group  I-B.  Three  or  more 
members  of  Group  I-A  occurred  at  28  stations,  all  in  shallow  water  (less  than  20 
ft,  23  of  28  in  less  than  10  ft),  with  most  records  (22  of  28)  from  stations  classed 
H2  (15)  or  H3  (7).  Two  or  more  members  of  Group  I-B  occurred  at  14  stations,  all 
in  shallow  water  (less  than  18  ft,  12  of  14  in  less  than  10  ft),  with  most  records  (9 
of  14)  from  stations  classed  H2.  As  a  group,  Group  I-B  was  never  taken  in  patch 
reef  (H3)  habitats. 

At  the  affinity  level  GMI  =  0.400,  all  Group  I  species  except  (3)  Labrisomus  gobio 
form  a  recurrent  group  (table  28). 


Group  II 
Members:  (26)  Starksia  nanodes,  (34)  Enneanectes  atrorus,  (43)  Emblemaria  cald- 
welli,  (50)  Lucayablennius  zingaro. 

Associated  species:  (19)  Paraclinus  infrons. 


80 


FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 


GROUP  I 


1.  15,  35 


GROUP  II 


25,  26,  M 

43,  50 


*/ 

b 

\e 

\      d 

®\ 

A 

GROUP  III 


5   22 
33   39 


GROUP  IV 


2,  13,  51 


Fig.  9.  The  composition  of  recurrent  groups  of  blennioid  fishes  based  on  Glovers  Reef 
data  only  (number  of  Class  I  stations  =  42).  Other  symbols  as  in  Figure  7.  Key  to  inter- 
group  connections:  a  =  0/15,  b  =  0/9,  c  =  2/12,  d  =  3/20,  e  =  0/15,  and  f  =  0/12. 


All  four  members  of  this  group  were  taken  at  four  stations,  all  at  Glovers  Reef, 
all  at  depths  exceeding  50  ft,  all  in  HI  habitats.  Three  of  the  four  members  of 
Group  I  were  taken  at  eight  additional  stations  [CBC  (2),  GR  (5),  IR  (1)],  all  at 
depths  exceeding  45  ft,  all  in  HI  habitats. 

None  of  the  members  of  Group  II  formed  part  of  a  recurrent  group  at  GMI  = 
0.500.  Three  of  the  four  members  of  Group  II  form  a  recurrent  group  at  GMI  = 
0.400  (table  28). 

Group  III 

Members:  (22)  Starksia  atlantica,  (39)  Acanthemblemaria  greenfieldi,  (41)  A. 
spinosa. 

All  three  members  of  Group  III  were  taken  at  five  stations  [CBC  (3),  GR  (2)],  all 
in  shallow  water  (less  than  15  ft).  Two  habitat  categories  were  represented  [H3 
(4),  H9  (1)].  The  station  (G  78-6)  classed  H9  was  at  Carrie  Bow  Cay  on  and 
behind  (leeward  to)  the  reef  crest,  with  substrates  corresponding  to  H2  and  H3 
habitat  categories  well  represented.  Two  of  the  three  members  of  Group  III  were 
taken  at  10  additional  stations  [CBC  (5),  GR  (5)],  all  in  shallow  water  (less  than  15 
ft).  Two  habitat  categories  were  represented  [H2  (3),  H3  (7)]. 

No  member  of  Group  III  was  part  of  any  group  formed  at  GMI  =  0.500  or  GMI 
=  0.400. 


>> 

<v 

vO 

1 

"8 

E 
c 

Q 

9\ 

U3 

8 

o 

ir. 

— 
II 

Ov 

in 

II 

o 

o 

u  I 

3    0i 
O    > 

in 

t 

« 

M 

(0 

II 

> 
o 

u    0i 

in 

3 

5 

rn 

•g 

c 

3 

0.9 

I-H 

in 

t/5 

< 

J". 
s. 

< 

1 


o.H    <^ 
03    en 


in   in    *;  tj< 


s 


■<*    <N    < 


sr 


■8 


^  i 
oj  x 

i^ 

in 

CO   r-> 

■a 

03 

CD 

in 
CI 

in 

•g 

o 

in 

C  "0 

H    CT> 

x 

rH 

o  e 

<n 

U  a 

"<*    IN 

< 

Ov 

a, 

3 
O 

Im 

60 
O 

2 


o 

E 
(J 


^    > 

O  .2 


81 


82  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

Group  IV 
The  group  of  species  (2,  13,  51)  herein  referred  to  as  Group  IV  formed  a 
recurrent  group  only  when  Honduras  data  were  excluded  from  the  analysis. 
Discussion  of  Group  IV  is  deferred  to  results  for  runs  based  on  Belize  data  only. 

Group  V 

Members:  (6)  Labrisomus  kalisherae,  (8)  L.  nuchipinnis,  (21)  Paraclinus  nigripinnis, 
(27)  Starksia  occidentalis,  (57)  Scartella  cristata. 

All  five  members  of  Group  V  were  taken  at  five  stations  [SC  (1),  CC  (4)],  all  in 
shallow  water  (less  than  10  ft).  Three  habitat  categories  were  represented  [H4 
(3),  H5  (1),  H9  (1)].  The  station  classed  H9  was  at  the  Hog  Islands  in  an  area  with 
substrates  corresponding  to  H2  and  H4  habitat  categories  well  represented. 
Three  or  four  members  of  Group  V  were  taken  at  three  additional  stations  [BC 
(1),  TC  (1),  CC  (1)],  all  in  shallow  water  (less  than  5  ft).  Two  habitat  categories 
were  represented  [H4  (1),  H5  (2)]. 

No  member  of  Group  V  was  part  of  any  recurrent  group  formed  at  GMI  = 
0.500.  At  GMI  =  0.400  four  recurrent  groups  are  possible  [(a)  6,  8,  21;  (b)  6,  8,  57; 
(c)  6,  21,  27;  (d)  8, 13,  21]  of  which  three  (a,  c,  d)  are  equally  acceptable  in  that  in 
each  case  all  three  species  were  taken  at  a  total  of  seven  stations.  Of  the  six 
species  represented  in  these  four  groups,  only  one  species,  (13)  Malacoctenus 
gilli,  is  not  recognized  as  a  member  of  Group  V. 

Recurrent  groups  based  on  Belize  data. — At  GMI  =  0.300,  it  is  possible  to  form 
four  recurrent  groups  (fig.  8)  with  a  total  of  22  species  (plus  two  associated 
species)  based  on  the  83  Class  I  stations  at  which  blennioid  fishes  were  taken  in 
Belize.  Groups  I,  II,  and  III  thus  formed  are  identical  in  composition  with  groups 
based  on  the  total  (Belize  +  Honduras)  data  except  that  species  (51)  Entomacrodus 
nigricans  is  replaced  by  (28)  Starksia  sluiteri  as  a  member  of  Group  I  (cf.  figs.  7,  8). 
Two  equally  acceptable  groups  [(a)  6,  8,  21;  (b)  6,  21,  27]  corresponding  to  Group 
V  (fig.  7)  can  be  formed  from  the  Belize  data.  In  each  case  (a  and  b)  all  three 
species  were  taken  at  three  stations,  the  same  three  stations:  G  74-11,  BC,  0  to  4 
ft,  H5;  G  74-15,  TC,  0  to  3  ft,  H5;  G  74-16,  SC,  0  to  5  ft,  H5. 

Group  IV 

Members:  (2)  Labrisomus  bucciferus,  (13)  Malacoctenus  gilli,  (51)  Entomacrodus 
nigricans. 

All  three  members  of  Group  IV  were  taken  at  six  stations  [Belize  only:  BRT  (1), 
CBC  (1),  GR  (3),  LR  (1)],  all  in  less  than  4  ft  of  water.  Two  habitat  categories  were 
represented  [H2  (3),  H6  (3)].  Two  of  the  three  members  of  Group  IV  were  taken 
at  four  additional  stations  [Belize  only:  CBC  (1),  GR  (3)],  all  in  less  than  4  ft  of 
water.  Four  habitat  categories  were  represented  [H2  (1),  H3  (1),  H6  (1),  H9  (1)]. 
The  station  (G  74-2)  classed  H9  was  at  Glovers  Reef  in  less  than  2  ft  of  water. 
This  station  should  probably  be  classed  H6,  but  complete  habitat  information 
was  not  recorded  by  the  collectors. 

Group  IV  was  formed  only  in  those  runs  in  which  Honduras  data  were 
excluded  (cf.,  figs.  7  vs.  8,  9).  This  group  may  represent  an  artifact,  a  failing  of 
the  methodology,  in  that  species  (51)  Entomacrodus  nigricans  would  join  Group  I 
(as  based  on  Belize  data  only)  were  it  not  for  the  low  affinity  level  (GMI  =  0.299, 
just  below  the  required  0.300)  shared  with  just  one  Group  I  species:  (15) 
Malacoctenus  triangulatus.  The  GMI  value  shared  by  this  pair  is  0.472  for  Belize  + 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  83 

Honduras  data,  and  0.000  for  Glovers  Reef  data  (the  two  were  taken  together  at 
only  one  Glovers  Reef  station).  Because  of  the  apparent  high  association  (relative 
to  sampling  effort)  of  this  group  with  very  shallow  reef-crest  intertidal  or  im- 
mediately subndal  pools  (H6),  we  choose  to  recognize  Group  IV  as  a  separate 
group  for  purposes  of  discussion  in  this  paper. 

Recurrent  groups  based  on  Glovers  Reef  data. — At  GMI  =  0.300,  it  is  possible  to 
form  four  recurrent  groups  (fig.  9)  with  a  total  of  15  species  (plus  one  associated 
species)  based  on  the  42  Class  I  stations  at  which  blennioid  fishes  were  taken  at 
Glovers  Reef. 

Based  on  Glovers  Reef  data  only  three  species  corresponding  to  Group  I 
formed  a  recurrent  group,  viz.,  (4)  Labrisomus  guppyi,  (15)  Malacoctenus  trian- 
gulatus,  (35)  Enneanectes  boehlkei.  Two  or  three  members  of  this  group  were  taken 
at  five  Glovers  Reef  stations,  all  in  less  than  15  ft.  Two  habitat  categories  are 
represented  [H2  (2),  H3  (3)]. 

In  the  run  restricted  to  Glovers  Reef  data  five  species  corresponding  to  Group 
II  formed  a  recurrent  group,  viz.,  (25)  Starksia  lepicoelia,  (26)  S.  nanodes,  (34) 
Enneanectes  atrorus,  (43)  Emblemaria  caldwelli,  (50)  Lucayablennius  zingaro,  with  (19) 
Paraclinus  infrons  as  an  associated  species.  Three  or  more  members  of  this  group 
were  taken  at  a  total  of  11  Glovers  Reef  stations,  all  at  depths  exceeding  50  ft. 
Only  one  habitat  category  (HI)  was  represented. 

Four  species  corresponding  to  Group  III  formed  a  recurrent  group  based  on 
Glovers  Reef  data,  viz.,  (5)  Labrisomus  haitiensis,  (22)  Starksia  atlantica,  (33)  En- 
neanectes altivelis,  (39)  Acanthemblemaria  greenfieldi.  Three  or  four  members  of  this 
group  were  taken  at  a  total  of  seven  Glovers  Reef  stations,  all  at  depths  less  than 
20  ft.  Only  one  habitat  category  (H3)  was  represented. 

Group  IV  as  formed  from  Glovers  Reef  data  (fig.  9)  is  identical  to  Group  IV 
based  on  all  Belize  data  (fig.  8).  All  three  members  of  Group  IV  were  taken  at 
three  Glovers  Reef  stations,  all  in  less  than  4  ft  of  water,  from  stations  repre- 
senting only  one  habitat  category  (H6).  Two  of  the  three  members  of  Group  IV 
were  taken  at  three  additional  Glovers  Reef  stations,  all  in  less  than  4  ft  of  water. 
Three  habitat  categories  were  represented  [H3  (1),  H6  (1),  H9  (1)].  The  station  (G 
74-2)  classed  H9,  in  less  than  2  ft  of  water,  should  probably  be  classed  H6,  but 
complete  habitat  information  was  not  recorded  by  the  collectors. 

Only  two  of  the  five  species  assigned  to  Group  V  (fig.  7)  were  taken  at  Glovers 
Reef — species  8  and  21 — and  neither  species  is  part  of  any  recurrent  group 
formed  on  the  basis  of  Glovers  Reef  data  alone. 

Summary  of  composition  of  recurrent  groups. — Based  on  the  three  sets  of  analyses 
(Belize  +  Honduras,  Belize  only,  Glovers  Reef  only)  we  choose  to  recognize,  for 
purposes  of  further  discussion,  five  groups  of  blennioid  fishes  from  Belize  and 
Honduras: 

Group  I  —8  species  (3,  4,  7,  9,  15,  35,  37,  55) 
Group  II  —4  species  (26,  34,  43,  50) 
Group  III— 3  species  (22,  39,  41) 
Group  IV— 3  species  (2, 13,  51) 
Group  V  —5  species  (6,  8,  21,  27,  57) 

Groups  I,  II,  III,  and  V  are  identical  to  the  foregoing  definition  (fig.  7)  except,  for 
reasons  discussed  elsewhere,  species  (51)  Entomacrodus  nigricans  is  excluded 


84  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

from  Group  I  and  recognized  as  a  member  of  Group  IV.  Group  IV  is  defined  in 
the  two  preceding  sections  (Belize  data  only,  Glovers  Reef  data  only).  We  realize 
that  we  are  departing  from  normal  procedure  in  recognition  of  five  groups  based 
on  three  separate  sets  of  analysis,  but  we  believe  that  distributional  information 
and  analysis  detailed  below  justifies  this  departure.  All  subsequent  discussion  is 
based  on  the  five  groups  as  defined  in  this  paragraph. 

Analyses  based  on  pooled  data. — The  results  of  the  recurrent  group  analysis  are 
summarized  in  Tables  29,  30,  and  31.  Table  29  gives  the  number  of  stations  at 
which  60%  or  more  of  the  members  of  the  indicated  groups  were  taken  with 
respect  to  the  nine  habitat  categories  and  the  six  geographic  localities  defined  in 
Table  26.  None  of  the  groups  occurred  (as  a  group)  at  any  mainland  station,  and 
only  Group  V  was  found  to  occur  as  a  group  at  cays  inside  the  Barrier  Reef.  Each 
group  is  distinctive  in  the  habitat  category  or  categories  at  which  it  was  best 
represented. 

Capture  data  (based  on  Class  I  stations  only)  for  the  23  species  included  in  the 
five  recognized  groups  is  summarized  in  Tables  30  and  31.  In  all  cases  the 
number  of  records  and  proportion  of  individuals  given  is  based  on  all  104  Class  I 
stations,  despite  the  fact  that  Group  IV  was  formed  from  Belize  data  only. 
Justification  for  this  is  provided  by  the  concordance  calculations  discussed 
below. 

One  result  that  stands  out,  especially  in  the  cases  of  Groups  I  and  V  (table  30), 
is  the  remarkable  success  of  our  sampling  efforts  at  the  Hog  Islands.  Relative  to 
effort  expended — Hog  Island  stations  account  for  11  of  104  Class  I  stations — the 
number  of  individuals  of  Group  I  and  Group  V  species  taken  at  the  Hog  Islands 
is  very  large.  The  same  is  true  for  one  or  two  species  included  in  Group  IV. 
Equally  large  were  the  total  number  of  species  (species  richness)  represented  at 
several  Hog  Island  stations.  Of  the  127  collections  on  which  this  paper  is  based, 
only  20  collections  contained  10  or  more  blennioid  species,  and  eight  of  these 
were  at  Hog  Island  stations.  A  total  of  23  blennioid  species  was  taken  at  one  Hog 
Island  station  (F  75-51),  and  totals  of  19  species  each  were  taken  at  two  additional 
Hog  Island  stations.  There  three  stations  are  the  richest  in  terms  of  numbers  of 
species  taken  of  any  of  the  127  stations  in  Belize  and  Honduras  at  which  blen- 
nioid species  were  taken. 

There  are  a  number  of  factors  contributing  to  the  richness  of  the  Hog  Island 
stations:  (1)  all  were  obtained  by  a  field  party  of  up  to  six  persons,  all  with 
extensive  experience  in  collecting  (many  of  the  Belize  collections  were  obtained 
by  a  field  party  of  only  two  persons),  (2)  all  of  the  richest  collections  were  in 
shallow  water  (less  than  20  ft),  allowing  time  to  obtain  very  large  samples,  and 
(3)  the  geography  of  collecting  sites  at  the  Hog  Islands  was  such  that  a  number  of 
Hog  Island  stations  were  in  areas  exhibiting  a  richer  variety  of  habitats  than  at 
any  site  visited  by  us  in  Belize;  e.g.,  at  two  sites  in  the  Hog  Islands  (F  75-47,  F 
75-51),  collecting  ranged  from  rocky  ledges,  cobble,  and  rubble  inshore  to  small 
but  richly  developed  coral  formations  offshore.  This  mixture  of  habitat  types  was 
most  pronounced  at  the  two  stations  listed  but  was  more  or  less  true  for  a 
number  of  other  shallow-water  Hog  Island  stations.  Both  the  Hog  Islands  and 
Roatan  are  "high"  rocky  islands  and  are  without  parallel  in  Belize.  All  of  this 
would  seem  to  contribute  to  a  possible  explanation  for  the  fact  that  a  number  of 
species  taken  together  at  Hog  Island  stations  were  never  taken  together  in  Be- 


'£  '£ 

a.  a. 

re   re 

60  60 
O    O 

&  a* 

C    c  -^ 

re  i;  x 

(fl  re  ** 
o>  *-  c 
•C   a;  •= 

00  ^    ni 

Si     *    C 

re   a. 


.2    }Tr  <n 

5  -^  ro 

SCO, 

052 
~  3* 

01   ^   c 
q,  re   ai 

0)   o   c 
•"    en    (X 

*  6  5b 

»   £   c 

§j=  i 

00      0 
IT'S  * 

Si 

§!§ 

E   O   "2 

C  X    <« 

0  y  — 
re   >   t« 

"ft  «u 

0  ■  c 

v-    C    O 
3   «  s 

C    0)° 

•2  £S 

0.°  re 

re  73  H 

(J   01  c 

<f>  .3 

<3<    _Q      I/) 

fN  ~  re 

Uj     1/5     (fl 
3     01     01 

S  ;.o  ;xj 

Hre  re 
o  5 


4)  >— • 

^  w    in  (N   m   o  00 


3-2 
Z   re 


CO 


3    0)        *J 


O  [i,      C)    Ov     N    N 


^pg    vo  n  00  n 


00 

o 


*       rH 

s 


5* 

60 
G 

re  jn 

"I 

3 

re  SB 

E 


CD 


E 


I    *    I 


I     I 


3 

0 


B     1 

CO 

a  1  1  1  g 

a. 
3 

8   ~ 
O 

"8 

«  S  £  >   P 

85 


c      |~I  cic  I  iG-Ci-c- 


> 

C    (0 


CQ 


"    («    ., 

S  '3    « 

S  3    0i 

v   re  -C 


o 


£  ^"" 
U  §  2 

.    s-    01 

»  U  *5 

<8  3 

S    *   <u 


re 


tfl 


3~  S 

C    ffl'o 
SO  Du5 

3   C  a 

.a  o  c 


re 


to 


K  .H 


«5    3 


eJ 
Ml 

c  P5 

r-1  *— ^  /« 


S 


0) 


gi 


.S    3 

a  5 '5 

O    XT) 

■M      <U     C 

■p  »: 
c  ~  2    • 

.spa  s1? 

C    O  2 


re 


£•8 
as  | 

«3 


111! 

Sfi    en    «  w 

I *^  ^ 

U  3  1!  c 

O    "5    s 

■    C    Oi    o 

S  n  £?  '3 

-J         **  „ 

H    §3    .    (§ 
It,  <N  (J 


Mi     01 

.5  es 
*  in 

re    C 


S       I/! 

re    oi 

31 


fT  fn"  ^"  a^*  fvT  \D  oo 


(NtNinmroi-iro        o    I 


|  rT        r^tinf^"       fx  3"  in  So"  lo 


m        o  <n  in        rifl't 


5"" o? nT t$ <3" oo  tn  ^o        nTin  r^~3"       ct^\o  en        f^f-Tf^-         |  (vTrn    | 


in  nT  5^  In"  So  cn"  oo  £?       S1  |  co^S"       cNTo^in       ^In  in 


m 

1      I^    ON 

\o  i-h  m 

0>  \ON 

1    9> 

(N 

in 

1    CN  rn 

mN^ 

(N  O  O 

1  m 

1    O 

en    |  cn"^ 


I     I 


I     I 


s 


^nfOTfrn 


oo  i—i  oo  i— i  m     i- 


I   I   I  IB      I   I   I   I 


II       IS  I   IB 


I   I   I   I       III       III 


<r>        »orHtnnnNts        t^oot^oo        ono        (N^ro        *ririnn 

Z^N^KinxooN        mn^oN        t^votN        o  in  in        ^  n  m  in  to 
tNi-lfNl-lfn  i-lfOr-lrH 


8  „  s  a  £  > 

"C     an^soMninMn    a^^no  ^  cn  on  r-i  hNnn  fevoooHNN 

«K  nncnm    KNrttm  gMto^  5       hid  5  Ntsm 

£    S  2  S  S  S 

OT    U  U  U  U  <J 


86 


8 


g    ■ 

c 
o 
a 

2 

c 

35 


■a 

(0 

1 

o 

</i 
D. 

3 

o     m 


01 

> 

i 

«: 

2 

1 

& 

IS 

gj 

- 


I 


2 
a. 

6 


N 


I        I 


13 
IS 


- 

PP 

rsl  i—  n 

r^   <N   CM    r-    r^ 

5 

o  o 

r^  i-  r- 

O  O  n 

r-i  n  in  sn 

O  O  (N  i-i  O 

33  I 


S3  I 

m       ^  oo  so 
en        OrH  Tf 


i— i  <N  i-h  n  Ci  <N  fN 


OvOtTf 


13 

18 


•^  m  m  tj<  i-c 


^  ^  rt  fi  ^ 


r*"^  | 


IS 
IS 


n  n  n  Tt  n  n  n 


nT^^"    |  fvTo^f^in  S? 

vC  \D  (N     I   (N  vO  n  m  a~> 

O  »-<  O      I    r((NrlO  o 

So  31  S~  f^  ^  ^  ^  in"  ^ 

^oooNNtr^^  nj 


I  I  I  I S  I  I  I     s*^    3  11       III       lll£ 


I  I 


(N  <N  (N  in 


<«        oSP^pfSQf^t*        t^ootxoo        ono        n*(«j        vcniHnn 

CMi-ifMrirO  rHCDrHrH 


i 
< 


B  ~  a  5  £  > 

Sam^NOMfiinMn     5j  vO  ^  fT>  Q      £j  <N  Os  >-«      ^(Njfrjr-c      fc  vOMrits  N 
g  r<nnin    grjrtf  J    gNnTf    g       r-i  in    g  NNin 


U 


a: 


87 


88  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

lize.  For  example,  Labrisomus  kalisherae  was  taken  with  14  other  blennioid  species 
only  at  Hog  Island  stations  (2,  4,  5,  7,  9, 12,  33,  35,  41,  46,  47,  49,  51,  53— this  list 
does  not  include  species  that  were  only  taken  at  Hog  Island  stations).  A  number 
of  similar  examples  could  be  found. 

Our  purpose  in  conducting  recurrent  group  analysis  was  to  find,  for  the 
blennioid  species  included  in  this  paper,  groups  of  species  commonly  taken 
together,  in  Fager's  (1957)  words,  "...  species  which  very  frequently  form  a  part 
of  each  other's  environment."  Our  unit  of  sampling  is  the  station  or 
collection — a  broadcast  method  that  may  well  result  in  the  grouping  of  species 
that  occupy  strikingly  distinctive  microhabitats.  One  possible  example  of  this  is 
indicated  in  the  discussion  of  (51)  Entomacrodus  nigricans.  Another  seemingly 
good  example  is  the  case  of  (39)  Acanthemblemaria  greenfieldi  and  (41)  A.  spinosa, 
which  with  (22)  Starksia  atlantica  form  Group  III.  Adults  of  the  two  species  of 
Acanthemblemaria  occupy  strikingly  different  (yet  closely  adjacent)  microhabitats 
(Greenfield  &  Greenfield,  in  press)  yet  are  commonly  taken  together  in  the  same 
sample.  Thus,  the  scale  of  sampling  is  relatively  coarse,  and  the  results  must  be 
so  interpreted. 

With  due  knowledge  of  the  coarseness  of  the  groupings  obtained  through  the 
recurrent  group  analysis,  we  were  interested  in  determining  the  level  of  concor- 
dance among  species  belonging  to  a  recurrent  group  with  respect  to  captures 
tabulated  by  geographic  localities  and  habitat  categories.  We  follow  Fager  (1957) 
and  Fager  &  McGowan  (1963)  in  using  numbers  of  individuals  taken  in  deter- 
mining this  concordance;  however,  the  uneven  distribution  of  sampling  effort 
(tables  3,  4)  as  well  as  biases  inherent  in  our  sampling  methods  suggested  that 
ranking  within  species  on  a  station  by  station  basis,  as  done  by  Fager  (1957,  p. 
593),  would  not  produce  interpretable  results.  Rather  we  tested  for  concordance 
(Kendall's  coefficient  of  concordance,  W,  corrected  for  ties,  see  Tate  &  Clelland, 
1957)  among  the  species  of  a  recurrent  group  based  on  the  pooled  data  presented 
in  Tables  30  and  31.  For  each  species  within  each  group  we  ranked  captures 
(total  number  of  individuals  taken  at  Class  I  stations)  over  the  six  geographic 
localities  (table  30)  and  nine  habitat  categories  (table  31)  and  then  calculated  the 
level  of  concordance  among  the  species  forming  the  group.  We  are  well  aware  of 
the  possible,  in  fact  probable,  effects  that  differences  in  sampling  effort  among 
the  six  geographic  localities  and  nine  habitat  categories  might  have  had  on  our 
results.  Our  sole  purpose  in  making  these  calculations  was  to  determine 
whether  or  nor  there  existed  a  statistical  basis  for  a  discussion  of  apparent 
differences  in  distribution  among  the  five  groups  with  respect  to  the  geographic 
localities  and  habitat  categories.  The  results  (table  32)  show  very  high  levels  of 
concordance  in  every  case.  We  interpret  this  to  mean  that  within  the  recurrent 
groups  as  defined  in  this  paper  rank-abundance  (based  on  pooled  data)  within 
species  at  a  given  geographic  locality  or  for  a  given  habitat  category  tends  to 
remain  the  same  from  species  to  species.  This  result  would  be  expected  for 
species  supposedly  forming  a  recurrent  group.  The  very  high  concordance  levels 
(table  32)  between  the  members  of  recurrent  groups  allows  further  pooling  of  the 
data  by  geographic  locality  (table  33)  and  habitat  category  (table  34).  The  results 
are  summarized  below  for  each  group. 

Group  I. — The  species  forming  Group  I  are  primarily  associated  with  offshore, 
shallow-water,  coral-rich  habitats.  Fifty-eight  percent  of  all  Group  I  specimens 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  89 

Table  32.  Calculated  concordance  values,  W,  for  species  belonging  to  five  recur- 
rent groups.  Based  on  data  given  in  Tables  30  and  31.  See  text  for  additional  expla- 
nation. 


Basis  for  concordance 

Group 

calculation 

M 

N 

W 

Significance 

I 

Geographic  areas 
Habitat  categories 

8 
8 

6 
9 

.80 
.74 

** 
** 

II 

Geographic  areas 
Habitat  categories 

4 
4 

6 
9 

.78 
.81 

** 
** 

III 

Geographic  areas 
Habitat  categories 

3 

3 

6 
9 

.81 
.79 

** 
** 

IV 

Geographic  areas 
Habitat  categories 

3 
3 

6 
9 

.73 
.74 

* 
** 

V 

Geographic  areas 
Habitat  categories 

5 
5 

6 
9 

.58 
.64 

** 
** 

Key: 

M 

N 

» 

*- it- 

=  number  of  species. 
=  number  of  geographic  areas 
=  statistically  significant  at  .01 
=  statistically  significant  at  p  < 

(6)  or  habitat 
<  p  <  .05. 
.01. 

categories  (9). 

were  taken  at  stations  classed  H2  (table  34),  and  10  of  15  records  for  the  group 
(table  29)  are  from  stations  classed  H2.  In  Belize  98%  of  all  Group  I  specimens 
were  collected  at  offshore  sites,  either  at  the  Barrier  Reef  or  the  atolls  (table  33). 
The  rather  high  intergroup  connection  between  Group  I  and  Group  V  (fig.  7)  is 
almost  entirely  the  result  of  broad  collections  in  mixed  habitats  at  the  Hog 
Islands. 

Group  11. — The  species  forming  Group  II  are  associated  with  offshore  (insu- 
lar), deep-water,  coral-rich  habitats.  Virtually  all  (>  90%)  Group  II  specimens 
are  from  stations  in  depths  exceeding  45  ft.  Ninety-five  percent  of  all  Group  II 
specimens  were  taken  at  stations  classed  HI  (table  34),  and  12  of  12  records  for 
the  group  (table  29)  are  from  stations  classed  HI.  In  Belize  100%  of  all  Group  II 
specimens  were  taken  at  offshore  sites,  either  at  the  Barrier  Reef  or  the  atolls 
(table  33). 

Group  III. — The  species  forming  Group  III  are  primarily  associated  with 
offshore,  shallow-water,  coral-rich  habitats.  Ninety-one  percent  (table  34)  of  all 
Group  III  specimens  were  taken  at  stations  classed  H2  (42%)  or  H3  (49%).  Most 
records  (11  of  15)  for  Group  III  as  a  group  are  from  stations  classed  H3  (table  29). 
In  Belize  100%  of  all  Group  III  specimens  were  taken  at  offshore  sites,  either  at 
the  Barrier  Reef  or  the  atolls  (table  33). 

Group  IV. — Group  IV  could  be  formed  only  in  those  runs  in  which  Honduras 
data  was  excluded,  due  in  large  part,  we  believe,  to  the  diverse  range  of  habitats 
represented  at  a  number  of  Hog  Island  stations.  In  Belize  184  of  267  (69%)  Group 
IV  specimens  were  taken  at  stations  classed  H6.  Stations  classed  H6  accounted 
for  only  6%  of  the  83  Class  I  stations  in  Belize.  As  a  group  (Belize  data  only) 
Group  IV  was  equally  represented  at  stations  classed  H2  and  H6  (table  29),  but 
all  three  members  of  Group  IV  were  taken  together  only  at  stations  classed  H6. 
In  Belize  97%  of  all  Group  IV  specimens  were  taken  in  less  than  4  ft  of  water.  In 
Belize  97%  of  all  Group  IV  specimens  were  taken  at  offshore  sites,  either  at  the 


60   »> 

o  -a 
SC  § 

<2 


5  NN 


33 


fcs       s 


TO     01 
CO    g 

w 


a 


4j 

•  -    01 

<2  <u 

EJj 


.2  « 


la 

3  « 


I   I 


T3 


Si 


s  I   I 


tn  £  co  Tt  in  os  i% 


2      hJ  00  N  H  tN  <N 

O 


CO  (XI 


O  < 


a,  >-i 
a  w 
5  « 


!5£> 


90 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  91 

Table  34.  Pooled  capture  data  for  five  recurrent  groups  of  blennioid  fishes  tabulated 
with  respect  to  habitat  category.  Based  on  data  given  in  Table  31.  Values  for  each  group  for 
each  locality  given  as  proportion  of  total  specimens  (Ns).  See  text  for  additional  explana- 
tion. 


Group 

Ns 

HI 

H2 

H3 

H4 

H5 

H6 

H7 

H8 

H9 

I 

1,432 

.002 

.58 

.11 

.21 

.01 

.003 

.002 

.001 

.09 

II 

240 

.95 

.03 

.02 

III 

153 

.01 

.42 

.49 

.05 

— 

— 

— 

— 

.03 

IV 

599 

— 

.13 

.01 

.33 

.02 

.34 

.10 

— 

.08 

V 

474 

.01 

.05 

— 

.24 

.52 

.07 

.01 

.01 

.09 

Effort 
(Class  I 
stations) 

104 

.29 

.18 

.18 

.04 

.06 

.06 

.05 

.07 

.08 

Barrier  Reef  or  the  atolls  (table  33).  In  Belize,  therefore,  this  group  appears  to  be 
primarily  associated  with  very  shallow,  reef-crest,  intertidal  pools  or  adjacent 
subtidal  areas. 

Group  V. — The  species  forming  Group  V  are  apparently  associated  with  more 
inshore  (but  not  mainland),  shallow-water  habitats  and  are  not  strongly  associ- 
ated with  richly  developed  coral  reefs.  Eighty-six  percent  (table  34)  of  all  Group 
V  specimens  were  taken  at  stations  classed  H4  (24%)  or  H5  (52%).  Stations 
classed  H4  or  H5  account  respectively  for  only  4%  and  6%  of  the  total  104  Class  I 
stations.  Only  6%  of  all  Group  V  specimens  came  from  stations  classed  HI,  H2, 
or  H3,  despite  the  fact  that  stations  classed  as  one  of  these  three  account  for  65% 
of  the  104  Class  I  stations.  No  Group  V  specimens  were  taken  at  stations  classed 
H3.  Most  records  (7  of  8,  see  table  29)  came  from  stations  classed  H4  (four 
stations  at  the  Hog  Islands)  or  H5  (three  stations,  all  at  cays  behind  the  Barrier 
Reef)-  In  Belize  the  overwhelming  majority  of  Group  V  specimens  (76%)  was 
taken  at  cays  inside  of  the  Barrier  Reef  (table  33). 

ZOOGEOGRAPHIC  IMPLICATIONS 

The  shorefishes  of  the  tropical  western  Atlantic  are  perhaps  better  known  than 
those  of  any  other  comparably  sized  tropical  marine  area.  Despite  this  knowl- 
edge, there  exists  little  agreement  on  major  patterns  of  shorefish  distribution  in 
this  area  as  evidenced  by  a  number  of  competing  and  noncomplimentary 
schemes  for  major  faunal  assemblages,  provinces,  or  generalized  tracks  (e.g., 
Briggs,  1974;  Miller,  1968;  Robins,  1971b;  Gilbert,  1973;  Rosen,  1975).  Three 
factors,  at  least,  contribute  to  this  situation:  (1)  lack  of  agreement  among  authors 
on  the  purposes  of  and  best  methodology  for  zoogeographic  analysis,  (2)  a 
continuing  need  for  synoptic  systematic  studies  on  numerous  groups,  and  (3)  a 
lack  of  adequate  study  material  from  a  sizable  proportion  of  the  tropical  western 
Atlantic,  particularly  the  Caribbean  coasts  of  Central  America  and  northern 
South  America  (Gilbert  &  Kelso,  1971;  Robins,  1971b,  1972).  The  purpose  of 
these  paragraphs  is  to  strongly  argue  for  the  need  for  additional  synoptic  col- 
lecting in  the  western  Caribbean  by  detailing  the  impact  of  our  information  on 
blennioid  fishes  from  Belize  and  Honduras  on  one  particular  scheme  for  faunal 
provinces  within  the  tropical  western  Atlantic  area — that  of  Briggs,  1974. 


92  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

Of  the  57  blennioid  species  represented  in  our  collections  from  Belize  and 
Honduras,  20  species  (table  1)  represent  new  records  for  Belize,  40  species  new 
records  for  Honduras,  and  15  species  are  recorded  for  the  first  time  from  the 
Caribbean  coast  of  Central  America.  Included  in  the  material  were  representa- 
tives of  four  blennioid  species  new  to  science:  (27)  Starksia  occidentalis  Greenfield, 
1978,  (39)  Acanthemblemaria  greenfieldi  Smith- Vaniz  &  Palacio,  1974,  (44)  Emble- 
maria  hyltoni  Johnson  &  Greenfield,  1976,  and  (47)  Emblemariopsis  pricei  Green- 
field, 1975. 

Briggs  (1974)  divided  the  tropical  western  Atlantic  into  three  zoogeographic 
provinces:  Caribbean,  Brazilian,  and  West  Indian  (Briggs,  1974,  p.  63).  Possibly 
the  most  striking  feature  of  Briggs'  proposal  is  that  his  West  Indian  Province 
[Bermuda,  Bahamas,  Greater  and  Lesser  Antilles  (to  Granada)]  is  entirely  insu- 
lar. Briggs'  disjunct  Caribbean  Province  consists  of  southern  Florida  (east  and 
west  coasts),  the  Caribbean  coasts  of  Central  and  northern  South  America,  and 
the  Mexican  coast  bordering  the  Gulf  of  Campeche.  To  Briggs  (1974,  p.  74), 
"...  In  zoogeography,  the  ultimate  proof,  as  far  as  determination  of  provinces  is 
concerned,  is  in  the  extent  of  endemism."  We  do  not  in  this  paper  attempt  to 
argue  the  merits  of  this  dictum,  but  we  are  prepared  to  show  that  even  in  the 
supposedly  well-known  tropical  western  Atlantic  arguments  based  on  supposed 
levels  of  endemism  may  need  to  be  severely  modified. 

Briggs  (1974)  defends  his  recognition  of  an  entirely  insular  West  Indian 
zoogeographic  province  (as  distinct  from  his  Caribbean  Province)  partly  on  the 
basis  of  evidence  provided  by  Bohlke  &  Chaplin  (1968)  in  their  monumental 
contribution  to  our  knowledge  of  the  shorefishes  of  the  Bahamas.  Briggs  states 
that  of  466  shorefish  species  treated  by  Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  87  (about  19%)  were 
unknown  outside  of  the  area  of  his  West  Indian  Province. 

Bohlke  &  Chaplin  (1968)  record  54  species  of  blennioid  fishes  from  the 
Bahamas.  According  to  information  provided  by  them,  one  would  conclude  that 
18  (33%)  of  these  species  were  limited  to  Briggs'  West  Indian  Province.  Rep- 
resented in  our  collections  from  Belize  and  Honduras  are  136  of  those  18  species, 
and  a  14th  (Emblemariopsis  bahamensis)  has  also  been  reported  from  the  western 
Caribbean  (Birdsong  &  Emery,  1968).  This  leaves  only  four  species  of  the  54 
treated  by  Bohlke  &  Chaplin  (1968)  as  putative  West  Indian  endemics.  Of  these, 
one  occurs  at  Isla  de  Providencia  off  Nicaragua  (G.  H.  Burgess,  pers.  comm.), 
leaving  only  three  species  as  putative  West  Indian  endemics.  Briggs  (1974),  to 
our  knowledge,  never  states  how  high  the  percentage  of  endemism  has  to  be  in 
order  to  be  ".  .  .  the  ultimate  proof,  as  far  as  determination  of  provinces  is 
concerned  .  .  .,"  but  we  take  it  (Briggs  1974,  e.g.,  pp.  92,  95)  that  he  would  not 
consider  5.6%  endemism  (37  of  54)  as  sufficient  supporting  evidence  to  argue  for 
a  major  zoogeographic  province. 

Three  additional  blennioid  species8  described  subsequent  to  publication  of 
Bohlke  &  Chaplin's  (1968)  book  and  known  (at  the  time  of  original  description) 
to  occur  only  in  the  West  Indian  area,  have  now  also  been  taken  off  Central 
America.  Although  we  have  identified  only  a  small  portion  of  the  gobies  from 
our  collections  in  Belize  and  Honduras,  preliminary  results,  summarized  by 
Greenfield,  1978,  suggest  a  developing  picture  similar  to  that  for  the  blennioid 

6The  13  species:  12,  16,  19,  22,  25,  26,  30,  33,  34,  36,  40,  42,  50. 

'Now  2  of  54;  see  addendum  (Paraclinus  naeorhegmis) . 

8Viz.,  Emblemaria  caldwelli,  Emblemariopsis  leptocirris,  Starksia  elongata. 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  93 

fishes.  Yet  it  is  groups  such  as  the  blennioids  and  gobiids  that  we  might  expect  to 
best  show  a  trend  toward  localized  distributions  {e.g.,  Rosenblatt,  1963). 

It  seems  likely  that  as  additional  material  from  new  collections  along  the 
Caribbean  coast  of  Central  and  northern  South  America  becomes  available  and  is 
studied,  the  distinctness  of  Briggs'  West  Indian  Province,  at  least  as  based  on 
Briggs'  species-tally  methodology,  will  further  decline.  This  is  not  to  say  that 
regional  endemism  within  the  tropical  western  Atlantic  area  is  lacking;  there  is 
good  evidence  to  the  contrary  (see  Greenfield,  1978).  We  do  believe  that  until 
adequate  synoptic  collections  are  available  from  the  western  Caribbean  area, 
attempts  to  use  levels  of  endemism  to  define  fish  faunal  provinces  in  the  tropical 
western  Atlantic  region  will  prove  to  be  exercises  in  futility. 

In  discussing  the  many  curious  disjunctions  in  distribution  of  species  within 
his  insular  province,  Robins  (1971b)  suggested  that  a  combination  of  habitat 
specificity  (the  degree  to  which  a  particular  species  is  associated  with  and  re- 
stricted to  a  given  set  of  habitat-defining  parameters)  and  rather  broadscale 
habitat  patchiness  might  prove  to  be  key  clues  to  understanding  such  distri- 
butions. The  discovery  of  typical  coral-reef-associated  fishes  far  north  in  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico  at  deep  reefs  is  one  example  of  this  dependence  on  habitat 
availability  rather  than  geography  within  the  western  Atlantic  area  {e.g., 
Cashman,  1973;  Smith  et  al.,  1975;  Sonnier  et  al.,  1976;  Smith,  1976).  Our  own 
work  on  blennioid  fishes  from  Belize  and  Honduras  suggests  a  spectrum  in 
degree  of  habitat  specificity,  from  species  rather  broadly  distributed  over  the 
habitat  categories  recognized  herein  to  species  closely  associated  with  a  specific 
habitat  type.  Given  that  the  parameters  used  to  define  a  habitat  category  will 
greatly  affect  any  view  of  degree  of  habitat  specificity,  it  is  also  true  that  any  test 
of  the  general  applicability  of  Robins'  suggestion  will  require  additional  attempts 
to  determine  environmental  correlates  of  distribution  for  species  in  selected 
shorefish  groups.  Especially  important  will  be  attempts  to  define  the  degree  of 
habitat  specificity  in  a  suitably  broad  and  diverse  area.  Because  of  the  diversity  of 
habitats  represented  within  a  relatively  restricted  inshore  to  offshore  distance, 
we  believe  Belize  to  be  an  ideal  area  in  which  to  make  such  an  attempt. 

ADDENDUM 
(October  1980) 

We  have  taken  and  examined  much  additional  blennioid  material  from  Belize 
since  this  report  was  accepted  for  publication.  For  most  of  the  species  this  new 
material  confirmed  distributional  patterns  described  herein,  and  time  did  not 
permit  the  incorporation  of  all  new  records.  In  the  new  material,  however,  were 
specimens  of  six  species  previously  unknown  from  Belize,  including  three  not 
previously  represented  in  any  of  our  western  Caribbean  material.  Locality  rec- 
ords and,  where  appropriate,  descriptive  information  are  presented  for  these  six 
species  in  this  addendum.  New  records  are  also  presented  for  12  species  previ- 
ously represented  in  our  material  by  four  or  fewer  lots.  Measurements  (where 
given)  are  expressed  as  thousandths  of  the  SL. 

LABRISOMIDAE 

(1)  Labrisomus  albigenys  Beebe  &  Tee  Van,  1928 

This  apparently  rare  species  was  previously  reported  from  Belize  by  Birdsong 
&  Emery  (1968) — a  single  collection  from  Lighthouse  Reef  (UMML  9555)  that  we 


94  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

have  not  had  the  opportunity  to  examine.  One  of  us  (RKJ)  collected  a  single 
specimen  (FMNH  93837,  40.9  mm  SL)  at  Carrie  Bow  Cay  in  March  1980.  The 
specimen  was  taken  in  the  spur  and  groove  province  directly  to  the  east  of  Carrie 
Bow  Cay  in  24  to  26  ft  of  water  in  an  area  of  rich  coral  and  moderately  high  relief. 
Data  for  the  specimen  (see  table  7)  follow:  dorsal-fin  elements,  XVIII,  11:  anal-fin 
elements,  II,  16;  pectoral-fin  rays,  13/13;  lateral  line  scales,  42/42;  gill  rakers  on 
first  arch  (total),  15;  head  length,  367;  interorbital  width  (bony),  39;  eye  diameter 
(fleshy  orbit),  98;  snout  length,  100;  dorsal  fin,  length  of  first  spine,  98;  pelvic  fin, 
length  of  longest  segmented  ray,  269;  upper  jaw  length,  125;  ratio  A  (pelvic  fin), 
2.20;  ratio  B  (nuchal  cirri),  1.00. 

(11)  Malacoctenus  delalandei  (Valenciennes,  1836) 

Additional  material  includes  86  specimens  from  six  collections,  all  from  sites 
well  inshore  of  the  Barrier  Reef,  five  of  the  six  collections  from  inshore  cays. 
Coral  rubble,  extensive  Thalassia,  and  a  relatively  firm  bottom  were  common  to 
all  six  sites. 

Additional  material:  Toledo  District,  78146  (13),  Tarpon  Cay,  0  to  5  ft;  78147 
(6),  West  Snake  Cay,  0  to  4  ft;  78148  (21),  "Kulu"  Cay,  ca.  2  miles  WNW  of  Moho 
Cay,  mangrove-lined  channel,  extensive  Thalassia  offshore,  coral  rubble  and 
occasional  isolated  clumps  of  Porites  inshore,  0  to  4  ft;  78149  (27),  Wilson's  Cay,  0 
to  4  ft;  Belize  District,  90279  (18),  Spanish  Cay,  ca.  1.5  miles  ESE  of  Robinson 
Point,  coral  rubble  and  Thalassia,  adjacent  to  a  pier,  0  to  3  ft;  90280  (1),  mainland, 
point  ca.  1  mile  west  of  Little  Rocky  Point,  in  and  around  breakwater  composed 
of  large  cobbles  and  surrounded  by  an  extensive  bed  of  Thalassia,  0  to  3  ft. 

(16)  Paraclinus  barbatus  Springer,  1955 

Additional  material  includes  15  specimens  from  10  collections,  all  from  areas 
of  rich  coral  development  and  high  vertical  relief,  all  from  the  deep  spur  and 
groove  or  dropoff  zones.  The  specimens  taken  off  Ambergris  Cay  represent  the 
first  record  of  this  species  from  the  Barrier  Reef. 

Additional  material:  Glovers  Reef,  87839  (3),  Northeast  Cay,  spur  and  groove, 
70  to  90  ft;  87840  (1),  Southwest  Cay,  spur  and  groove,  45  to  60  ft;  87841  (1),  Long 
Cay,  dropoff,  70  to  90  ft;  87842  (2),  Long  Cay,  dropoff,  60  to  80  ft;  87843  (1), 
dropoff  at  western  (leeward)  reef,  due  west  of  Long  Cay,  60  to  80  ft;  90299  (1), 
Long  Cay,  dropoff,  70  to  90  ft;  90300  (1),  Middle  Cay,  spur  and  groove,  40  to  50 
ft;  90301  (1),  Northeast  Cay,  spur  and  groove,  80  to  100  ft;  94018  (2),  Southwest 
Cay,  dropoff,  70  to  90  ft.  Corozal  District,  Ambergris  Cay,  94019  (2),  dropoff,  60 
to  100  ft. 

(17)  Paraclinus  cingulatus  (Evermann  &  Marsh,  1900) 

Additional  material  includes  10  specimens  from  three  collections,  constituting 
the  first  records  for  this  species  from  Belize. 

Additional  material:  Glovers  Reef,  90302  (7),  reef  crest  on  windward  side  at 
Long  Cay,  limestone  rock  with  rich  algal  turf  grading  to  rich  shallow  reef  (mostly 
Acropora  palmata),  0  to  4  ft.  Belize  District  at  the  Barrier  Reef,  90303  (1),  Sergeant's 
Cay,  rich,  shallow  reef  on  windward  side,  0  to  8  ft;  90304  (2),  Goff's  Cay,  reef 
crest  on  windward  side,  rock  and  coral  rubble  grading  to  rich,  shallow  reef,  0  to 
3  ft. 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  95 

(    )  Paraclinus  naeorhegmis  Bohlke,  1960 

Two  specimens  (94020)  from  a  single  station  at  Ambergris  Cay  (1980)  represent 
the  first  record  of  this  species  for  Belize  and  a  significant  range  extension  for  the 
species.  Previously  reported  only  from  the  Bahamas  and  from  very  few  speci- 
mens (Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968,  p.  519),  P.  naeorhegmis  has  also  been  taken  at  Isla 
de  Providencia  (G.  H.  Burgess  &  C.  R.  Gilbert,  personal  communication).  The 
specimens  from  Ambergris  Cay  were  taken  from  the  "spur  and  groove  prov- 
ince," a  zone  of  eroded  reef  rock,  sand  channels,  low  relief,  and  few  living 
corals,  ca.  150  yd  offshore  from  the  crest  of  the  Barrier  Reef,  in  34  to  36  ft  of 
water.  Data  for  the  specimens  (16.0,  16.1  mm  SL,  data  given  in  that  order) 
follow.  Counts:  dorsal-fin  spines,  xxvi  (both);  anal-fin  elements,  II,  15;  II,  16; 
pectoral-fin  rays,  13/13  (both);  pelvic-fin  elements,  I,  2  (both);  caudal  fin,  number 
of  segmented  rays,  13  (both).  Measurements:  body  depth  at  dorsal-fin  origin, 
250,  248;  body  depth  at  anal-fin  origin,  250,  261;  caudal  peduncle  depth,  113, 
118;  dorsal  fin,  length  of  first  spine,  200,  168,  length  of  third  spine,  100,  118; 
pectoral  fin,  length,  238,  255;  pelvic  fin,  length,  206,  199;  caudal  fin,  length,  263, 
261;  head  length,  325,  342;  eye  diameter,  100,  112;  upper  jaw  length,  163,  143; 
snout  length,  69,  87. 

(23)  Starksia  elongata  Gilbert,  1971 

Additional  material  includes  a  single  specimen:  90342  (1),  Glovers  Reef,  spur 
and  groove  province  on  the  windward  reef,  rich  coral  development,  23  to  25  ft. 

(24)  Starksia  hassi  Klausewitz,  1958 

Additional  material  includes  a  single  specimen:  87855  (1),  Glovers  Reef, 
dropoff  at  western  (leeward)  reef,  due  west  of  Long  Cay,  60  to  80  ft. 

(28)  Starksia  sluiteri  (Metzlaar,  1919) 

Additional  material  includes  58  specimens  from  eight  collections,  all  in  less 
than  6  ft  of  water,  all  but  one  in  areas  of  windward,  rich,  shallow  reefs. 

Additional  material:  Glovers  Reef,  87876  (8),  reef  crest  at  Long  Cay,  3  to  6  ft; 
87877  (3),  reef  crest  south  of  Long  Cay,  2  to  6  ft;  90369  (21),  reef  crest  at  Long 
Cay,  0  to  4  ft;  90370  (8),  reef  crest  at  Long  Cay,  0  to  5  ft.  Belize  District,  at  the 
Barrier  Reef,  90371  (1),  Sergeant's  Cay,  cobble,  broken  chunks  of  concrete, 
well-developed  algal  turf,  0  to  4  ft;  90372  (2),  Goff's  Cay,  windward  side,  reef 
crest,  rock  and  coral  grading  to  rich,  shallow  reef,  0  to  3  ft.  Corozal  District, 
Ambergris  Cay,  barrier  reef,  94021  (5),  reef  crest,  0  to  4  ft;  94022  (10),  reef  crest,  0 
to  4  ft. 

(29)  Starksia  starcki  Gilbert,  1971 

Additional  material  includes  eight  specimens  from  six  collections  constituting 
the  first  records  for  Belize.  All  specimens  were  taken  in  areas  of  rich  coral 
development,  high  vertical  relief,  and  in  the  spur  and  groove  or  dropoff  prov- 
inces at  two  Barrier  Reef  sites  (Carrie  Bow  Cay,  Ambergris  Cay)  and  at  Glovers 
Reef.  The  material  includes  two  adults  (23.0  to  23.1  mm  SL),  both  females,  and 
six  juveniles  (10.0  to  17.3  mm  SL).  The  color  pattern  (fig.  10)  is  striking,  espe- 
cially in  the  small  juveniles — a  series  of  10,  narrow,  chocolate  bars  strongly 
contrasting  with  the  pale  cream  background.  The  first  (anteriormost)  bar  is  con- 


96 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  97 

tinuous  across  the  nape  and  extends  ventrally  to  a  point  on  the  gill  covers 
directly  anterior  to  the  insertion  of  the  two  to  three  ventralmost  pectoral-fin  rays. 
The  next  three  bars  are  continuous  from  the  dorsal  to  the  ventral  contours  of  the 
body.  The  next  five  bars  are  broken  midlaterally  on  the  body,  with  the  epaxial 
portion  anteriorly  offset  from  the  corresponding  hypaxial  portion.  The  final  bar 
consists  of  the  "hypural"  markings.  In  the  two  adult  specimens  the  barred 
pattern  is  much  less  evident,  due  in  part  to  the  more  even  spread  of  pigmenta- 
tion over  the  body.  The  nine  bars  on  the  body  so  evident  in  the  juveniles  are  best 
marked  in  the  adults  by  the  presence  of  blotches  of  pigment  on  the  dorsal  and 
ventral  contour  adjacent  to  the  dorsal-  and  anal-fin  ray  bases  and  by  a  barred 
pattern  on  the  dorsal  and  anal  fins.  Additional  concentrations  of  pigment  on  the 
head  and  associated  with  the  pectoral  fin  are  as  described  in  Gilbert  (1971, 
p.  201). 

There  are  11  pores  in  the  infraorbital  series  (based  on  the  two  adult  specimens 
only),  extending  from  a  point  just  anterior  to  the  orbit  and  on  a  horizontal  line 
through  the  center  of  the  eye  (3:00  position;  descriptions  of  pore  positions  based 
on  lateral  view  of  right  side)  to  a  point  adjacent  to  the  dorsoposterior  margin  of 
the  orbit  on  a  horizontal  line  through  the  base  of  the  orbital  cirrus  (11:00). 
Contrary  to  Gilbert's  (1971,  p.  200)  description,  pores  4  and  5  (6:00)  and  8  and  9 
(9:00)  are  paired  in  the  Belize  material.  One  para  type  (UF  17279,  20.5  mm  SL)  is 
identical  to  the  Belize  specimens  in  pore  number  and  configuration.  Two  larger 
para  types  (ANSP  109800,  27.2  mm  SL;  USNM  205200,  27.0  mm  SL)  have  one  or 
more  additional  pores,  with  the  configuration  differing  slightly  between  the 
right  and  left  side  (in  each  case),  but  the  pores  at  the  6:00  and  9:00  positions  are 
paired  as  in  the  Belize  material. 

Meristic  characters  (based  on  all  eight  specimens):  dorsal-fin  elements,  XX,  8 
(1);  XX,  9  (7);  anal-fin  elements,  II,  18  (all);  pectoral-fin  rays,  13  (all);  pelvic-fin 
elements,  I,  2  (all).  Morphometric  characters  (expressed  as  thousandths  of  the 
SL,  based  on  four  specimens,  16.3,  17.3,  23.0,  23.1  mm  SL,  and  listed  in  that 
order):  head  length,  344,  341,  335,  333;  snout  length,  61,  64,  74,  74;  upper  jaw 
length,  135,  127,  157,  134;  horizontal  eye  diameter,  92,  110,  113,  108;  greatest 
depth  of  body,  202,  202,  222,  216;  dorsal  fin,  length  of  first  spine,  86,  87,  91,  — ; 
pectoral  fin,  length  of  longest  ray,  301,  289,  291,  281;  pelvic  fin,  length  of  longest 
segmented  ray,  245,  243,  222,  221;  caudal  fin,  length  of  longest  ray,  — ,  289,  — , 
255. 

Additional  material  examined:  Glovers  Reef,  94023  (1),  western  (leeward  reef), 
spur  and  groove,  30  to  35  ft.  Corozal  District,  Ambergris  Cay,  94024  (1),  spur  and 
groove,  58  to  62  ft;  94025  (1),  dropoff,  70  to  100  ft.  Stann  Creek  District,  at  the 
Barrier  Reef,  93834  (2),  Carrie  Bow  Cay,  spur  and  groove,  24  to  26  ft;  93835  (2), 
Southwater  Cay,  spur  and  groove,  35  to  45  ft;  93836  (1),  Curlew  Cay,  spur  and 
groove,  23  to  26  ft. 

(30)  Stathmonotus  gymnodermis  Springer,  1955 

Additional  material  includes  five  specimens  from  one  collection:  90318  (5), 
Glovers  Reef,  reef  crest  on  windward  side  at  Long  Cay,  limestone  rock  with  rich 
algal  turf  grading  to  rich,  shallow  reef  (mostly  Acropora  palmata),  0  to  4  ft.  Meristic 
characters:  dorsal-fin  spines,  XLI  (1),  XLII  (4);  anal-fin  elements,  II  (all),  22  (1),  23 
(3),  24  (1);  pectoral-fin  rays,  8  (all);  caudal  fin,  segmented  rays,  11  (all). 


98  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

(31)  Stathmonotus  hemphilli  Bean,  1885 

Additional  material  includes  four  specimens  from  three  collections,  constitut- 
ing the  first  records  of  this  species  from  Belize:  90319  (2),  Glovers  Reef,  spur  and 
groove  province  on  windward  side,  south  of  Long  Cay,  rich  coral  development 
with  high  vertical  relief,  22  to  25  ft.  Corozal  District,  Ambergris  Cay,  94026  (1), 
cut  in  barrier  reef,  steep-sided  channel,  eroded  reef  rock,  little  living  coral,  35  to 
38  ft,  94027  (1),  dropoff,  80  to  92  ft. 


CHAENOPSIDAE 

(40)  Acanthemblemaria  maria  Bohlke,  1961 

Additional  material  includes  11  specimens  from  a  single  station,  Corozal  Dis- 
trict, Ambergris  Cay,  at  the  Barrier  Reef,  93977,  reef  crest;  rich,  living  coral 
formations  bordered  by  extensive  areas  of  cobble  and  coral  rubble,  0  to  4  ft. 

(    )  Chaenopsis  ocellata  Poey,  1865 

This  species  is  known  from  the  Bahamas,  Florida,  and  the  Greater  Antilles 
(Bohlke  &  Chaplin,  1968).  This  constitutes  the  first  record  for  Belize  and  a  sig- 
nificant range  extension  for  the  species.  Our  three  collections  (83929,  6  speci- 
mens, 34.7-44.5  mm  SL;  83930,  8  specimens,  34.5-64.1;  83931,  17  specimens, 
32.9-62.8)  were  all  collected  from  a  Thalassia  bed  in  6  to  25  ft  of  water  on  the 
leeward  side  of  a  patch  reef  in  the  lagoon  at  Glovers  Reef,  about  1.5  miles  west  of 
Long  Cay.  The  colony  was  living  in  holes  in  the  fine  sand  among  the  Thalassia. 
Individuals  were  usually  observed  with  the  anterior  portion  of  their  body  ex- 
tending from  a  hole,  but  occasionally  individuals  were  observed  swimming 
through  the  Thalassia  or  hanging  in  the  water  among  the  Thalassia  blades. 

(42)  Coralliozetus  cardonae  Evermann  &  Marsh,  1899 

Additional  material  includes  two  specimens  (14.4,  18.8  mm  SL)  taken  at  a 
single  station,  Corozal  District,  Ambergris  Cay,  at  the  Barrier  Reef,  94017,  reef 
crest,  rich,  living  coral  formations  bordered  by  extensive  areas  of  cobble  and 
coral  rubble,  0  to  4  ft.  Counts,  identical  in  the  two  specimens,  follow:  spinous 
dorsal,  18;  soft  dorsal,  11;  total  dorsal-fin  elements,  29;  anal-fin  elements,  II  +  19; 
pectoral-fin  rays,  13. 

(45)  Emblemaria  pandionis  Evermann  &  Marsh,  1900 

Additional  material  includes  14  specimens  from  five  collections,  none  of  them 
areas  of  rich  coral. 

Additional  material:  Glovers  Reef,  windward  side,  lagoon  edge  of  leeward 
reef  flat,  90510  (1),  in  lagoon  off  Middle  Cay,  extensive  Thalassia,  sand,  and 
isolated  pieces  of  rubble,  5  ft;  93987  (1),  in  lagoon  between  Long  Cay  and  Middle 
Cay,  extensive  Thalassia,  sand,  and  isolated  pieces  of  rubble,  4  to  5  ft.  Glovers 
Reef,  93988  (1),  channel  between  Northeast  Cay  and  Long  Cay,  "blowout"  (sand 
and  rubble-lined  basin)  in  extensive  Thalassia  bed,  4  to  6  ft.  Corozal  District, 
Ambergris  Cay,  93989  (6),  "spur  and  groove  province,"  a  zone  of  eroded  reef 
rock,  sand  channels,  low  relief,  and  few  living  corals,  34  to  36  ft;  93990  (5),  cut  in 
Barrier  Reef,  steep-sided  channel,  eroded  reef  rock,  little  living  coral,  35  to  38  ft. 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  99 

(    )  Emblemaria  cf.  piratula  Ginsburg  &  Reid,  1942 

A  small  (12.7  mm  SL,  male)  spedmen  of  Emblemaria  taken  by  Dr.  Brian 
Kensley  (Station  K-22,  7  February  1978,  in  a  rubble  sample  from  90  ft  close  to  the 
outer  wall  of  the  deep  channel  off  Carrie  Bow  Cay)  is  herein  tentatively  iden- 
tified as  Emblemaria  piratula.  This  species  has  heretofore  been  reported  only  from 
the  northeastern  Gulf  of  Mexico  (Stephens,  1963,  p.  89;  Shipp,  1975,  p.  16, 
Johnson  &  Greenfield,  1976,  p.  27).  This  record  from  Belize,  assuming  the  cor- 
rectness of  our  identification,  represents  a  significant  range  extension  for  the 
species. 

The  Belize  specimen  exhibits  lower  dorsal-  and  anal-fin  counts  than  reported 
values  for  Florida  specimens:  dorsal-fin  elements,  XIX,  13,  total  =  32  (vs.  XVIII 
to  XIX,  14  to  16,  total  =  33  to  34);  anal-fin  elements,  II,  19,  total  =  21  (vs.  II,  21, 
total  =  23).  Values  for  the  pectoral  fin,  13  (vs.  12  to  13)  and  pelvic  fin,  I,  2  (the 
third  soft  pelvic-fin  ray  is  vestigial  in  £.  piratula,  only  two  segmented  rays  are 
evident)  agree  with  reported  values  for  Florida  specimens.  As  in  £.  piratula 
(Johnson  &  Greenfield,  1976,  p.  19),  there  are  apparently  three  CP  pores,  and  a 
line  connecting  the  two  posteriormost  ST  pores  lies  entirely  anterior  to  the 
dorsal-fin  origin.  The  orbital  cirri  are  elongate,  ca.  50%  of  the  head  length.  Aside 
from  a  few  scattered  melanophores  on  the  head,  anterior  body,  and  anterior 
dorsal  fin,  the  Belize  specimen  lacks  pigmentation.  The  small  size  of  the  speci- 
men and  lack  of  any  additional  Belize  material  precludes  any  final  taxonomic 
decision. 

(49)  Hemiemblemaria  simulus  Longley  &  Hildebrand,  1940 

Additional  material  includes  six  specimens  from  five  collections:  Honduras, 
90522  (1),  Little  Hog  Island,  rock  ledges  and  cobble  inshore  grading  to  small  but 
well-developed  coral  formations  offshore,  0  to  20  ft;  Belize,  Glovers  Reef,  spur 
and  groove  province  off  Northeast  Cay,  80  to  90  ft,  90523  (1),  94009  (1).  Belize 
District,  at  Barrier  Reef,  90524  (1),  Sergeant's  Cay,  rich  shallow  reef  on  wind- 
ward side,  0  to  8  ft.  Corozal  District,  Ambergris  Cay,  94010  (2),  cut  in  Barrier 
Reef,  steep-sided  channel,  eroded  reef  rock,  little  living  coral,  35  to  38  ft. 

BLENNTIDAE 

(52)  Hypleurochilus  aequipinnis  (Gunther,  1861) 

Additional  material  includes  48  specimens  from  seven  collections.  Remarkable 
among  these  new  specimens  was  a  series  of  11  (37.0  to  53.6  mm  SL)  taken  on  the 
Belize  mainland  at  a  point  ca.  1  mile  west  of  Little  Rocky  Point  (Belize  District). 
This  series  included  the  largest-bodied  specimens  yet  taken  in  Belize  or  Hon- 
duras, including  a  number  of  mature  males  with  one  enormously  prolonged 
orbital  cirrus  on  each  side  (fig.  11).  Randall  (1966,  p.  58)  had  reported  prolonga- 
tion of  one  of  the  orbital  cirri  on  each  side  in  mature  males  of  Hypleurochilus 
fissicornis  (Quoy  &  Gaimard,  1824)  and  H.  springeri  Randall,  1966.  The  condition 
in  H.  fissicornis  was  said  to  be  remarkable  among  species  of  Hypleurochilus  in  that 
the  length  of  the  prolonged  cirrus  was  contained  about  1.6  times  in  the  head 
length.  In  two  of  the  largest  male  H.  aequipinnis  from  the  mainland  series,  50.0 
and  53.6  mm  SL,  the  orbital  cirrus  is  contained  1.3  and  1.4  times,  respectively,  in 
the  head  length.  Counts  and  selected  mensural  characters  for  Belize  and  Hon- 
duras material  (N  =  10,  22.9  to  53.6  mm  SL)  follow:  dorsal-fin  elements,  XII  (all), 


100 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  101 

13  (3),  14  (7);  anal-fin  elements,  II  (all),  15  (5),  16  (5);  pectoral-fin  rays,  14  (all); 
pelvic-fin  elements,  I,  4  (all);  vertebrae,  31  (8),  32  (2);  number  of  orbital  cirri  (left 
side  only),  5  to  16,  all  specimens  exceeding  37  mm  SL  (8  of  10  counted)  with  10  or 
more;  dorsal  fin,  length  of  last  spine,  33%  to  57%  of  length  of  first  ray  of  soft 
dorsal  fin;  pectoral  fin  length  contained  3.7  to  4.7  times  in  SL. 

All  of  the  additional  material  was  taken  in  very  shallow  water  (less  than  10  ft). 
Of  the  seven  additional  localities,  five  were  at  mangrove-covered  cays  inside  the 
Barrier  Reef,  two  were  mainland  sites. 

Additional  material:  87952  (1),  Toledo  District,  Frenchman's  Cay,  coral  rubble 
and  algal  turf,  0  to  5  ft;  87953  (1),  Toledo  District,  "Unnamed  Cay,"  ca.  2.5  miles 
WSW  of  Wilson's  Cay,  mangrove  channel  with  an  extensive  offshore  Thalassia 
bed,  0  to  4  ft;  87954  (1),  Belize  District,  cay  at  Robinson  Point,  mangrove  channel, 
0  to  10  ft;  87955,  Toledo  District,  "Kulu"  Cay,  ca.  2  miles  WNW  of  Moho  Cay, 
mangrove  channel  with  extensive  offshore  Thalassia  bed,  0  to  4  ft;  93833,  Belize 
District,  mainland,  point  ca.  1  mile  west  of  Little  Rocky  Point,  in  and  around 
breakwater  composed  of  large  cobbles  and  surrounded  by  an  extensive  bed  of 
Thalassia,  0  to  3  ft.  Corozal  District,  Chetumal  Bay,  93955  (1),  Cayo  Negro, 
eroded  reef  rock  inshore,  Thalassia  offshore,  0  to  3  ft;  93956  (31);  mainland,  Punta 
Allegre,  eroded  and  undercut  reef  rock  along  shore,  sand  and  Thalassia  offshore, 
0  to  3  ft. 

Comparative  material  examined.  H.  aequipinnis:  USNM  88988  (1),  Dominican 
Republic;  USNM  120341  (1),  Puerto  Rico;  USNM  192242  (2),  Ascension  Bay, 
Yucatan;  USNM  192400  (2),  Cozumel,  Quintana  Roo;  USNM  uncat.  (4),  Bahia 
Limon,  Panama.  H.  bermudensis:  FMNH  48709  (1),  Bermuda;  FMNH  48817  (1), 
Bermuda;  FMNH  49401  (2),  Bermuda;  FMNH  62261  (2),  Florida,  USNM  116805 
(8),  Tortugas.  H.  cf.  geminatus:  FMNH  40295  (1),  Texas;  50734  (10),  Florida; 
USNM  208444  (4),  Texas;  USNM  217324  (3),  Louisiana.  H.  fissicornis:  BMNH 
1868.9.22.9  (14),  Brazil;  BMNH  1891.9.30.1  (1),  Uruguay.  H.  springeri:  USNM 
219141  (1),  Puerto  Rico. 

(54)  Lupinoblennius  dispar  Herre,  1942 

Additional  material  includes  nine  specimens  from  four  collections:  Belize  Dis- 
trict, 90470  (4),  mainland,  ridge  of  dredge  spoil  at  entrance  to  Salt  Creek,  mud 
and  cobbles,  0  to  2  ft;  90471  (1),  mainland,  point  ca.  1  mile  west  of  Little  Rocky 
Point,  in  and  around  breakwater  composed  of  large  cobbles  and  surrounded  by 
an  extensive  bed  of  Thalassia,  0  to  3  ft;  90472  (1),  Moho  Cay,  opposite  St.  John's 
College,  Belize  City,  mangrove  shoreline,  steep  mud  bank,  0  to  3  ft.  Corozal 
District,  Chetumal  Bay,  93958  (3),  Punta  Allegre,  eroded  and  undercut  reef  rock 
along  shore,  sand  and  extensive  Thalassia  offshore,  0  to  3  ft.  At  each  of  the  above 
stations  (except  the  one  at  Moho  Cay),  L.  dispar  was  taken  with  (18)  Paraclinus 
fasciatus  and  (52)  Hypleurochilus  aequipinnis.  At  the  station  near  Little  Rocky  Point, 
(8)  Labrisomus  nuchipinnis  and  (11)  Malacoctenus  delalandei  were  also  taken. 

(56)  Parablennius  marmoreus  (Poey,  1875) 

Additional  material  includes  five  specimens  from  two  collections,  both  from 
mangrove-covered  cays  inside  the  Barrier  Reef:  87948  (1),  Toledo  District, 
"Kulu"  Cay,  ca.  2  miles  WNW  of  Moho  Cay,  mangrove  channel  with  an  exten- 
sive offshore  Thalassia  bed,  0  to  4  ft;  97949  (4),  Toledo  District,  "Unnamed  Cay," 
ca.  2.5  miles  WSW  of  Wilson's  Cay,  mangrove  channel  with  an  extensive 
offshore  Thalassia  bed,  0  to  4  ft. 


102  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Bath,  H.  1977.  Revision  der  Blenniini  (Pisces:  Blenniidae).  Senckenbergiana  Biol.,  57  (4/6): 

167-234. 
Birdsong,  R.  S.  and  A.  R.  Emery.  1968.  New  records  of  fishes  from  the  western  Carib- 
bean. Quart.  J.  Fla.  Acad.  Sri.,  30  (3):  187-196. 
Bohlke,  J.  E.  1957.  A  review  of  the  blenny  genus  Chaenopsis  and  the  description  of  a 

related  new  genus  from  the  Bahamas.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sri.  Phila.,  109,  81-103. 
1960.  Two  new  Bahaman  species  of  the  clinid  fish  genus  Paraclinus.  Not. 

Nat.,  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  no.  337,  8  pp. 
Bohlke,  J.  E.  and  C.  C.  G.  Chaplin.  1968.  Fishes  of  the  Bahamas  and  adjacent  tropical 

waters.  Acad.  Nat.  Sri.  Phila.,  Livingston  Publ.  Co.,  Wynnewood,  Pa.,  xxii  +  771  pp. 
Bohlke,  J.  E.  and  C.  H.  Robins.  1974.  Description  of  a  new  genus  and  species  of  clinid  fish 

from  the  western  Caribbean,  with  comments  on  the  families  of  Blennioidea.  Proc.  Acad. 

Nat.  Sri.  Phila.,  126  (1):  1-8. 
Bohlke,  J.  E.  and  V.  G.  Springer.  1961.  A  review  of  the  Atlantic  species  of  the  clinid  fish 

genus  Starksia.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sri.  Phila.,  113  (3):  29-60. 
1975.  A  new  genus  and  species  of  fish  (Nemaclinus  atelestos)  from  the  west- 
ern Atlantic  (Perriformes:  Clinidae).  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  127(7):  57-61. 
Breder,  C.  M.,  Jr.  1925.  Notes  on  fishes  from  three  Panama  localities:  Gatun  Spillway,  Rio 

Tapia  and  Caledonia  Bay.  Zoologica,  4  (4):  137-158. 
1927.  Scientific  Results  of  the  First  Oceanographic  Expedition  of  the  "Paw- 
nee" 1925.  Fishes.  Bull.  Bingham  Oceanogr.  Coll.,  1  (art.  1):  1-90. 
Briggs,  J.  C.  1974.  Marine  Zoogeography.  New  York,  McGraw-Hill,  Inc.,  475  pp. 
Burgess,  G.  H.  1978.  Zoogeography  and  depth  analysis  of  the  fishes  of  the  Isla  de  Pro- 

videncia  and  Grand  Cayman  Island.  Unpubl.  M.  Sri.  Thesis,  University  of  Florida, 

Gainesville  (not  seen). 
Caldwell,  D.  K.  1963.  Marine  shore  fishes  from  near  Puerto  Limon,  Caribbean  Costa 

Rica.  Contr.  Sci.  L.  A.  Co.  Mus.,  67: 1-11. 
Caldwell,  D.  K.  and  M.  C.  Caldwell.  1964.  Fishes  from  the  southern  Caribbean  col- 
lected by  Velero  III  in  1939.  Allan  Hancock  Atlantic  Expedition  Report,  no.  10,  pp.  1-61. 
Caldwell,  D.  K.,  L.  H.  Ogren  and  L.  Giovannoli.  1959.  Systematic  and  ecological  notes 

on  some  fishes  collected  in  the  vicinity  of  Torruguero,  Caribbean  Costa  Rica.  Rev.  Biol. 

Trop.,  7(1):  7-33. 
Cashman,  C.  W.  1973.  Contributions  to  the  ichthyofaunas  of  the  West  Flower  Garden 

Reef  and  other  sites  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  western  Caribbean.  Unpubl.  Ph.D. 

dissertation,  Texas  A  &  M  Univ.,  College  Station,  248  pp. 
Cervigon,  F.  M.  1966.  Los  peces  marinos  de  Venezuela.  Estacion  de  Investigariones 

Marinas  de  Margarita,  Fundacion  La  Salle  de  Ciencias  Naturales,  Monogr.,  no.  11,  pp. 

1-951. 
1968.  Los  peces  marinas  de  Venezuela.  Complemento  I.  Mem.  Soc.  Cienc. 

Nat.  La  Salle,  XXVIII:  177-218. 
Clarke,  R.  D.  1977.  Habitat  distribution  and  species  diversity  of  chaetodontid  and 

pomacentrid  fishes  near  Bimini,  Bahamas.  Marine  Biol.,  40:  277-289. 
Colin,  P.  L.  1974.  Observation  and  collection  of  deep-reef  fishes  off  the  coasts  of  Jamaica 

and  British  Honduras  (Belize).  Marine  Biol.,  24:  29-38. 
Colin,  P.  L.  and  M.  F.  Gomon.  1973.  Notes  on  the  behavior,  biology  and  distribution  of 

Lucayablennius  zingaro  (Pisces:  Clinidae).  Caribb.  J.  Sri.,  13:  59-61. 
Dawson,  C.  E.  1970.  The  Caribbean  Atlantic  blenny  Lupinoblennius  dispar  (Tribe:  Blenniini), 

with  observations  on  a  Pacific  population.  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  83  (26):  273-286. 
Downie,  N.  M.  and  R.  W.  Heath.  1959.  Basic  statistical  methods.  New  York,  Harper  and 

Brothers,  289  pp. 
Ebeling,  A.  W.,  R.  M.  Ibara,  R.  J.  Lavenberg  and  F.  J.  Rohlf.  1970.  Ecological  groups  of 

deep-sea  animals  off  Southern  California.  Bull.  Los  Angeles  County  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 

no.  6,  58  pp. 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  103 

Echelle,  A.  and  G.  D.  Schnell.  1976.  Factor  analysis  of  species  associations  among 
fishes  of  the  Kiamichi  River,  Oklahoma.  Trans.  Am.  Fish.  Soc,  105  (1):  17-31. 

Fager,  E.  W.  1957.  Determination  and  analysis  of  recurrent  groups.  Ecology,  38  (4):  586- 
595. 

Fager,  E.  W.  and  A.  R.  Longhurst.  1968.  Recurrent  group  analysis  of  species  as- 
semblages of  demersal  fish  in  the  Gulf  of  Guinea.  J.  Fish.  Res.  Bd.  Canada,  25  (7): 
1405-1421. 

Fager,  E.  W.  and  J.  A.  McGowan.  1963.  Zooplankton  species  groups  in  the  North  Pacific. 
Science,  140  (3566):  453-460. 

Fowler,  H.  W.  1903.  Notes  on  a  few  fishes  from  the  Mosquito  Coast  of  Nicaragua.  Proc. 
Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  55:  346-350. 

1916.  Cold-blooded  vertebrates  from  Costa  Rica  and  the  Canal  Zone.  Proc. 

Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  68:  389-414. 

1917.  A  second  collection  of  fishes  from  the  Panama  Canal  Zone.  Proc. 


Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  69: 127-136. 

1923.  Fishes  from  Nicaragua.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  75:  23-32. 

1930.  Notes  on  tropical  American  fishes.  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  43: 145-148. 

1944.  Results  of  the  Fifth  George  Vanderbilt  Expedition  (1941)  (Bahamas, 


Caribbean  Sea,  Panama,  Galapagos  Archipelago  and  Mexican  Pacific  Islands).  The 
Fishes.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  Monogr.,  no.  6,  583  pp. 

1950.  Results  of  the  Catherwood-Chaplin  West  Indies  Expedition,  1948. 


Part  III.  The  Fishes.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  102:  69-93. 

George  A.,  and  V.  G.  Springer.  1980.  Revision  of  the  clinid  fish  tribe  Ophiclinini,  in- 
cluding five  new  species,  and  definition  of  the  family  Clinidae.  Smithson.  Contr.  Zool., 
No.  307,  31  pp. 

Gilbert,  C.  R.  1965.  Starksia  y-lineata,  a  new  clinid  fish  from  Grand  Cayman  Id.,  British 
West  Indies.  Not.  Nat.,  379:  1-6. 

1971.  Two  new  Atlantic  clinid  fishes  of  the  genus  Starksia.  Quart.  J.  Fla. 

Acad.  Sci.  (1970),  33  (3):  193-206. 

1973.  Characteristics  of  the  Western  Atlantic  reef-fish  fauna.  Quart.  J.  Fla. 


Acad.  Sci.,  35  (2+3):  130-144. 
Gilbert,  C.  R.  and  D.  P.  Kelso.  1971.  Fishes  of  the  Tortuguero  area,  Caribbean  Costa 

Rica.  Bull.  Fla.  State  Mus.  Biol.  Sci.,  16(1):  1-54. 
Greenfield,  D.  W.  1972.  Notes  on  the  biology  of  the  arrow  blenny,  Lucayablennius  zingaro 

(Bohlke)  from  British  Honduras.  Copeia,  1972  (3):  590-592. 
1975.  Emblemariopsis  pricei,  a  new  species  of  chaenopsid  blenny  from  Belize. 

Copeia,  1975  (4):  713-715. 

1978.  A  review  of  the  western  Atlantic  Starksia  ocellata — complex  (Pisces: 


Clinidae)  with  the  description  of  two  new  species  and  proposal  of  superspecies  status. 
Fieldiana:  Zoology,  73  (2):  9-48. 

Greenfield,  D.  W.  and  T.  A.  Greenfield.  Habitat  and  resource  partitioning  between  two 
species  of  Acanthemblemaria  (Pisces:  Chaenopsidae),  with  comments  on  the  chaos 
hypothesis.  In  Atlantic  Barrier  Reef  Ecosystems.  Carrie-Bow  Cay,  Belize,  Sci.  Rep.  No. 
1,  Smithson.  Inst.  Contr.  Marine  Sci.,  in  press. 

Hagmeier,  E.  M.  and  C.  D.  Stults.  1964.  A  numerical  analysis  of  the  distributional 

patterns  of  North  American  mammals.  Syst.  Zool.,  13:  125-155. 
Hayes,  W.  B.  1978.  Some  sampling  properties  of  the  Fager  index  for  recurrent  species 

groups.  Ecology,  59  (1):  194-196. 

Hubbs,  C.  1953.  Revision  of  the  Eastern  Pacific  fishes  of  the  clinid  genus  Labrisomus. 
Zoologica,  38  (3):  113-136. 

Inger,  R.  F.  and  P.  K.  Chin.  1962.  The  fresh-water  fishes  of  North  Borneo.  Fieldiana: 
Zoology,  45:  1-268. 

Johnson,  R.  K.  and  D.  W.  Greenfield.  1976.  A  new  chaenopsid  fish,  Etnblemaria  hyltoni, 
from  Isla  Roatan,  Honduras.  Fieldiana:  Zoology,  70  (2):  13-28. 


104  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

Jordan,  D.  W.  and  B.  W.  Evermann.  1898.  The  fishes  of  North  and  Middle  America:  a 

descriptive  catalogue  of  the  species  of  fishlike  vertebrates  found  in  the  waters  of  North 

America  north  of  the  Isthmus  of  Panama.  Smith.  Inst.,  T.  F.  H.  Fund  Reprint  1963,  3: 

1937-2860. 
Mago,  F.  L.  1970.  Lista  de  los  Peces  de  Venezuela,  incluyendo  un  estudio  preliminar  sobre 

la  ictiogeografia  del  pais.  Ministerio  de  Agricultura  y  Cria,  Oficina  Nacional  de  Pesca, 

Caracas,  Venezuela,  pp.  1-283. 
Meek,  S.  E.  and  S.  F.  Hildebrand.  1923-1928.  The  marine  fishes  of  Panama.  Field  Mus. 

Nat.  Hist.,  Zool.  Ser.,  15  (1-3):  1045  pp. 
1928.  The  marine  fishes  of  Panama.  Field  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Zool.  Ser.,  15 

(part  III):  709-1045. 
Miller,  G.  C.  1968.  A  revision  of  zoogeographical  regions  in  the  warm  water  area  of  the 

Western  Atlantic.  FAO  Fish.  Rept.,  71  (1):  141. 
Miller,  R.  R.  1966.  Geographical  distribution  of  Central  American  freshwater  fishes. 

Copeia,  1966  (4):  773-802. 
1976.  Geographic  distribution  of  Central  American  freshwater  fishes.  In  T. 

B.  Thorsen  (ed.),  Investigations  of  the  ichthyofauna  of  Nicaraguan  lakes.  University  of 

Nebraska  (Lincoln),  pp.  125-156. 
Nagelkerken,  W.  P.  1974.  On  the  occurrence  of  fishes  in  relation  to  corals  in  Curacao. 

Stud.  Fauna  Curacao  and  Other  Carib.  Is.,  XLV  (147):  118-141. 
Norman,  J.  R.  1943.  Notes  on  the  blennioid  fishes.  I.  A  provisional  synopsis  of  the  genera 

of  the  family  Blenniidae.  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  ser.  11,  10:  793-812. 
Nursall,  J.  R.  1977.  Territoriality  in  redlip  blennies  (Ophioblennius  atlanticus — Pisces: 

Blenniidae).  J.  Zool.  (London),  182:  205-223. 
Palacio,  F.  J.  1974.  Peces  colectados  en  el  Caribe  Colombiano  por  la  Universidad  de 

Miami.  Bol.  Museo  del  Mar,  Bogota  Bol.,  no.  6,  137  pp. 
Peters,  J.  A.  1968.  A  computer  program  for  calculating  degree  of  biogeographical  re- 
semblance between  areas.  Syst.  Zool.,  17  (1):  64-69. 
Pinto,  S.  Y.  1954.  Fauna  do  Distrito  Federal — X  Redescricao  de  Blennius  cristatus  Linnaeus 

1758  (Perciformes-Blenniidae).  Bol.  Inst.  Oceanogr.,  Univ.  Sao  Paulo,  5  (1  and  2):  213- 

232. 
Prentice,  S.  A.  and  J.  M.  Kain.  1976.  Numerical  analysis  of  subtidal  communities  on 

rocky  shores.  Estuarine  and  Coastal  Mar.  Sci.,  4:  65-70. 
Preston,  F.  W.  1962.  The  canonical  distribution  of  commonness  and  rarity,  Part  II.  Ecol- 
ogy, 43  (3):  410-432. 
Randall,  J.  E.  1966.  The  West-Indian  blenniid  fishes  of  the  genus  Hypleurochilus,  with  the 

description  of  a  new  species.  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  79:  57-71. 

1968.  Caribbean  reef  fishes.  T.  F.  H.  Publ.,  318  pp. 

Robins,  C.  R.  1971a.  Comments  on  Chaenopsis  stephensi  and  Chaenopsis  resh,  two  Caribbean 

blennioid  fishes.  Carib.  J.  Sci.,  11  (3-4):  179-180. 
1971b.  Distributional  patterns  of  fishes  from  coastal  and  shelf  waters  of  the 

tropical  western  Atlantic.  Symposium  on  investigations  and  resources  of  the  Caribbean 

Sea  and  adjacent  regions.  Papers  on  Fishery  Resources.  FAO,  Rome,  pp.  249-255. 

..  1972.  The  state  of  knowledge  of  the  coastal  fish  fauna  of  the  Panamic  Region 


prior  to  the  construction  of  an  interoceanic  sea-level  canal.  Bull.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  1972 
(2):  159-166. 

Robins,  C.  R.  and  J.  E.  Randall.  1965.  Three  new  western  Atlantic  fishes  of  the  blennioid 
genus  Chaenopsis  with  notes  on  the  related  Lucayablennius  zingaro.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Phila.,  117(6):  213-234. 

Rosen,  D.  E.  1975.  A  vicariance  model  of  Caribbean  biogeography.  Syst.  Zool.,  24  (4): 
431-464. 

Rosenblatt,  R.  H.  1959.  A  revisionary  study  of  the  blennioid  fish  family  Tripterygiidae. 
Unpubl.  Ph.D.  dissertation,  Univ.  California,  Los  Angeles,  376  pp. 


GREENFIELD  &  JOHNSON:  BLENNIOID  FISHES  105 

1960.  The  Atlantic  spedes  of  the  blennioid  fish  genus  Enneanectes.  Proc. 

Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  112  (1):  1-23. 

..  1963.  Some  aspects  of  speciation  in  marine  shore  fishes.  Syst.  Assoc.  Publ. 


no.  5,  Speciation  in  the  Sea,  pp.  171-180. 
Rosenblatt,  R.  H.  and  T.  D.  Parr.  1969.  The  Pacific  species  of  the  clinid  fish  genus 

Paraclinus.  Copeia,  1969  (1):  1-20. 
Rosenblatt,  R.  H.  and  L.  R.  Taylor,  Jr.  1971.  The  Pacific  species  of  the  clinid  fish  tribe 

Starksiini.  Pacific  Sci.,  25  (3):  436-463. 
Rubinoff,  I.  and  R.  W.  Rubinoff.  1962.  New  records  of  inshore  fishes  from  the  Atlantic 

coast  of  Panama.  Breviora,  no.  169,  pp.  1-7. 
Schmitt,  W.  L.  and  L.  P.  Schultz.  1940.  List  of  the  fishes  taken  on  the  Presidential  Cruise 

of  1938.  Smith.  Misc.  Coll.,  98  (25):  1-10. 
Shipp,  R.  L.  1975.  Pirates  in  the  northern  Gulf  of  Mexico.  The  Marine  Aquarist,  6  (7):  16-20. 
Smith,  C.  L.  and  C.  R.  Powell.  1971.  The  summer  fish  communities  of  Brier  Creek, 

Marshall  County,  Oklahoma.  Amer.  Mus.  Novit.,  No.  2458,  pp.  1-50. 
Smith,  G.  B.  1976.  Ecology  and  distribution  of  eastern  Gulf  of  Mexico  reef  fishes.  Fla. 

Marine  Res.  Publ.,  Fla.  Dept.  Nat.  Res.,  Publ.  no.  19,  pp.  1-78. 
Smith,  G.  B.,  H.  M.  Austin,  S.  A.  Bortone,  R.  W.  Hastings  and  L.  H.  Ogren.  1975. 

Fishes  of  the  Florida  Middle  Ground  with  comments  on  ecology  and  zoogeography.  Fla. 

Marine  Res.  Publ.  9,  pp.  1-14. 
Smith-Vaniz,  W.  F.  and  F.  J.  Palacio.  1974.  Atlantic  fishes  of  the  genus  Acanthemblemaria 

with  description  of  three  new  species  and  comments  on  the  Pacific  species  (Clinidae; 

Chaenopsidae).  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  125  (11):  197-224. 
Sonnier,  F.,  J.  Teerling  and  H.  D.  Hoese.  1976.  Observations  on  the  offshore  reef  and 

platform  fish  fauna  of  Louisiana.  Copeia,  1976  (1):  105-111. 
Springer,  V.  G.  1955a.  Western  Atlantic  fishes  of  the  genus  Paraclinus.  Texas  J.  Sci.,  6  (4): 

422-441. 
1955b.  The  taxonomic  status  of  the  fishes  of  the  genus  Stathmonotus  includ- 
ing a  review  of  the  Atlantic  species.  Bull.  Mar.  Sci.  Gulf  &  Caribbean,  5  (1):  66-80. 

1959a.  (1958  on  paper).  Systematics  and  zoogeography  of  the  clinid  fishes  of 


the  subtribe  Labrisomini  Hubbs.  Publ.  Inst.  Mar.  Sci.,  Univ.  Texas,  5:  417-492. 

1959b.  A  new  species  of  Labrisomus  from  the  Caribbean  Sea,  with  notes  on 


other  fishes  of  the  subtribe  Labrisomini.  Copeia,  1959  (4):  289-292. 

1962.  A  review  of  the  blenniid  fishes  of  the  genus  Ophioblennius  Gill. 


Copeia,  1962  (2):  426-433. 

1967.  Revision  of  the  circumtropical  shorefish  genus  Entomacrodus  (Blen- 


niidae:  Salariinae).  Proc.  U.S.  Natl.  Mus.,  122  (3582):  1-150. 

1968.  Osteology  and  classification  of  the  fishes  of  the  family  Blenniidae. 


Bull.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  284, 85  pp. 

1972.  Additions  to  revisions  of  the  blenniid  fish  genera  Ecsenius  and  En- 


tomacrodus, with  descriptions  of  three  new  species  of  Ecsenius.  Smith.  Contr.  Zool.,  134: 

1-13. 
Springer,  V.  G.  and  M.  F.  Gomon.  1975.  Variation  in  the  Western  Atlantic  clinid  fish 

Maiacoctenus  triangulatus  with  a  revised  key  to  the  Atlantic  species  of  Malacoctenus. 

Smith.  Contr.  Zool.,  no.  200,  pp.  1-11. 
Springer,  V.  G.  and  R.  H.  Rosenblatt.  1965.  A  new  blennioid  fish  of  the  genus  Lab- 
risomus from  Ecuador,  with  notes  on  the  Caribbean  species  L.  filamentosus.  Copeia,  1965 

(1):  25-27. 
Springer,  V.  G.  and  W.  F.  Smith-Vaniz.  1970.  Blennius  antholops,  new  deep-water  fish, 

from  the  Gulf  of  Guinea,  with  comments  on  the  bathymetric  distribution  of  the  family 

Blenniidae.  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  83  (2):  215-220. 
Stephens,  J.  S.,  Jr.  1963.  A  revised  classification  of  the  blennioid  fishes  of  the  American 

family  Chaenopsidae.  U.  C.  Publ.  Zool.,  68, 165  pp. 


106  FIELDIANA:  ZOOLOGY 

..  1970.  Seven  new  chaenopsid  blennies  from  the  western  Atlantic.  Copeia, 


1970  (2):  280-309. 

Stephens,  J.  S.,  Jr.,  E.  S.  Hobson  and  R.  K.  Johnson.  1966.  Notes  on  distribution, 
behavior,  and  morphological  variation  in  some  chaenopsid  fishes  from  the  tropical  east- 
ern Pacific  with  descriptions  of  two  new  species,  Acanthemblemaria  castroi  and  Coral- 
liozetus  springeri.  Copeia,  1966  (3):  424-438. 

Tate,  M.  W.  and  R.  C.  Clelland.  1957.  Non  parametric  and  shortcut  statistics.  Interstate 
Printers  and  Publishers,  Danville,  111.,  171  pp. 

Tavolga,  W.  N.  1954.  A  new  species  of  fish  of  the  genus  Blennius  from  Florida.  Copeia, 
1954  (2):  135-139. 

Wickler,  W.  1967.  Specializations  of  organs  having  a  signal  function  in  some  marine  fish. 
Stud.  Trop.  Oceanogr.,  5:  539-548. 


Field  Museum  of  Natural  History 
Roosevelt  Road  at  Lake  Shore  Drive 
Chicago,  Illinois  60605 
Telephone:  (312)  922-9410